Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

142
1 Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM Http://www.upscportal.com Presents India’s largest Online Community for IAS, Civil Services Aspirants. Vol.5 August 2009 | Free CSE Mains 2009 GS Model Paper Solved PART-2 Aspirants Times India’s First Digital Magazine for IAS Aspirants around the world. HOT TOPICS - Arihant Class Submarine - Economy Special : Terminology and Concept http://upscportal.com http://upscportal.com/store http://upscportal.com/classifieds

description

Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009TAGS: UPSC, Civil Services, ICS, UPSCPORTAL, IAS, PCS, IFS, UPPSC, MPPSC, HPPSC, UTPSC, RPSC, TNPSC, KPSC, Public Administration, Indian Administrative Services, Coaching, Brilliant, Chanakya,Chemistry, Mathematics,Medical Science, Anthropology,Chemistry, IAS Study Group, Mock Exam, Online Test.http://upscportal.com - India's Largest IAS, Civil Services Aspirants Community.

Transcript of Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

Page 1: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

1Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Http://www.upscportal.comPresents

India’s largest Online Community for IAS, Civil Services Aspirants.Vol.5 August 2009 | Free

CSE Mains 2009

GS Model Paper Solved

PART-2

Aspirants TimesIndia’s First Digital Magazine for IAS Aspirants around the world.

HOT TOPICS- Arihant Class Submarine- Economy Special : Terminology and Concept

http://upscportal.comhttp://upscportal.com/store

http://upscportal.com/classifieds

Page 2: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

2Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Editorial

• Challenge is yours, take it ......................................................................................03

SECTION - 1: Articles

• US-India Relationship ...........................................................................................04

• 35th G-8 Annual Summit .......................................................................................18

• Carbon Emissions Trading .....................................................................................34

• Economic Survey:2008-09 .....................................................................................45

• Hindi Article ( VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ) ...............................................................................60

SECTION - 2: Hot Topics

• Arihant Class Submarine ........................................................................................79

• Economy Special-Terminology and Concept .........................................................83

SECTION - 3: Current Affairs............................................................................101

SECTION -4: Sports.............................................................................................104

SECTION -5: Awards...........................................................................................106

SECTION - 6: IAS Mains, Model Paper cum Notes Part-2...........................111

INDEX

Page 3: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

3Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Challenge is yours, take it...

You have chosen to crack IAS examination… No doubt, it is difficul t. It is di fficul t whe n you begin preparation, then many more difficul ties in exam; it is di fficul t as a service. First of all, you should take these difficul ties as a cha l lenge and if you det ermi ned of becoming IAS, then be ready to face all challenges at every step of life. Make challengesyour friend; it will help you to overcome from difficul ties . No w if you are goi ng to appear IAS Mains-Exam this year, it is a big challenge. Take a firm step and go strai ght , don' t think either side; surely you will find your destina t ion.

"UPSCPORTAL.COM" is always with you, but it cannot eradicate challenges; wecan make you more capable, wise, knowledgeable and quicker to face the challenges.We feel that 'Aspirants Time' Magazine is going in the right direction to make you morecapable to face challenges. In this fifth vol ume of "As pi rant Ti me s", we are pr ovi di ng you suffici ent and imp ortant ma terial for IAS Ma i ns Exami na t ion. There is a Mo del -cum- Study Notes for General Studies Second Paper. These are important notes for practicewhich are in detail and easy to understand. By reading these Notes, you will be able toanswer those questions, which has not been asked directly in this model. You will find the chapter Economy Special-Terminology and Concept, which is very useful for theexamination point of view. Read it carefully and make the difficul t aspect of exami na - tion, easy.

Besides this, There are regular articles like 'US-India Relationship', '35th G-8 An-nual Summit', 'Carbon Emissions Trading', 'Economic Survey:2008-09', and 'JalwayuParivartan' (in Hindi). Under HOT-TOPICS, we have 'Arihant Class Submarine'. Lastbut not least regular columns - CURRENT AFFAIRS, SPORTS & AWARDS are also there.

With this we wish All The Best; Enjoy the Challenges...

Editor: R. K. Pandey

Page 4: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

4Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Hillary Clinton’s visit to India in july 2009, herfirst as Secret ary of St ate, gave pr obabl y the best insight yet into how President Obama intends tocarry forward that relationship, set to become oneof the most important and potentially trickiestamong the major nations as the 21st centuryprogresses. After perhaps50 years when the US allbut ignored India it nowvalues the country as atrading partner of poten-tially huge consequence(India is on course to beamong the world’s lead-ing five economi es wi thi n two decades), an Asiancounterweight to themight of China and a keyplayer in the fight agai ns t Islamist extremism. Itshowed. The mood musicfor Mrs Clinton’s trip wasalmost unrelentingly upbeat. She also revealed thatPrime Minister Manmohan Singh had acceptedan invitation to make a state visit to Washingtonin November,2009. More concretely, the US andIndia inaugurated a strategic dialogue on issuesranging from education to climate change, an on-going conversation into which both governmentshope to draw participants from commerce,academia and the arts.

That may sound a little fluf fy, but the US ha s typi - cally reserved this kind of exchange for majorcountries such as China. Extending it to India ac-knowledged the country’s rising role and grow-ing say on matters that directly affect the US suchas the progress of the Doha Trade Round. Moreconcretely still, the US announced an agreementthat will allow it to monitor the use of militaryequipment it sells to India. The deal paves the wayfor billions of dollars' worth of weapons contractsas the latter emerges as one of the biggest spend-

ers in the global arms bazaar. Mrs Clinton also re-vealed that India had identified two sites wh ere American companies would be allowed to buildnuclear power stations. This was another lucra-tive arrangement for the US, one set up by Presi-dent Bush who during his second term effectively

ended India’s status as aninternational nuclear pa-riah by granting it accessto US civilian nuclear tech-nology, even though it hasnot signed the Non-Prolif-eration Treaty.

So far, so positive. But thevisit also highlighted acouple of all-important ar-eas climate change and ter-rorism, no less where theUS and India have substan-tial differences. The Indian

Environment Minister Jairam Ramesh dismissedout of hand US suggestions that India should ac-cept worldwide legally binding caps on the pro-duction of greenhouse gases. He did so with aneye to a possible successor to the Kyoto Protocolbeing drawn up at the Copenhagen Climate Con-ference in December and in front of a barrage ofTV cameras in a way that seemed calculated toset up an on-screen confrontation with MrsClinton perhaps because the Indian Governmenthas recently been criticised at home for makingconcessions at a global forum on green issues.

It’s difficul t to see a simp l e wa y around thi s emi s- sions impasse. Today, the idea of India a develop-ing country with a vast poor population effectivelysetting limits on industrial growth is about as cred-ible as a US President making car-pooling manda-tory for all Americans.

She also found herself in the unenviable positionof having to attest to Pakistan’s sincerity in tack-

US-India RelationshipHillary Clinton's Visit to India

By: R. K. Pandey

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 5: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

5Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ling Islamic extremism to an Indian audience. Instaying at the Taj, Mrs Clinton made it clear thatshe wished to express her solidarity with India.But US support of the Zardari regime in Islamabadwas also pronounced and she appears likely totravel to Pakistan before long. It is hard to over-state just how much distrust and rancour existsbetween India and Pakistan from that felt by or-dinary men on the street to that betrayed by offi- cials on both sides when they lament and ridiculetheir opposite numbers’ words and actions. Keep-ing both countries’ friendship will be a testing taskfor Mrs Clinton. For her to become a hero to In-dia is not impossible but will take some doing.

India - US Joint Statement: External Affairs Min-ister S.M. Krishna and Secretary of State HillaryClinton committed to building an enhanced In-dia- U.S. strategic partnership that seeks to ad-vance solutions to the defini ng cha l lenges of time . India and US agreed to strengthen the existingbilateral relationships and mechanisms for coop-eration between the Government of Republic ofIndia and the Government of the United States ofAmerica, while leveraging the strong foundationof economic and social linkages between our re-spective people, private sectors, and institutions.Recognizing the new heights achieved in the In-dia - U.S. relationship over the last two Indianand U.S. Administrations, they committed to pur-suing a third and transformative phase of the re-lationship that will enhance global prosperity andstability in the 21st century. Minister Krishna andSecretary Clinton will chair an “India-U.S. Stra-tegic Dialogue” that meets once annually in alter-nate capitals. This dialogue will focus on a widerange of bilateral, global, and regional issues ofshared interest and common concern, continuingprogrammes currently under implementation andtaking mutually benefici al ini tiatives tha t comp l e- ment Indian and U.S. development, security andeconomic interests.

Advancing Common Security Interests: Recog-nizing the shared common desire to increase mu-tual security against the common threats posedby international terrorism, Minister Krishna andSecretary Clinton reaffirme d the commi tme nt of

both Governments to build on recent increasedcoordination in counter-terrorism. SecretaryClinton invited Home Minister Chidambaram tovisit Washington in the near future. External Af-fairs Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton alsoreaffirme d the i r commi tme nt to early adopt ion of a UN Comprehensive Convention against In-ternational Terrorism which would strengthen theframework for global cooperation.

Defence Cooperation: Noting the enhanced co-operation in defence under the Defence Co-op-eration Framework Agreement of 2005, ExternalAffairs Minister and Secretary Clinton reiteratedthe commitment of both Governments to pursuemutually benefici al cooperat ion in the field of defence. External Affairs Minister Krishna an-nounced that both sides had reached agreementon End Use Monitoring for U.S. defense articles.Seeking a World Without Nuclear Weapons: In-dia and the United States share a vision of a worldfree of nuclear weapons. With this goal in sight,Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton agreed tomove ahead in the Conference on Disarmamenttowards a non-discriminatory, internationally andeffectively verifiabl e Fi ssi le Ma t eri al Cu t -of f Treaty. India and the United States will also co-operate to prevent nuclear terrorism and addressthe challenges of global nuclear proliferation. Ahigh-level bilateral dialogue will be established toenhance cooperation on these issues.

Civil Nuclear Cooperation: Building on the suc-cess of the India –U.S. Civil Nuclear Initiative, onJuly 21, India and the United States will beginconsultations on reprocessing arrangements andprocedures, as provided in Article 6 (iii) of the 123Agreement for Peaceful Nuclear Cooperation be-tween India and the United States.

Global Institutions: Secretary Clinton affirme d that multilateral organizations and groupingsshould reflect the wo r ld of the 21s t cent ur y in order to maintain long-term credibility, relevanceand effectiveness, and both Minister Krishna andSecretary Clinton expressed their interest in ex-changing views on new configur at ions of the UN Security Council, the G-8, and the G-20.

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 6: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

6Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Pursuing Sustainable Growth and Development:As members of the G-20, India and the UnitedStates have pledged to work together with othermajor economies to foster a sustainable recoveryfrom the global economic crisis through a com-mitment to open trade and investment policies.Minister Krishna and Secretary Clinton reaffirme d the commitment of both Governments to facili-tating a pathway forward on the WTO DohaRound. They pledged to co-operate to not onlypreserve the economic synergies between the twocountries that have grown over the years, but alsoto increase and diversify bilateral economic rela-tions and expand trade and investment flows . The two sides noted that negotiations for a BilateralInvestment Treaty would be scheduled in NewDelhi in August 2009. They resolved to harnessthe ingenuity and entrepreneurship of the privatesectors of both countries with a newly-configur ed CEO Forum that will meet later this year.

Education: External Affairs Minister Krishna andSecretary of State Clinton affirme d the imp ortance of expanding educational cooperation through ex-changes and institutional collaboration, and agreedon the need to expand the role of the private sec-tor in strengthening this collaboration.

Space, Science and Technology and Innovation:Recognizing the great potential in India-U.S. sci-ence and technology collaboration, the two sideshave concluded a Science and Technology Endow-ment Agreement, and signed a Technology Safe-guards Agreement that will permit the launch ofcivil or non-commercial satellites containing U.S.components on Indian space launch vehicles. Bothsides welcomed India’s participation in theFutureGen Project for the construction of the first commercial scale fully integrated carbon captureand sequestration project and India’s participationin the Integrated Ocean Development Project, aninternational endeavour for enhancing the under-standing of Earth and Ocean dynamics and ad-dressing the challenges of climate change.

High Technology Cooperation: Noting the highpotential that exists due to the complementarities

in the knowledge and innovation-based economiesof the two countries, it was agreed that the agendaand the initiatives in the bilateral High Technol-ogy Cooperation Dialogue should continue, withthe objective of facilitating smoother trade in hightechnology between the two economies reflect- ing the present strategic nature of the India-U.S.relationship. It was also agreed that workinggroups would be formed to focus on new areas ofcommon interest in nano-technology, civil nucleartechnology, civil aviation and licensing issues indefence, strategic and civil nuclear trade.

Energy Security, Environment and ClimateChange: Minister Krishna and Secretary Clintonpledged to intensify collaboration on energy se-curity and climate change. Efforts will focus onincreasing energy effici ency, renewa bl e energy, and clean energy technologies through the India-U.S. Energy Dialogue and a Global Climate ChangeDialogue. Both sides also agreed to launch a pro-cess of bilateral scientific and technol ogi cal col - laboration to support the development, deploy-ment and transfer of transformative and innova-tive technologies in areas of mutual interest in-cluding solar and other renewable energy, cleancoal and energy effici ency, and ot her rel evant ar- eas. India and the U.S. affirme d thei r commi tme nt to work together with other countries, includingthrough the Major Economies Forum, for posi-tive results in the UNFCCC Conference on Cli-mate Change in Copenhagen in December 2009.Global Issues: The two sides noted the valuableengagement between both Governments on glo-bal issues of common concern such as strength-ening democracy and capacity building in demo-cratic institutions as co-founders of the UN De-mocracy Fund. The two sides agreed to develop aWomen’s Empowerment Forum (WEF) to ex-change lessons and best practices on women’s em-powerment and development and consider waysto empower women in the region and beyond.

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 7: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

7Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

India – United States Relations

Despite being one ofthe pioneers andfounding members ofthe Non AlignedMovement, India de-veloped a closer rela-tionship with the So-viet Union during

the cold war. India's strategic and military rela-tions with Moscow and strong socialist policieshad an adverse impact on its relations with theUnited States. After the collapse of Soviet Union,India began to review its foreign policy in a uni-polar world following which, it took steps to de-velop closer ties with the European Union and theUnited States. Today, India and the U.S. share anextensive cultural, strategic, military and economicrelationship. During the tenure of the Clinton andBush administration, relations between India andthe United States blossomed primarily over com-mon concerns regarding growing Islamic extrem-ism, energy security and climate change.

According to some foreign policy experts, therewas a slight downturn in India-U.S. relations fol-lowing the appointment of Barack Obama as theU.S. President in 2009. This was primarily due toObama administration’s desire to increase relationswith China, and Barack Obama's protectionistviews on dealing with the economic crisis. How-ever, the leaders of the two countries have repeat-edly dismissed these concerns.

After Indian independence until the end of thecold war, the relationship between the two na-tions has often been thorny. Dwight Eisenhowerwas the first US Pr esident to vi sit Indi a in 1959. During John F. Kennedy’s period as President, hesaw India as a strategic partner against the rise ofcommunist China. He said "Chinese Communistshave been moving ahead the last 10 years. Indiahas been making some progress, but if India doesnot succeed with her 450 million people, if shecan't make freedom work, then people around theworld are going to determine, particularly in theunderdeveloped world, that the only way they can

develop their resources is through the Commu-nist system." From 1961 to 1963 there was a prom-ise to help set up a large steel mill in Bokaro thatwas withdrawn by the U.S. The 1965 and 1971Indo-Pakistan wars did not help their relations.During the Cold War, the US asked for Pakistan'shelp because India was seen to lean towards theSoviet Union. Later, when India would not agreeto support the anti-Soviet operation in Afghani-stan, it was left with few allies. Not until 1997was there any effort to improve relations with theUnited States.

Soon after Atal Bihari Vajpayee became IndianPrime Minister, he authorized a nuclear weaponstest in Pokhran, which got the immediate atten-tion of the US. The Clinton administration andVajpayee exchanged representatives to help buildrelations. In March 2000, President Bill Clintonvisited India. He had bilateral and economic dis-cussions with Prime Minster Atal Bihari Vajpayee.Over the course of improved diplomatic relationswith the Bush administration, India has agreed toallow close international monitoring of its nuclearweapons development while refusing to give upits current nuclear arsenal. India and the US havealso greatly enhanced their economic ties.

During the 9/11 terrorist attacks on the U.S., Presi-dent George W. Bush chose India as the countryto control and police the Indian Ocean sea-lanesfrom the Suez to Singapore. The tsunami that oc-curred in December 2004 saw the U.S. and Indiannavies to work together in search and rescue op-erations and to reconstruct the damaged lives andland. An Open Skies Agreement was made in April2005. This helped enhance trade, tourism, andbusiness by the increased number of flight s. Ai r India purchased 68 US Boeing aircraft, which cost$8 billion.Former U.S. Secretary of DefenseDonald Rumsfeld and U.S. Secretary of StateCondoleezza Rice have made recent visits to In-dia as well. After Hurricane Katrina, India donated$5 million to the American Red Cross and sent 2plane loads of relief supplies and materials to help.And on March 1,2006, President Bush made an-other diplomatic visit to expand relations betweenIndia and the United States.

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 8: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

8Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Military Relations

The U.S.-India defense relationship derives froma common belief in freedom, democracy, and therule of law, and seeks to advance shared securityinterests. These interests include maintaining se-curity and stability, defeating terrorism and vio-lent religious extremism, preventing the spreadof weapons of mass destruction and associated ma-terials, data, and technologies and protecting thefree flow of comme rce vi a land, ai r and sea lanes . In recent years India has conducted joint militaryexercises with the U.S. in the Indian Ocean. De-spite this the Indian government sees the sole U.S.base in the Indian Ocean, Diego Garcia, and thepermanent presence of the U.S. military there, asa potential escalation point in a future war, espe-cially because of the current U.S. operations inIraq and Afghanistan.Recognizing India as a keyto strategic U.S. interests, the United States hassought to strengthen its relationship with India.

The two countries are the world's largest democ-racies, both committed to political freedom pro-tected by representative government. India is alsomoving gradually toward greater economic free-dom. The U.S. and India have a common interestin the free flow of comme rce and resour ces , in- cluding through the vital sea lanes of the IndianOcean. They also share an interest in fight ing ter- rorism and in creating a strategically stable Asia.

There were some differences, however, includingover India's nuclear weapons programs and thepace of India's economic reforms. In the past, theseconcerns may have dominated U.S. thinking aboutIndia, but today the U.S. views India as a growingworld power with which it shares common stra-tegic interests. A strong partnership between thetwo countries will continue to address differencesand shape a dynamic and collaborative future.

In late September 2001, President Bush lifted sanc-tions imposed under the terms of the 1994 NuclearProliferation Prevention Act following India's

nuclear tests in May 1998. The nonproliferationdialogue initiated after the 1998 nuclear tests hasbridged many of the gaps in understanding be-tween the countries. In a meeting between Presi-dent Bush and Prime Minister Vajpayee in No-vember 2001, the two leaders expressed a stronginterest in transforming the U.S.-India bilateralrelationship. High-level meetings and concretecooperation between the two countries increasedduring 2002 and 2003.

In January 2004, the U.S. and India launched theNext Steps in Strategic Partnership (NSSP), whichwas both a milestone in the transformation of thebilateral relationship and a blueprint for its fur-ther progress.In July 2005, President Bush hostedPrime Minister Singh in Washington, DC. The twoleaders announced the successful completion ofthe NSSP, as well as other agreements which fur-ther enhance cooperation in the areas of civilnuclear, civil space, and high-technology com-merce. Other initiatives announced at this meet-ing include: an U.S.-India Economic Dialogue,Fight Against HIV/AIDS, Disaster Relief, Tech-nology Cooperation, Democracy Initiative, anAgriculture Knowledge Initiative, a Trade PolicyForum, Energy Dialogue and CEO Forum. Presi-dent Bush made a reciprocal visit to India in March2006, during which the progress of these initia-tives were reviewed, and new initiatives werelaunched.

In December 2006, Congress passed the historicHenry J. Hyde United States-India PeacefulAtomic Cooperation Act, which allows direct ci-vilian nuclear commerce with India for the first time in 30 years. U.S. policy had opposed nuclearcooperation with India because the country haddeveloped nuclear weapons in contravention ofinternational conventions and never signed theNuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty. The legislationclears the way for India to buy U.S. nuclear reac-tors and fuel for civilian use. In July 2007, theUnited States and India reached a historic mile-stone in their strategic partnership by completingnegotiations on the bilateral agreement for peace-

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 9: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

9Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ful nuclear cooperation, also known as the "123agreement." This agreement, signed by Secretaryof State Rice and External Affairs MinisterMukherjee on October 10, 2008, governs civilnuclear trade between the two countries and opensthe door for American and Indian firms to par- ticipate in each other's civil nuclear energy sec-tor. The U.S. and India seek to elevate the strate-gic partnership further to include cooperation incounter-terrorism, defense cooperation, educa-tion, and joint democracy promotion.

Economic Relations

The United States is also one of India's largest di-rect investors. From the year 1991 to 2004, thestock of FDI inflow ha s increased from US D $11. 3 million to $344.4 million, totaling $4.13 billion.This is a compound rate increase of 57.5% annu-ally. Indian direct investments abroad were startedin 1992. Indian corporations and registered part-nership firms are al lowe d to invest in bus inesses up to 100% of their net worth. India's largest out-going investments are manufacturing, which ac-count for 54.8% of the country's foreign invest-ments. The second largest are non-financi al ser- vices (software development), which accounts for35.4% of investments.

Trade Relations: The United States is India's larg-est trading partner. In 2007, the United Statesexported $17.24 billion worth goods to India andimported $24.02 billion worth of Indian goods.Major items exported by India to the U.S. includeinformation technology Services, textiles, machin-ery, ITeS, gems and diamonds, chemicals, iron andsteel products, coffee, tea, and other edible foodproducts. Major American items imported by In-dia include aircraft, fertilizers, computer hard-ware, scrap metal and medical equipment.

The United States is also India's largest investmentpartner, with American direct investment of $9billion accounting for 9% of total foreign invest-ment into India. Americans have made notableforeign investment in India's power generation,

telecommunications, ports, roads, petroleum ex-ploration/processing, and mining industries.

In july 2005, President George W. Bush and In-dian Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh cre-ated a new program called the Trade Policy Fo-rum. It is run by a representative from each na-tion. The United States Trade Representative isRob Portman and the Indian Commerce Secre-tary is minister of commerce Kamal Nath. The goalof the program is to increase bilateral trade whichis a two-way trade deal and the flow of invest- ments.

There are five ma i n sub- di vi sions of the Tr ade Policy Forum which include: Agricultural tradegroup- This group has three main objectives:agreeing on terms that will allow India to exportmangoes to the United States, permitting India'sAPEDA (Agricultural and Process Food ProductsExport Development Authority) to certify Indianproducts to the standards of the USDA, and ex-ecuting regulation procedures for approving ed-ible wax on fruit. Tariff and Non-Tariff Barriersgroup- Goals of the group include: agreeing thatinsecticides that are manufactures by United Statescompanies can be sold throughout India. India hadagreed to cut special regulations on trading car-bonated drinks, many medicinal drugs, and low-ering regulations on many imports that are not ofagricultural nature. Both nations have agreed todiscuss improved facets on the trade of Indianregulation requirements, jewelry, computer parts,motorcycles, fertilizer, and those tariffs that af-fect the American process of exporting boric acid.

The two nations have discussed matters such asthose who wish to break into the accounting mar-ket, Indian companies gaining licenses for the tele-communications industry, and setting polices bythe interaction of companies from both countriesregarding new policies related to Indian media andbroadcasting. This group has strived to exchangevaluable information on recognizing different pro-fessional services offered by the two countries, dis-cussing the movement and positioning of people

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 10: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

10Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

in developing industries and assigning jobs to thosepeople, continuation of talks in how India's citi-zens can gain access into the market for financi al servicing, and discussing the limitation of equi-ties.

The two countries have had talks about the re-striction of investments in industries such as fi- nancial services, insurance, and retail. Also, to takeadvantage of any initiatives in joint investmentssuch as agricultural processing and the transpor-tation industries. Both countries have decided topromote small business initiatives in both coun-tries by allowing trade between them.

The Majority of Exports from the United States toIndia Include: aviation equipment, engineeringmaterials and machinery, instruments used inoptical and medical sectors, fertilizers, and stonesand metals.Below are the percentages of tradeditems India to US increased by 21.12% to $6.94billion.

» Diamonds and precious stones(25%)

» Textiles (29.01%)

» Iron and Steel (5.81%)

» Organic chemicals (4.3%)

» Machinery (4.6%)

» Electrical Machinery (4.28%)

Major Items of Export from U.S. to India: Forthe year 2006, figur es are avai labl e up to the mo nt h of April. Merchandise exports from US to Indiaincreased by 20.09.26% to US $2.95 billion. Se-lect major items with their percentage shares aregiven below Engineering goods and machinery (in-cluding electrical) (31.2%)» Precious stones and metals (8.01%)

» Organic chemicals (4.98%)

» Optical instruments and equipment (7.33%)

» Aviation and aircraft ( 16.8%)

Obama Administration andBilateral Relations

Despite much gains in Indo-American relationsduring the tenure of the Bush administration, In-dia was not one of the Asian countries U.S. Secre-tary of State Hillary Clinton visited in February2009. The Foreign Policy magazine reported thateven though Foreign Policy Staff of the previousadministration had recommended India as a "keystop" during any such offici al tour of As ia, Hi llary Clinton will not be making a visit to New Delhi.The exclusion of India from the Asian tour wasregarded as a "mistake" by some analysts. Indiawas not even mentioned once in the Obamaadministration's offici al forei gn pol icy agenda. The Forbes magazine alerted U.S. President BarackObama on the need to prevent United States' new-found alliance with India from erosion.

The initial approach of the Obama administrationtowards ties with India raised concerns of a down-turn in Indo-American relations. In an editorial,the National Interest suggested that the Obamaadministration could possibly damage "the foun-dations underlying the geostrategic partnership"between India and the United States. Anothereditorial published by the Taipei Times high-lighted the importance of India-U.S. relations andurged Barack Obama to give India the attention itdeserves.Terming India to be United States' in-dispensable ally, the Christian Science Monitorargued that the Obama administration needsIndia's cooperation on several issues, includingclimate change, Afghanistan war and energy se-curity and therefore, Obama cannot risk puttingties with India on back-burner.

In an attempt to bolster relations between the twocountries, U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clintonwill be making a visit to India in the second halfof July 2009. Calling India a key partner of theUnited States, Clinton said that the United Stateswants India to succeed as an anchor for regionaland global security. She also mentioned four plat-forms for building future U.S.-India relationshipglobal security, human development, economicactivity, science and technology.

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 11: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

11Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Foreign Policy Issues: According to some ana-lysts, India-U.S. relations have strained overObama administration's approach in handling theTiliban Insurgency in Afghanistan and Pakistan.India's national security adviser, M.K. Narayanan,, criticized the Obama administration for linkingthe Kashmir dispute to the instability in Pakistanand Afghanistan and said that by doing so, Presi-dent Obama was "barking up the wrong tree".TheForeign Policy too criticized Obama's approachtowards South Asia saying that "India can be apart of the solution rather than part of the prob-lem" in South Asia and suggested India to take amore proactive role in rebuilding Afghanistan ir-respective of the attitude of the Obama adminis-tration. In a clear indication of growing rift be-tween India and the U.S., the former decided notto accept a U.S. invitation to attend a conferenceon Afghanistan. Bloomberg reported that since2008 Mumbai attacks, the public mood in Indiahas been to pressure Pakistan more aggressivelyto take actions against the culprits behind the ter-rorist attack and this might reflect on the upcom- ing general elections in May 2009. Consequently,the Obama administration may find itsel f at odds with India's rigid stance against terrorism. RobertBlake, assistant secretary of United States' Bureauof South and Central Asian Affairs, dismissed anyconcerns over a rift with India regarding UnitedStates' AfPak policy. Calling India and the UnitedStates "natural allies", Blake said that the UnitedStates cannot afford to meet the strategic priori-ties in Pakistan and Afghanistan at "the expenseof India".

Economic Relations: India strongly criticizedObama administration's decision to limit H-1Bvisas and India's External Affairs Minister, PranabMukherjee, said that his country would argueagainst U.S. "protectionism" at various interna-tional forums. The Vishwa Hindu Parishad, a closeaide of India's main opposition party the BJP, saidthat if the United States continues with its anti-outsourcing policies, then India will "have to takesteps to hurt American companies in India." India'sCommerce Minister, Kamal Nath, said that Indiamay move against Obama's outsourcing policies

at the world trade organization. However, theoutsourcing advisory head of KPMG said that In-dia had no reason to worry since Obama's state-ments were directed against "outsourcing beingcarried out by manufacturing companies" and notoutsourcing of IT-related services.

In May 2009, U.S. President Barack Obama reit-erated his anti-outsourcing views and criticizedthe current U.S. tax policy "that says you shouldpay lower taxes if you create a job in Bangalore,India, than if you create one in Buffalo, New York."However, during the U.S.-India Business Councilmeet in June 2009, U.S. secretary of state HillaryClinton advocated for stronger economic ties be-tween India and the United States. She also re-buked protectionist policies saying that "[UnitedStates] will not use the global financi al crisis as an excuse to fall back on protectionism. We hopeIndia will work with us to create a more open,equitable set of opportunities for trade betweenour nations." In June 2009, United States provideddiplomatic help in successfully pushing through aUS$2.9 billion loan sponsored by the Asian De-velopment Bank, despite considerable oppositionfrom the People’s Republic of China.

Strategic and Military Relations: In March 2009,the Obama administration cleared the US$2.1 bil-lion sale of eight P-8 Poseidons to India, the larg-est military deal between the two countries. In-dia expressed its concerns that Obamaadministration's non-military aid to Pakistan willnot be used for counter-insurgency, but for build-ing up its military against India. However, RobertBlake, assistant secretary of Bureau of South andCentral Asian Affairs, said that the Pakistani Gov-ernment was increasingly focused at fight ing the Taliban insurgency and expressed hope that thepeople of India would "support and agree withwhat we are trying to do".

Concerns were raised in India that the Obamaadministration was delaying the full implemen-tation of the Indo-U.S. Nuclear Deal. The Obamaadministration has also strongly advocated for thestrengthening of the comprehensive test ban

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 12: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

12Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

treaty and has pressurized India to sign the agree-ment. India's special envoy, Shyam Saran,"warned" the United States that India would con-tinue to oppose any such treaty as it was"discriminatory".In June 2009, U.S. Secretary ofState Hillary Clinton said that the Obama admin-istration was "fully committed" to the Indo-U.S.civil nuclear agreement.

U.S. chairman of the joint chiefs of staff MikeMullen encouraged stronger military ties betweenIndia and the United States and said that "Indiahas emerged as an increasingly important strate-gic partner.

Background

India played a key role in establishing the Non-Aligned Movement in 1961. Though India pur-sued close relations with both US and USSR, itdecided not to join any major power bloc and re-frained from joining military alliances. India, how-ever began establishing close military relationshipwith the Soviet Union.

After the Sino-Indian war and the Indo-Pakistanwar of 1965, India made considerable changes toits foreign policy. It developed a close relation-ship with the Soviet Union and started receivingmassive military equipment and financi al assis- tance from the USSR. This had an adverse effecton the Indo-US relationship. The United Statessaw Pakistan as a counter-weight to pro-SovietIndia and started giving the former military assis-tance. This created an atmosphere of suspicion be-tween India and US. The US-India relationshipsuffered a considerable setback during the SovietInvasion of Afghanistan when India openly sup-ported the Soviet Union. Relations between Indiaand the United States came to an all-time lowduring the early 1970s.

Despite reports of atrocities in East Pakistan, andbeing told, most notably in the Blood telegram, ofgenocidal activities being perpetrated by Pakistaniforces, U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger andU.S. President Richard Nixon did nothing to dis-courage then Pakistani President Yahya Khan and

the Pakistan army. Kissinger was particularly con-cerned about Soviet expansion into South Asia asa result of a treaty of friendship that had recentlybeen signed between India and the Soviet Union,and sought to demonstrate to the People’s Repub-lic of China the value of a tacit alliance with theUnited States.

During the Indo-Pakistan war of 1971,IndianArmed Forces, along with the Mukti Bahini, suc-ceeded in liberating East Pakistan which soon de-clared independence. Richard Nixon, then USPresident, feared that an Indian invasion of WestPakistan would mean total Soviet domination ofthe region, and that it would seriously underminethe global position of the United States and theregional position of America's new tacit ally,China. In order to demonstrate to China the bonafides of the Un i ted St ates as an al ly, and in di rect violation of the US Congress-imposed sanctionson Pakistan, Nixon sent military supplies to Paki-stan, routing them through Jordan and Iran, whilealso encouraging China to increase its arms sup-plies to Pakistan.

When Pakistan's defeat in the eastern sectorseemed certain, Nixon sent the USS Enterprise tothe Bay of Bengal, a move deemed by the Indiansas a nuclear threat. The Enterprise arrived on sta-tion on December 11, 1971. On 6 December and13 December, the Soviet Navy dispatched twogroups of ships, armed with nuclear missiles, fromVladivostok; they trailed U.S. Task Force 74 intothe Indian Ocean from 18 December 1971 until 7January 1972. The Soviets also sent a nuclear sub-marine to ward off the threat posed by USS En-terprise in the Indian Ocean.

Though American efforts had no effect in turningthe tide of the war, the incident involving USSEnterprise is viewed as the trigger for India's sub-sequent nuclear program. American policy to-wards the end of the war was dictated primarilyby a need to restrict the escalation of war on thewestern sector to prevent the 'dismemberment'of West Pakistan. Years after the war, manyAmerican writers criticized the White House poli-cies during the war as being badly flawe d and ill-

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 13: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

13Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

serving the interests of the United States. Indiacarried out nuclear tests a few years later result-ing in sanctions being imposed by United States,further drifting the two countries apart. In recentyears, Kissinger came under fire for comme nt s made during the Indo-Pakistan War in which hedescribed Indians as "bastards." Kissinger has sinceexpressed his regret over the comments.

Since the end of the cold war , India-US relationshave improved dramatically. This has largely beenfostered by the fact that the US and India are bothdemocracies and have a large and growing traderelationship. During the gulf war, the economyof India went through an extremely difficul t phase. The Government of India liberalized theIndian economy. After the break up of the SovietUnion, India started looking for new allies andtried improving diplomatic relations with themembers of the NATO particularly the UnitedStates, Canada, France and Germany. In 1992,India established formal diplomatic relations withIsrael.

In the mid-1990s, India tried to attract world at-tention towards the Pakistan backed terrorism inKashmir. The Kargil war resulted in a major dip-lomatic victory for India. The United States andEuropean Union recognized the fact that Pakistanimilitary had illegally infiltrated int o Indi an terri- tory and pressurized Pakistan to withdraw fromKargil. Several anti-India terrorist groups basedin Pakistan were labelled as terrorist groups bythe United States and European Union.

In 1998, India tested nuclear weapons which re-sulted in several U.S., Japanese and European sanc-tions on India. India's then defence minister,George Fernandes, said that India's nuclear pro-gram was necessary as it provided a deterrence tosome potential nuclear threat. Most of the sanc-tions imposed on India were removed by 2001.India has categorically stated that it will never useweapons first but wi ll def end if at tacked. In fact Pakistan is the first count ry tha t Indi a inf orms if any nuclear tests are on the agenda.

The economic sanctions imposed by the United

States in response to India's nuclear tests in May1998 appeared, at least initially, to seriously dam-age Indo-American relations. President BillClinton imposed wide-ranging sanctions pursuantto the 1994 nuclear proliferation prevention act.U.S. sanctions on Indian entities involved in thenuclear industry and opposition to internationalfinanci al ins titut ion loans for non- huma ni tarian assistance projects in India. The United States en-couraged India to sign the comprehensive test bantreaty (CTBT) immediately and without condition.The U.S. also called for restraint in missile andnuclear testing and deployment by both India andPakistan. The non-proliferation dialogue initiatedafter the 1998 nuclear tests has bridged many ofthe gaps in understanding between the countries.

After the September 11,2001 attacks, Indian in-telligence agencies provided the U.S. with signifi- cant information on Al-Qaeda and related groups'activities in Pakistan and Afghanistan. India's ex-tensive contribution to the war on terrorism hashelped India's diplomatic relations with severalcountries. Over the past few years, India has heldnumerous joint military exercises with U.S. andEuropean nations that have resulted in a strength-ened U.S.-India and E.U.-India bilateral relation-ship. India's bilateral trade with Europe and U.S.has more than doubled in the last five years.

However, India has yet to sign the CTBT, or thenuclear non proliferation treaty, claiming the dis-criminatory nature of the treaty that allows thefive decl ared nucl ear count ries of the wo r ld to keep their nuclear arsenal and develop it usingcomputer simulation testing. Prior to its nucleartesting, India had pressed for a comprehensive de-struction of nuclear weapons by all countries ofthe world in a time-bound frame. This was notacceptable to the US and other countries. Pres-ently, India has declared its policy of "no-first us e of nuclear weapons" and the maintenance of a"credible nuclear deterrence". The US, underPresident George W. Bush has also lifted most ofits sanctions on India and has resumed militaryco-operation. Relations with US have consider-ably improved in the recent years, with the twocountries taking part in joint naval exercises off

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 14: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

14Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

the coast of India and joint air exercises both inIndia as well as in the United States.

India has been pushing for reforms in the UN andWTO with mixed results. India's candidature fora permanent seat at the UN security council iscurrently backed by several countries includingUnited Kingdom, France, Germany, Japan, Bra-zil, African Union nations and recently People’sRepublic of China. In 2005, the United Statessigned a nuclear co-operation agreement withIndia even though the latter is not a part of theNPT. The US argued that India's strong nuclearnon-proliferation record made it an exception andpersuaded other NSG members to sign similar dealswith India.

On March 2, 2006 India and the US signed theIndo-U.S. nuclear pact on co-operation in civiliannuclear fiel d. Thi s wa s signed dur ing the four days state visit of US president George Bush in India.On its part, India would separate its civilian andmilitary nuclear programs, and the civilian pro-grams would be brought under the safeguards ofInternational Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA). TheUnited States would sell India the reactor tech-nologies and the nuclear fuel for setting up andupgrading its civilian nuclear program. The U.S.Congress needs to ratify this pact since U.S. fed-eral law prohibits the trading of nuclear technolo-gies and materials outside the framework of theNuclear Suppliers Group (NSG).

Indo-US Strategic Partnership

Indo-US relations got strategic content way backin early sixties. The rise of China worried thepolicymakers in Washington. Chinese annexationof Tibet, its role in Korean war and other suchacts convinced Washington about the expansion-ist designs of the Chinese. As the relations betweenIndia and China deteriorated during late fifties , the Americans found a golden opportunity to takeadvantage of this situation to promote India as acounterweight to China But any unidimensionalalliance is bound to be short-lived and this alli-ance was no exception to this general rule. AsChina ceased to be a headache for the American

policymakers by the late sixties, this unidimen-sional alliance disappeared into thin air.

The end of the Cold War necessitated as well asfacilitated the infusion of strategic content to Indo-US relations–this time multidimensional.In thepost Cold War era, the strategic objectives of In-dia and the US converges on a number of issuesand not just one–as well as the case earlier. Theseissues include, inter alia, containment of terror-ism, promotion of democracy, counter prolifera-tion, freedom of navigation in the Indian Ocean,Asian balance of power, etc.

One of the very interesting feature of Indo-USrelations of recent times is the changes on theterms of engagement between the two countrieson the issue of nuclear proliferation.While ear-lier, in the US strategic thinking on nuclear pro-liferation, India figur ed ma i nl y becaus e of Ame ri- can concern about latter’s nuclear and missileprogrammes, in the twenti-first cent ur y, howe ver, American strategic thinking on the issue of nuclearproliferation has undergone radicalreorientation.Now, the Americans are increasinglyrealising the futility of insisting on a rollback ofIndia’s nuclear programme. They, rather, want toleverage India’s growing power and influence in favour of their broader nonproliferation andcounter proliferation objectives.

As promotion of democracy around the world isone of the most important foreign policy objec-tive of the USA, India- as the largest democracyof the world-can hardly be ignored by the US.This is the reason, cooperation in promotion ofdemocracy in the world has become one of themost important facets of Indo-US relations in re-cent times.India is a founding member of the‘Community of Democracies’ – a prominent en-deavour of the US on promotion ofdemocracy.However,India rejected the suggestionof the US about setting up a Centre for Asian De-mocracy.

Agriculture is another important area of coopera-tion between India and the USA in present times.

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Page 15: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

15Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Considering the fact that both the nations at present have a vast pool of human resources adept at knowl-edge economy, it is only natural that the most optimal course such partnership can aim at is harnessingthese human resources by concentrating on development and dissemination of agricultural knowledgethrough research, education and training etc.An initiative to forge such a partnership is the 'India-USKnowledge Initiative on Agriculture' (KIA).

Section -1 (Article : US-India Relationship)

Advertise yourBusiness Here

Contact Us Online:http://upscportal.com/store/contact

(IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Re-sults, Notification Alerts on Email.

Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form be-low. you will get a confirmation email within10 min.

Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on thelink in the email. (check Inbox and Spam fold-ers)

Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alertson your email.

Page 16: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

16Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

FREE BOOKS

DOWNLOAD

ORDER ONLINENOW!

ORDER ONLINE AT UPSCPORTAL ONLINE STOREhttp://upscportal.com/store/tag/free-books

Page 17: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

17Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

40000+ Users45000+ Hits Daily1.4 Million(14 Lacs) Hits per Month1100 Unique Users per dayTop 1100 Websites in India - Online Shopping Store29000+ Newsletters Subscribers

Alexa Rating

Free Services:Free Website for Coaching CentersFree Brochure UploadFree Enquiry Page

Make most of the Internet Audience.. Contact Us Now...

Guaranteed Results

Http://upscportal.com/civilservices/contact

Advertise on www.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Page 18: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

18Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

35th G8 Summit was held in L’Aquila, Italy thecountry that currently holds the G8 Presidencyfrom 8 to 10 July,2009. G8 leaders pledged $20billion in aid to help poor na-tions feed themselves, surpass-ing expectations of a summitthat made little ground on cli-mate change and may spell theend of the G8 itself. U.S. Presi-dent Barack Obama and thesummit's Italian host SilvioBerlusconi reflect ed growi ng consensus that the Group ofEight industrial powers, longcriticized as an elite club, doesnot reflect the shi fting pat terns of global economicpower.Tackling global chal-lenges "in the absence of majorpowers like China, India and Brazil seems to bewrongheaded," Obama said, adding that he lookedforward to "fewer summit meetings."

Begun in 1975 with six members, the G8 nowgroups the United States, Japan, Germany, France,Britain, Italy, Russia and Canada. That enabledObama, traveling to Ghana on his first trip to sub- Saharan Africa as president, to use the summit topush for a shift toward agricultural investmentfrom food aid. Washington will make $3.5 billionavailable to the 3-year program. "There is no rea-son Africa should not be self-suffici ent wh en it comes to food," said Obama, recalling that his rela-tives in Kenya live "in villages where hunger isreal," though they themselves are not going hun-gry.

Obama said Africa had enough arable land butlacked seeds, irrigation and mechanisms for farm-ers to get a fair price for their produce issues thatthe summit promised to tackle.Africa told thewealthy powers they must honor their commit-

By Dr. Nageshwar Nath MishraThe Author is Professor and Head of the Department for History

35th G-8 Annual SummitInsuring Global Food Security with Economic Stability

ments, old and new mindful that some in the G8had fallen well short of their 2005 promise to in-crease annual aid by $50 billion by 2010, half of

which was meant forAfrica.South African PresidentJacob Zuma said the new fund-ing will "go a long way" to help-ing Africa, adding: "We can't sayit's enough, but at least it beginsto do very concrete things."

Nigerian Agriculture MinisterAbba Ruma said the new pledgewas "very commendable in viewof the current global recession."But he cautioned that it mustbe "disbursed expeditiously. It isonly then we will know that theG8 is living up to its commitment

and not just making a pledge and going to sleep."

The United Nations said the number of malnour-ished people has risen in the past two years and isexpected to top 1.02 billion this year, reversingdecades of declines. The global recession is ex-pected to make 103 million more go hungry. Aidbodies like the World Food Program said alast-minute surge of generosity at the summit inL'Aquila resulting in the $20 billion pledge was"greeted with great happiness. "That amount overthree years may compare unfavorably with the$13.4 billion the G8 says it disbursed betweenJanuary 2008 and July 2009, but aid groups saidthe new pledge in Italy was more clearly focused.Japan and the European Union were also champi-oning a code of conduct for responsible invest-ment after growing farmland acquisition or "landgrabs" in emerging nations. The group of eight de-veloped countries have vowed to curb transferenrichment and reprocessing (ENR) technologyand equipment, surprising India as it goes againstthe spirit of Nuclear Suppliers Group's "clean"waiver to it. In a joint statement on non-prolif-

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 19: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

19Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

eration, the G-8 nations also pushed other mem-bers of the 45-nation NSG to reach a consensuswithin this year to disallow transfer of ENR tocountries which are not signatories to NPT. Thestatement was issued after the Summit that wasattended by Prime Minister Manmohan Singh inL'Aquila.

The move, which would have an impact on India,comes even though the NSG had last Septembergiven New Delhi "clean" and "full" waiver for civilnuclear cooperation with the world despite it be-ing a non-signatory to NPT. "To reduce the pro-liferation risks associated with the spread of en-richment and reprocessing facilities, equipmentand technology, we welcome the progress thatcontinues to be made by the NSG on mechanismsto strengthen controls on transfers of such enrich-ment and reprocessing items and technology," saidthe statement issued yesterday. While noting thatthe NSG has not yet reached consensus on thisissue, the G-8 nations said "we agree that NSGdiscussions have yielded useful and constructiveproposals contained in the NSG's “clean text” de-veloped at the November 20,2008 ConsultativeGroup meeting.

The leaders stressed that the standstill commit-ments made at the London G20 summit must beadhered to and to refrain from introducing barri-ers to trade and investment. They asked the WorldTrade Organisation and other international bod-ies to monitor the situation and report publiclyon adherence on a quarterly basis. They also com-mitted themselves to refraining from competitivedevaluations of the currencies and to a stable andwell functioning international monetary system.

The declaration expressed the joint commitmentof the G8 and G5 to implement rapidly the deci-sions taken at the Washington and London G20summits, including those on providing additionalresources to the international financi al ins titu- tions. Noting the high social costs of the currenteconomic crisis, the countries committed them-selves to tackling the social dimensions, puttingpeople first. They we re mo derni sing, rei nf orci ng and increasing the effici ency of soci al pr ot ect ion

policies, including safety nets, health and educa-tion.

The declaration committed the G8 and the G5 to“facilitating the development, dissemination andmutually agreed transfer of clean, low-carbontechnologies, reducing carbon emissions and in-creasing energy effici enc y. ” The leaders recon- firme d the i r pol itical wi ll to reach a “comp r ehen- sive, fair, effective, agreed outcome, following theprinciples of common but differentiated respon-sibilities and respective capabilities” at the UnitedNations climate change conference in Copenhagenin December.

This is the first time in a G8 pl us G5 summi t tha t a joint declaration has been issued. The G8 andG5 nations decided to continue the dialogue pro-cess started in 2007 in Heiligendamm, Germany,and now renamed the Heiligendamm-L’AquilaProcess (HAP). This dialogue process has beendescribed as a partnership on an equal footing anda steering committee will prepare a report for thenext G8 plus G5 summit in Muskoka. The jointdeclaration said the G8 and the G5 countries werecommitted to advancing the reform process in in-ternational organizations, including the UnitedNations, “to reflect cont emp orary real ity and cha l - lenges thus enhancing their relevance, legitimacyand effici ency. ”

Debatable Issues

Prime Minister Silvio Berlusconi, spoke in his ca-pacity as President of the G8, summed up the mainpoints on the agenda for debate at the Summit

Economic Crisis and a Boost to Growth: Posi-tive pointers to improvement in the economy arestarting to emerge and it is important to supportfamilies' and businesses' confidence in order to rapidly trigger economic recovery. The currenteconomic and financi al crisis ha s hi ghl ight ed cer- tain crucial weaknesses in the global economy,which have helped to trigger and to spread thecrisis itself. Hence the need to thrash out a codeof shared ground rules for the world of theeconomy and of finance wi th specific, clear cri te-

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 20: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

20Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ria and with the establishment of supervisory bod-ies and tools. One of the issues on the agenda atthe G8 Summit in L'Aquila was the strategy de-signed to put together a series of common prin-ciples governing the rules of propriety, integrityand transparency in international financ e and business.

Imparting a Fresh Boost to International Trade:Another crucial factor in combating the economiccrisis and in imparting a fresh boost to growth isinternational trade: the aim of the Summit inL'Aquila was to impart a new thrust to the Dohatalks on world trade, in order to help ensure thatthe talks are successfully completed as rapidly aspossible. Achieving an ambitious and balancedagreement would make it possible to boost globalexports and to support development in the poorercountries by offering them improved access tomarkets in the wealthy countries.

People First: People first: tha t is the 2009 G8 Summit's message. The international communityis living through one of its most serious economicand financi al crises since Wo r ld Wa r II. If we are to make it through this crisis, we have to considerits social aspect and to place people in the centreof government action by pursuing policies de-signed to restore people's confidence. Co unt ries must continue to implement strategies capable ofreducing the impact of the crisis on employment,and of ensuring that welfare and social safeguardsystems are both effective and sustainable.

Climate Changes: The struggle against climatechanges is one of the Italian Presidency's priori-ties on the G8 Agenda. It is necessary to define a global response in which the leadership and com-mitment of the industrially advanced countries isparalleled by an active contribution from theemerging and developing countries on the basisof a balanced sharing of responsibilities. In thatsense, the L'Aquila G8 Summit, which will alsobe hosting the first ever me et ing of the Ma j or Economies Forum on Energy and Climate (MEF)at leadership level, is going to be a vital step inpaving the way for the success of the United Na-tions Conference in Copenhagen next December.

Development in the Poorer Countries and inAfrica: The Summit broadcasted a strong messagedesigned to attenuate the impact of the crisis ondeveloping countries, an impact that is jeopardiz-ing the progress made to date in the struggleagainst poverty. It planed to do this by puttingtogether a "rescue package" entailing: confirma - tion of the G8's commitment to development aid;the use of innovative financi al tool s; ha l vi ng the cost of emigrants' remittance transactions; andimparting a fresh boost to international trade; notto mention the debt issue. The G8 is promoting anew approach to backing development in thepoorer countries based on the involvement of the"country system" as a whole. This, in order tomake the most of the role played by all of theactors (governments, local authorities, private in-dividuals and civil society) and all of the availableresources and policies in both donor and destina-tion countries in boosting growth and develop-ment in the poorer countries. The issue of devel-opment has addressed, with differing nuances,both at the G8 sessions and at the sessions withthe emerging and African countries.

Food Safety and Security, and Access to Water:Over 1 billion people are currently suffering fromstarvation or malnutrition. The situation had beenaggravated by insuffici ent investme nt in farmi ng over the past few decades, and by the economiccrisis. All of the leaders attended the L'Aquilasummit signed a joint declaration with the inter-national organizations and launched an importantinitiative on food safety and security, to fund farm-ing and to support the struggle against starvation. Moreover, the G8 under Italy's presidency wascommitted to laying the groundwork for launch-ing a G8-Africa Partnership designed to improveaccess to water and to basic sanitary facilities, be-fore the end of the year.

Health: World health has traditionally been oneof the central issues on the G8 group's agenda,and the Italian Presidency planed to continue de-voting particular attention to it. The key topicsincluded strengthening health systems and cut-ting infant mortality and death during childbirth.

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 21: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

21Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

On the basis of the experience garnered in thelaunch of the Global Fund at the G8 Summit inGenoa in 2001, there is to be ongoing support forprogrammes designed to combat AIDS, tubercu-losis and malaria, also through the exploration ofinnovative forms of funding.

International Political Issues: The G8 Summitaddressed the most important political issues onthe international agenda: the commitment tomaking progress on the nuclear non-proliferationfront, the situation in Iran and in the Middle East,the struggle against terrorism, the stabilization ofthe Afghanistan and Pakistan region, and the situ-ation in North Korea.

Strengthening The Reform Process

Leaders of the developing countries meeting attheir parallel G5 summit at the venue of the G8summit urged the industrial nations to deliver onthe commitments they had made on financi al and credit flows and on avoi di ng pr ot ect ioni sm. At the end of meetings, which the chairman, PresidentFelipe Calderon of Mexico, described as “quiteinteresting and very productive,” the G5 came outwith a declaration that it was important to com-ply with the agreements reached at the earlier G8and G5 meetings and particularly at the LondonG20 summit in April. These related to the steps toaddress the economic crisis jointly and in particu-lar the commitment to provide the resources torestart credit flows to the devel opi ng count ries .

The sudden departure of Chinese President HuJintao to deal with the ethnic violence in theXinjiang region cast a shadow over the delibera-tions of the G5, but the Chinese delegation re-mained as an active participant. The G5 came outwith a political declaration and another on tradethat were presented at a joint press appearancewhere the leaders made opening statements.

Prime Minister Manmohan Singh stressed in hisremarks that the developing countries had beenthe worse hit by the economic crisis, and a collec-tive approach to recovery should address theirproblems of drying up of credit flows and wo rs-

ening food poverty.The G5 declared its commitment to engage withall World Trade Organisation members to com-plete the Doha round of negotiations. It wantedthe negotiations to deliver real and improved mar-ket access to the developing countries. On thecontentious issues of agriculture and non-agricul-ture market access, the G5 leaders wanted themandates already negotiated to be upheld and notreopened selectively in a way that will upset theoverall balance.

The leaders wanted the negotiations on climatechange to move forward to a successful conclu-sion at Copenhagen on the basis of joint but dif-ferentiated responsibility. They urged the devel-oped countries to commit themselves to reducingtheir emissions by at least 40 per cent below the1990 levels by 2020. They also wanted the con-ference to consider the funding arrangements forthe developing countries to cut emissions and aninternational mechanism for developing and trans-ferring climate-friendly technologies. The G5 dec-laration also stressed the need for the strongestcollective action by the international communityto prevent terror attacks and punish the perpe-trators. To provide an effective international le-gal framework against terrorism, it called uponthe United Nations members to conclude andadopt as early as possible a comprehensive con-vention on international terrorism.

Climate Change

India considered the declaration on climate changein the agreed draft at the Major Economies Fo-rum a “very strong political message” that wouldprovide impetus to the negotiations on climatechange before the Copenhagen summit in Decem-ber.

The Prime Minister’s special envoy on climatechange, Shyam Saran, said at a briefing on the side- lines of the G8 and G5 meetings that the declara-tion was positive and forward looking and wouldsend the right kind of message, though the spe-cifics wo ul d ha ve to be negot iat ed under the United Nations Framework Convention on Cli-

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 22: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

22Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

mate Change leading to the Copenhagensummit.Outlining the perspectives of the G5 de-veloping countries, including India, he said thatwhile climate change was a global challenge, therewas an aspect of historical responsibility of theindustrial countries for the accumulated emissionsin the atmosphere. On the principle of “polluterpays,” the major responsibility lay with the in-dustrial nations, and this was a responsibility thatthey had acknowledged and undertaken under theUNFCCC.

The developing countries wanted the industrialnations to commit themselves to sharp and sig-nificant reduct ions in emi ssions by 40 per cent below the 1990 (the date of the Kyoto protocol)levels by 2020. This could form the basis for a moreambitious target over the longer term.

The developing nations were faced with the prob-lem of adaptation to climate change and India it-self was spending 2 to 2.5 per cent of its GrossDomestic Product on adaptation, including to ex-treme climatic events and disasters and the im-pact on agriculture. Even if emissions were re-duced to zero, the accumulated emissions wouldcontinue to impose a long term burden on thedeveloping countries.

Based on this perspective, the developing coun-tries have been emphasising the two pillars of fi- nancing mitigation and adaptation actions and thetransfer of technology. The position of the G5 wasthat there should be predictable, stable and ad-equate resources available for a credible responsefrom the developing countries and the industrialnations could provide 0.5 per cent to 1 per cent oftheir GDP for the purpose. The G5 also wantedthe existing climate-friendly technologies to bediffused rapidly and widely. In addition, theywanted a global programme for capacity buildingto combat climate change put in place. Transfor-mational technologies, including on clean energyand new and renewable sources, needed to be de-veloped and provided. It was with these goals thatIndia, in association with the United Nations, wasorganising a conference in New Delhi in October

on the development and transfer of technologyfor climate change.The Green Fund proposed by Mexico and endorsedby both the G5 and the G8, involved contribu-tions by all nations assessed on the basis of theirhistorical responsibility, current level of develop-ment and weighted per capita emissions. From theIndian viewpoint, the principle of assessed con-tribution would be welcome as it would providestable resources.

As regards the binding reduction targets for Indiaand the other developing countries that have sofar been exempt from such commitments, Indiawas already committed to the goal of sustainabledevelopment, and there has to be a deviation fromthe business as usual path of growth. However,without clarity on capacity building, funding andtechnology transfer for climate friendly technolo-gies, India and the other developing countries wereunable to give binding commitments on emissionreduction targets. However, they were commit-ted to the overall goal of keeping the rise in aver-age global temperature to below 2 degrees overthe pre-industrialisation levels.

Proposals and Understandings

» The Leaders of the Group of Eight meeting inL’Aquila, expressed their heartfelt solidarity to thepeople of Abruzzo affected by the tragic earth-quake which struck the region on 6th April 2009,and to all those around the world who have beentouched by natural disasters.

» G8 determined to ensure sustainable growthand to tackle the interlinked challenges of theeconomic crisis, poverty and climate change.These challenges require immediate action andlong term vision.

» Guided by their common values, G8 addressedglobal issues and promote a world economy thatis open, innovative, sustainable and fair. To thisend, effective and responsible leadership is re-quired. G8 determined to fully take on their re-sponsibilities, and are committed to implement-

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 23: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

23Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ing their decisions, and to adopting a full and com-prehensive accountability mechanism by 2010 tomonitor progress and strengthen the effectivenessof actions.

» G8 remain focused on the economic and finan- cial crisis and its human and social consequences.G8 will continue to work together to restore con-fidence and set growt h on a mo re robus t, green, inclusive and sustainable path. This will includestrengthening standards of integrity, propriety andtransparency for economic activities.

» G8 intended to secure present and future pros-perity by taking the lead in the fight agai ns t cl i- mate change. G8 committed to reaching a global,ambitious and comprehensive agreement inCopenhagen. In this respect, G8 called upon otherindustrialised countries and emerging economiesto actively engage, consistently with the principleof common but differentiated responsibilities andrespective capabilities.

» G8 renewed all their commitments towards thepoor, especially in Africa. G8 determined to un-dertake measures to mitigate the impact of thecrisis on developing countries, and to continue tosupport their efforts to achieve the MillenniumDevelopment Goals.

» The world economy is experiencing the mostsevere economic and financi al di stur bances in de- cades. After several years of very high globalgrowth, G8 have been facing challenging eco-nomic conditions, characterised by financi al tur - moil, widespread recession, intense deleveraging,an abrupt decline in international trade and grow-ing unemployment and social suffering. Whilethere are signs of stabilization, including a recov-ery of stock markets, a decline in interest ratespreads, improved business and consumer confi- dence, the situation remains uncertain and sig-nificant risks rema i n to economi c and financi al stability.» G8 strongly reaffirme d commi tme nt s under-

taken at the London Summit to take all necessarysteps to support demand, restore growth and main-tain financi al stabi lity, inc l udi ng strengt heni ng financi al regul at ion and Int ernat iona l Fi nanci al Institutions (IFIs) and maintaining open marketsworldwide. G8 continue to implement swiftlythese decisions and call on all countries to act de-cisively to reinforce the international economicand financi al sys tem, and to wo rk cooperat ivel y and responsibly with regard to the impact on othercountries.

» G8 taken stock of progress made to date to re-store confidence, stabi lise the financi al sect or and provide stimulus to boost growth and create jobs.Despite the current difficul t condi tions , we wi ll continue to address global challenges, includingfight ing poverty and cl ima te change, wi th the ai m of establishing a more balanced and sustainablegrowth path, underpinned by sound fundamen-tals and social inclusion.

» The current financi al and economi c crisis ha s reinforced the need generally for cooperationamong key economies. The Heiligendamm Dia-logue Process (HDP), a topic-driven dialogue ofthe G8 with major emerging economies – China,India, Brazil, Mexico and South Africa – estab-lished in 2007, has helped to fulfil thi s rol e by serving as a platform to develop common under-standing and shared responsibility in respondingto the challenges of the world economy concern-ing investment, innovation, development and en-ergy effici ency, wh i ch wi ll be imp ortant for gl o- bal economic growth going forward. The dialoguehas helped to gain a shared understanding of theseglobal challenges in order to find appr opr iate re- sponses. G8 endorsed the results achieved untilnow and called for an extension of this dialogueamong equals.

» Since the beginning of the crisis G8 have takenan unprecedented and concerted action to ensurerecovery and repair our financ i al sys tems . G8have:» Coordinated their efforts with partners at vari-

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 24: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

24Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ous levels in response to a crisis that has affectedevery corner of the world. They have taken force-ful and coordinated action to provide stimulus toeconomic growth..

» They agreed on the need to prepare appropri-ate strategies for unwinding the extraordinarypolicy measures taken to respond to the crisis oncethe recovery is assured. These “exit strategies” willvary from country to country depending on do-mestic economic conditions and public finances , and must ensure a sustainable recovery over thelong term. They welcomed the analytical work ofthe IMF which will assist them with this process.

» Repairing the fina nc i al sect or , i nc l udi ng stabilising financi al ma rkets and norma l ising bank- ing activity, is an urgent priority to ensure lastingeconomic recovery. They are implementingswiftly the commitments made at the LondonSummit and call on others to join their efforts toensure global financi al stabi lity and an int erna- tional level playing fiel d.

» In this difficul t time , the pr ot ect ion of tax base and the efforts to combat tax fraud and tax eva-sion are all the more important, especially giventhe extraordinary fiscal me asur es adopt ed to stabilise the world economy and the need to en-sure that economic activity is conducted in a fairand transparent manner. G8 are making progressin promoting tax information exchange and trans-parency across the globe, which is helping towiden the acceptance of internationally agreedstandards on the exchange of tax information andincrease the number of bilateral agreements signedby several jurisdictions. But there is no space forcomplacency: all jurisdictions must now quicklyimplement their commitments. They cannot con-tinue to tolerate large amounts of capital hiddento evade taxation.

» G8 asked the OECD to swiftly address thesechallenges, propose further steps and report bythe time of the next G20 Finance Ministers’ meet-ing.

» G8 call on all jurisdictions to adhere to interna-tional standards in the prudential, tax and Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Financing ofTerrorism (AML-CFT) areas. To this end, theycalled on the appropriate bodies to conduct andstrengthen objective peer-reviews, based on ex-isting processes, including through the FinancialSector Assessment Program (FSAP) process.

» They are pleased with the progress being madeby the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) inimproving the standards for combating moneylaundering and the financi ng of terror ism and by the OECD on international standards of transpar-ency.

» The fight agai ns t non- cooperat ive jur isdi ct ions should also encompass anti money laundering andterrorism financi ng, as we l l as in the area of pr u- dential regulations. G8 called on the Financial Sta-bility Board (FSB) to assess jurisdictions againstinternational supervisory and prudential standards.The FATF and FSB should report back by Sep-tember on their progress in identifying uncoop-erative jurisdictions.

» G8 noted that several countries are implement-ing voluntary compliance strategies in order torepatriate assets held in non-cooperative jurisdic-tions, and the need is felt to define a di scus sion framework for interested countries.

» Going forward, world needed a strategy to com-prehensively address long-term issues and lead theglobal economy to stable, balanced and sustain-able growth. Achieving economic and social sta-bility as a global public good requires better gov-ernance. Regulatory reform will reduce room forexcessive leveraging and risk taking and promotesound capitalisation of financi al ins titut ions . Co m- mon principles and standards on propriety, integ-rity and transparency governing the conduct ofinternational business and finance he l p pr omo t e a healthy and sustainable economic system. The

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 25: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

25Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

social dimension of growth is also crucial in thiseffort, through the promotion of employment op-portunities, the creation and updating of skills andthe protection of the weakest through appropri-ate social safety nets and income support.

» Stable and sustained long-term growth will re-quire a smooth unwinding of the existing imbal-ances in current accounts. G8 recognised the im-portance of working together to ensure the nec-essary adjustments in line with the multilaterallyagreed strategies, which include supporting stronginternal demand in surplus countries and increas-ing savings rates in defici t count ries thr ough ap- propriate macroeconomic and structural policies.New sources of growth will have to be supportedby investments in infrastructure, innovation andeducation to facilitate productivity growth, whileensuring sustainable use of resources in a greenereconomy, within a context of open markets.Greater macroeconomic policy coordination willalso be needed to help ensure that the burden ofadjustment is fairly shared.

» G8 emphasized the need for an enhanced glo-bal framework for financi al regul at ion and super- vision, promoting consistency between account-ing and prudential standards and setting up ad-equate tools to address procyclicality, as well asensuring a comprehensive oversight of all systemi-cally significant ent ities and act ivi ties . G8 com- mitted to vigorously pursue the work necessaryto ensure global financi al stabi lity and an int erna- tional level playing fiel d, inc l udi ng on comp ens a- tion structures, defini tion of capi tal and the ap- propriate incentives for risk management ofsecuritisation, accounting and prudential stan-dards, regulation and oversight of systemically im-portant hedge funds, standardisation and resilienceof OTC derivative markets, establishment of cen-tral clearing counterparties for these products, andregulation and transparency of credit rating agen-cies.

» International cooperation against corruptionshould be enhanced in order to achieve effective

results. G8 are therefore committed to update G8anticorruption.

» G8 also welcomed the update of the Account-ability Report: Implementation Review of G8 onAnti-Corruption Commitments which was pre-sented for the first time in Toyako. We envi sage making it a permanent tool which sets exampleson combating corruption and holds the G8 coun-tries to the highest standards of transparency andaccountability. To this end, we appreciate the as-sistance of the OECD in preparing our regular re-ports on anti-corruption commitments. Going for-ward, we invite our major partners to prepare simi-lar reports on their anti-corruption commitments.

» G8 are committed to tackling the social dimen-sion of the crisis, putting peoples’ concerns first. The impact of the economic crisis on labour mar-kets can undermine social stability. Therefore,good macroeconomic policies must be linked toemployment and social policies that reduce un-employment, enable a quick re-entry into thelabour market and prevent social exclusion. Wesupport the conclusions of the G8 Social Summitin Rome and the London Jobs Conference to takefurther coherent actions to reduce the impact ofthe crisis on employment and maximise the po-tential for growth in jobs, in accordance with thefollowing principles:

» Promotion of active labour market policies toreduce unemployment, enhance skills develop-ment and match jobs with labour market needs;maintain income support for the unemployed;sustain existing employment, including throughpartial

» Unemployment schemes combined with train-ing provisions and temporary flexi bl e wo rk or other arrangements, such as employment subsi-dies, in order to prevent lay-offs;

» Ensuring the sustainability and effectiveness ofsocial protection systems as drivers of confidence

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 26: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

26Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

and consequently of economic and employmentrecovery;

» G8 invited international organisations, in par-ticular the IMF, the OECD and the ILO, to takeinto account the labour and social impact of theiradvice and cooperation with governments.

» The emergency response to the economic crisisshould not overlook the opportunity to facilitatea global green recovery putting our economies ona path towards more sustainable and resilientgrowth. G8 fiscal stimu l us packages are increas- ingly investing in measures encouraging the cre-ation of green jobs and low-carbon, energy effi- cient and sustainable growth. These include en-ergy effici ency me asur es , investme nt in publ ic transportation infrastructure, incentives for fuel-effici ent vehi cl es , research in al ternat ive sour ces of energy, support for renewable energy technolo-gies, as well as in enhanced CO2 reduction, recy-cling and disposal such as Carbon Capture andStorage.

On goods and services directly linked to address-ing climate change, as agreed at the Toyako Sum-mit. At the same time, G8 will ensure proper regu-latory and other frameworks facilitating transi-tion towards low-carbon and resource effici ent growth. In this light, G8 has called for a reduc-tion of subsidies that artifici al ly encour age car- bon-intensive energy consumption.

» The current financi al and economi c crisis shoul d not delay cost-effective investments or pro-grammed energy projects that would create jobs,enhance energy security and help limit greenhousegas emissions in the short and medium term. G8has urged all countries and the private sector toadopt a long-term view in planning their invest-ments.

In this context, G8 reaffirme d the i r strong com- mitment to implement the St Petersburg Prin-ciples on Global Energy Security in our countriesand call on others to join us in this effort. G8 in-

vited the major international energy organisationsto review and update their programmes and pro-mote them in light of the changing energy chal-lenges.

» G8 reconfirme d the i r commi tme nt to keep markets open and free and to reject protectionismof any kind. In difficul t time s G8 mu s t avoi d past mistakes of protectionist policies, especially giventhe strong decline in world trade following theeconomic crisis. Recovery needs a strong interna-tional trade component to be viable and the rel-evant programmes must fully respect our obliga-tions and commitments to non-discriminatorytreatment under WTO and other internationalagreements. G8 will maximise efforts and steps topromote and facilitate trade and investment.

» G8 stressed the importance of fully adhering tothe standstill commitment and the commitmentto rectify protectionist measures adopted in Lon-don to avoid further deterioration of internationaltrade, including refraining from taking decisionsto increase tariffs above today’s levels. G8 will re-frain from raising new barriers to investment orto trade in goods and services, imposing new ex-ports restrictions, or implementing World TradeOrganisation (WTO) inconsistent measures tostimulate exports.

» G8 will continue to ensure that our share of thepledge taken in the London Summit of $250 bil-lion of support for trade finance is pr omp t ly ma de available through our export credit agencies(ECAs) and investment agencies and throughMultilateral Development Banks. G8 support co-ordination and cooperation in its implementation,and welcome exchange of information on the mea-sures taken in this regard. Cooperation amongECAs, such as strengthening re-insuranceschemes, is expected to play an important role tothis end.

» The current crisis has affected capital flows , including foreign direct investments (FDIs), whichrepresent an important source of financi ng and a

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 27: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

27Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

driver of economic growth and integration. G8stressed the positive role of long term investments.G8 will work to reverse the recent decline in FDI,by fostering an open, receptive climate for for-eign investment, especially in emerging and in de-veloping countries.

» Innovation and knowledge are key factors forsupporting the recovery and putting the worldeconomy on a more sustainable growth path. G8has intended to accelerate innovation in relationto long-term challenges and to encourage the de-velopment of new industries, companies and ser-vices that will be decisive to create new sourcesof growth. G8 are committed to implementinginnovation policies in our countries, also throughour stimulus packages. G8 aimed to foster research,entrepreneurship, human capital and skills, greentechnologies and investment in infrastructure,including Information and Communication Tech-nology (ICT) networks.

» Recognising the importance of research anddevelopment, we committed in Toyako to increaseinvestment in basic and applied clean technologyresearch and development. G8 will intensify suchefforts and explore options to enhance global tech-nology cooperation. G8 believed that provisionson financi ng technol ogy research, devel opme nt , deployment and diffusion should form an inte-gral part of the post-2012 agreement.

» Financing is central to achieving an agreementat Copenhagen and requires mobilisation of sig-nificant financi al resources, bot h publ i c and pri - vate. Given its capacity to innovate, the privatesector should play a pivotal role in financi ng in- vestments in new technologies. Public resourcesshould therefore seek to leverage private-sectorfinanci ng, to suppor t research, devel opme nt and demonstration of low carbon technologies in or-der to accelerate the development and deploymentof early stage technologies, and to aid implemen-tation of adaptation and mitigation strategies indeveloping countries. To promote concerted ef-

forts on technology and financi ng, G8:

» Strive for greater predictability of internationalsupport and affirm the i r int ent ion to cont ribut e fair share, in the context of an ambitious deal inCopenhagen;

» Affirm tha t al l count ries , except Least De vel - oped Countries (LDCs), should participate in thefinanci al ef for t to tackl e cl ima te cha nge, accord- ing to criteria to be agreed, and G8 support con-sideration of the proposal by Mexico;

» Call for the elaboration and implementation ofan effective financi al arrangeme nt to suppor t the post-2012 regime. G8 underlined that mobilizingfinanc i ng for devel opi ng count ries , thr ough a broad range of financi al sour ces , inc l udi ng finan- cial assistance, is required for adaptation and miti-gation, and to facilitate the transition to low-car-bon economies. Financial support needs to be ef-fici ent , ef fect ive and equi tabl e and the ref or e linked to results in terms of emission reductionsand adaptation actions;

» Will work to ensure that the governance ofmechanisms disbursing funds is transparent, fair,effective, effici ent , and of bal anced repr esent at ion among developed.

» Promote public-private partnerships, in orderto facilitate targeted and effici ent investme nt s in research, development, deployment and diffusionof clean technologies, while mobilising additionalresources from the private sector.

Promoting Global Food Security : Agricultureand food security should be placed at the core ofthe international agenda. G8 welcomed the FinalDeclaration of the G8 Ministers of Agriculturewho recently met in Treviso, and commit to con-tinue working with partner countries and inter-national and regional organizations to foster theconditions for ensuring sustainable access to suf-fici ent , af fordabl e and safe food to everyone. The

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 28: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

28Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

economic crisis dramatically changed the scenariofaced when G8 last convened in Toyako. Althoughglobal commodity and food prices significant ly decreased in many regions, they remain high com-pared with historical levels.

As a consequence of spikes in food prices, the num-ber of people suffering from hunger increased by100 million up to 1 billion and could significant ly worsen as the global economic crisis unfolds.Lower incomes and higher unemployment reducethe purchasing power of the poor, worsening theiraccess to food. The climate change impact on ag-riculture and decreasing availability of water couldaggravate the already critical situation of food se-curity, requiring broader adaptation and mitiga-tion efforts.

In Toyako G8 agreed to undertake all possiblemeasures to ensure global food security, highlight-ing that the G8 had committed over US$ 10 bil-lion since January 2008 for short, medium andlong-term purposes, to support food aid, nutritioninterventions, social protection activities and ag-ricultural output increase. The monitoring reportby their experts confirms tha t from January 2008 to July 2009 US$ 13 billion have been disbursedand that substantial additional commitments havebeen undertaken since the Toyako Summit.

With a view to ensuring a more food secureworld, G8 committed to: Stimulate sustainablegrowth of world food production, by promotingincreased investment in agriculture, includingthrough development assistance, and with particu-lar attention to small-hold farmers; promote well-functioning and transparent international, nationaland local markets as a means to reduce the vola-tility of prices and combat speculation; work withgovernments and regional organizations tostrengthen national agricultural research systems;increase investment and access to scientific knowl - edge and technology, also by strengthening therole of the Consultative Group for InternationalAgricultural Research (CGIAR); encourage appro-priate land and natural resource management, theprotection of biodiversity and the adaptation to

climate change.

Noting a growing trend of international agricul-tural investment, including land leasing and pur-chases in developing countries, G8 will work withpartner countries and international organizationsto develop a joint proposal on principles and bestpractices for international agricultural investment.Foster a more effici ent and coherent int ernat iona l agricultural and food security architecture by: ad-vancing the reforms of the FAO, the Committeeon World Food Security and other specializedagencies and their cooperation at global, regionaland country level; enhancing food aid effective-ness; continuing to explore various options on acoordinated approach to stock management; ad-vancing trade negotiations to achieve a balanced,comprehensive and ambitious conclusion of theDoha Round. Support country-led and regionalprocesses, such as the Comprehensive Africa Ag-riculture Development Programme (CAADP), topromote sustainable agriculture, the developmentof local markets and rural non-farm economies,as well as to strengthen early warning systems,social protection mechanisms and safety nets forvulnerable population groups.

G8-Africa Partnership on Water and Sanitation:G8 has determined to build a stronger partner-ship between African and G8 countries to increaseaccess to water and sanitation, based on the prin-ciples of shared responsibility and mutual account-ability. Through the joint political weight of theG8 and the AU, we will ensure adequate momen-tum and commitment on water and sanitationimprovements at national and international lev-els, for concrete results on the ground. coordina-tion processes and the defini tion of wa ter and sani - tation investment plans in line with the Paris dec-laration on Aid Effectiveness and the AccraAgenda for Action.

To support the implementation of the Africancommitments, G8 countries will: assist the build-ing of capacity in African countries to develop andimplement national water and sanitation plans;improve coordination within multi-donor plat-

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 29: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

29Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

forms to promote aid effectiveness; align assistanceto better reflect na t iona l pr ior ities ; imp r ove bi lat- eral and multilateral contributions to financi al mechanisms aimed at mobilizing investment; as-sist the AU Commission, AMCOW and RegionalEconomic Communities in response to the Afri-can demands for institutional support. G8 will con-tinue working at all levels to consolidate and de-velop this cooperation with a view to present astrengthened Africa-G8 Partnership on Water andSanitation by the end of 2009. The Africa WaterWeek due to take place in November in SouthAfrica might provide an opportunity for tangibleprogress towards their common goal of meetingwater and sanitation challenges.

G5 Trade and Political Declaration

Trade Declaration: The Leaders of the Group ofFive (Brazil, China, India, Mexico and South Af-rica) in L’Aquila, Italy on July 8, 2009, have de-cided to issue the following Declaration on Trade:

Group of Five convinced that the successful con-clusion of the Doha Round on the basis of its de-velopment mandate will provide a major stimulusto the restoration of confidence in wo r ld ma rket s and inhibit emerging protectionist trends whichare particularly damaging to developing countries.

G5 also believed that a strengthened multilateraltrading system must play a role in promoting de-velopment and reducing poverty. The full inte-gration of developing countries in world trade re-quires a fair, equitable and development-friendlymultilateral trading system.

G5 need to conclude this final stage of negot ia- tions. The only way to achieve this in the fore-seeable future is by upholding the mandates ne-gotiated over the last seven years. The conclusionof the modalities in agriculture and non-agricul-tural market access (NAMA) continues to be anecessary step in the negotiations. The December2008 draft Agriculture and NAMA texts must becompleted in line with the development mandateand their overall balance must be preserved, asthey offer the only prospect for a timely conclu-

sion of the Round.

The time has come to intensify dialogue amongWTO Members with a view to findi ng sol ut ions to the remaining negotiating gaps. The contribu-tion that countries are making in this Round isunprecedented and all Members must be preparedto do the same, especially the developed ones. G5are ready to engage with all WTO Members witha view to completing the modalities and address-ing any outstanding problems, within the contextof a transparent and inclusive multilateral process.After consultations, Egypt has associated itselfwith this Declaration.

Political Declaration: The Leaders of the Groupof Five (Brazil, China, India, Mexico and SouthAfrica) have decided to issue the following Politi-cal Declaration:

The global economic crisis in its multiple dimen-sions, including social, employment and food andenergy security risks, non traditional threats tosecurity such as diseases and epidemics, as well asthe challenges posed by climate change, under-score our fundamental interdependence and theimperative of enhancing cooperation to achieveequitable and sustainable development for all.

The world needs a new global governance, theconstruction of which must be based on inclusivemultilateralism. In our evolving multi-polar world,the G5, as a positive platform that contributes tothe promotion of the interests of developing coun-tries, will continue to actively engage in jointlytackling global challenges.

The recent outbreak of influenza A( H1 N1 ) , al ong with its rapid spread to various countries all aroundthe world, has further underscored the growinginterconnection among people and countries. G5will continue monitoring the development of thisepidemic and facing it on the basis of constructivedialogue and cooperation.

Collectively, at the G-20 Summit held in Londonlast April, G5 stressed the need of addressing theglobal and financi al crisis in an int egrated ma n-

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 30: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

30Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ner, carefully considering its social and develop-mental impacts, as well as the long term require-ments of stability and sustainability. It is theirconviction that efforts to address food security,energy security and other issues of common con-cern to developing countries, should not be re-duced because of the financi al crisis. On the con- trary, G5 must grab the crisis as an opportunity toreform the international economic system for thebenefit of al l, particul arly the mo s t vul nerabl e. As a first step, G5 cal l for the ful l imp l eme nt at ion of the G-20 London Summit Declaration without anydelay.

At the global level, G5 must swiftly strengthenmacroeconomic policy coordination and adoptstrong economic stimulus measures to restoremarket confidence, stabi lize financi al mar ket s and promote world economic growth. Developedcountries have a leading responsibility in this re-gard.

The G5 will continue to promote the reform ofthe international financi al sys tem in a comp r e- hensive, balanced and result-oriented way, withthe purpose of establishing a new internationalfinanci al order wh i ch is fai r, jus t, inc l us ive and well-managed. In particular, we pledge to devoteappropriate efforts to fundamentally resolving theissue of under-representation and inadequate voiceof developing countries in international financi al institutions, which is urgently needed. Towardsthis end, the G5 will collaborate with other worldleaders. In this light, we welcome the outcomedocument adopted by the United Nations Con-ference on the World Financial and EconomicCrisis and its Impact on Development.

The promotion of equitable and sustainable de-velopment for all must be at the core of globalefforts. G5 urged international financi al ins titu- tions to use their recently augmented resourcesto mainly help those developing countries whichhave been seriously affected by the crisis. G5 alsocalled on all countries to consider the impact oftheir macroeconomic policies on developing coun-tries and avoid aggravating the difficul ties of de- veloping countries due to the negative spillover

effect of their policies.

G5 reaffirme d the i r commi tme nt to me et ing the Millennium Development Goals and to contrib-uting to poverty eradication and the promotionof social development and justice at a global scale.In this regard, considering the threatening socialimpact of the global financi al and economi c cri- sis, G5 urged developed countries to speedily meetthe already committed target of 0.7% of their grossnational income for offici al devel opme nt assistance to developing countries. Also, G5 emphasised theimportance of fully implementing the outcomesof major World Summits, especially the UnitedNations Conference on Environment and Devel-opment, the Monterrey Consensus and theJohannesburg Plan of Implementation. This is alsoa necessary condition for global recovery.

G5 stressed the need for developing countries tostrengthen coordination and collaboration on out-standing global issues and call on all Governments,international organizations and relevant parties tovigorously support South-South and trilateral co-operation, making full use of the existing mecha-nisms to deepen cooperation in all fiel ds . An ex- panded South-South cooperation can be supple-mentary but is not a substitute for North-Southcooperation.

G5 urged developed countries to assist the devel-oping countries that are particularly vulnerableto the adverse effects of climate change in meet-ing costs of adaptation. G5 also urged developedcountries to commit themselves to ambitious andcomparable quantified emi ssion reduct ion target s by reducing their emissions in aggregate by at least40% below their 1990 levels by 2020, in the sec-ond commitment period of the Kyoto Protocol.

G5 were fully committed to working for an ambi-tious outcome at the 2009 United Nations ClimateChange Conference in Copenhagen, to ensure thefull, effective and sustained implementation of theConvention and its Kyoto Protocol.

Peace and development are mutually reinforcing.

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 31: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

31Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

The G5 will continue to support efforts that pro-mote global security based on international law,and through constructive dialogue and diplomacy,seek to strengthen the international legal frame-work. We remain committed to supporting therole of the United Nations in global governanceand further undertake to intensify internationalcooperation, especially in the multilateral arena.G5 will continue to strive for a comprehensivereform of the United Nations that includesstrengthening the General Assembly, revitalizingECOSOC, reforming the Secretariat, strengthen-ing the UN gender architecture and, in particular,achieving an early reform of the UN SecurityCouncil, that properly reflects the cur rent eco- nomic and political realities.

G5 unequivocally condemn in the strongest termsterrorism in all its forms and manifestations. Theglobal scourge of terrorism need strongest collec-tive action by the international community toprevent terrorist acts and punish perpetrators, fin- anciers and others involved in such acts. In orderto provide a comprehensive international legalframework against terrorism, the UN memberstates should conclude and adopt the Comprehen-sive Convention on International Terrorism asearly as possible.

G5 reiterated their commitment to ensure a worldfree of nuclear weapons and other weapons of massdestruction and welcome the strengthening ofmultilateral dialogue on disarmament issues. Inparticular, G5 supported the implementation ofthe World Program of the Conference on Disar-mament for its 2009 sessions and expect a sub-stantive outcome of these meetings.

What is G8

The Group of Eight was created by France in 1975as an informal forum for the six largest industrial-ized economies of the Northern Hemisphere —Britain, France, West Germany, Italy, Japan andthe United States. It was born out of the 1973 oilcrisis and global recession.In 1975, French Presi-dent Valéry Giscard d’Estaing called the leaders

of the other five count ries to a summi t in Ra m- bouillet. There, they decided to hold the meet-ings annually, with each nation taking a turn toserve as host and chair.

The European Union is represented at the meet-ings, but does not act as host.Canada joined thegroup in 1976 to make it the G7, and Russia be-came a member in 1997 to form the G8.

G8 ministers meet many times during the courseof the year. The finance mi ni sters me et four time s a year, and the foreign ministers and environmen-tal ministers meet less frequently.The annualholder of the G8 presidency sets the summitagenda in consultation with the other members,hosts the summit and determines which ministe-rial meetings will be held.In recent years, somemembers have pushed to expand the group’s size,and the Outreach Six (O6), which encompassesBrazil, China, India, Mexico, South Africa andEgypt, has been included in the G8 for talks. Theywill also be joined this year by Australia, Den-mark, Indonesia, South Korea, the Netherlandsand Spain, Berlusconi said.

Berlusconi, who is chairing the 2009 forum, saidthe G8 will also be attended by representatives ofa number of international organizations, such asthe International Monetary Fund and World Bank,and the African Union and representatives of someAfrican nations. Unlike many international orga-nizations, such as the United Nations or NATO,the G8 has no formal structure, no administrativestaff or international headquarters or even a mail-ing address. It remains informal, but highly coop-erative and focused on coordination of action.

The 2009 summit held in L’Aquila, a city in theAbruzzo region of Italy, less than 100 kilometers(60 miles) east of Rome. The city was badly dam-aged by an earthquake in April, and the Italiangovernment decided to move the annual summitthere from La Maddalena on Sardinia to symbol-ize the rebuilding of the region.

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Page 32: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

32Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Section -1 (Article : 35th G-8 Annual Summit)

Fact File

G8 Countries:The members of the Group of Eight, or G8, are Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan,Russia, the United Kingdom and the United States. The eight members meet once a year atHeads of State and Government level.

France, the United States and Russia are represented by their Heads of State, whereas theUnited Kingdom, Germany, Japan, Italy and Canada are represented by their respective Headsof Government.

G5 CountriesOver the years, the G7/G8 duty Presidencies have begun inviting a number of emergingcountries to specific sessions of talks on an ad hoc basis, as the emerging economies’ increas-ing weight on the world scene has made it necessary to involve them in identifying solutionsto the major global challenges.

The Group of Five (G5) comprises Brazil,People’s Republic of china,India,Mexico and SouthAfrica.

Other CountriesThe purpose of the G8 – the main industrialised democracies’ forum for dialogue – is to comeup with fresh answers to the main global political and economic issues.

In addition to its traditional members, the Italian duty Presidency has invited to the G8 Sum-mit the countries that make up the Major Economies Forum, the NEPAD (New Partnershipfor Africa's Development) founder states, the representatives of the African Union and Spain,Turkey and the Netherlands.

Other countries invited» Egypt» Hosni Mubarak, President

MEF (Major Economies Forum) countriesAustralia: Kevin Rudd, Prime MinisterRepublic of Korea: Lee Myung-bak, PresidentIndonesia: Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, PresidentDenmark (the country hosting next December’s UN Conference on Climate Change):Lars Lokke Rasmussen, Prime Minister

Page 33: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

33Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Aspirants Times Previous Issues

VOL.1 VOL.2

VOL.3 VOL.4

http://groups.google.com/group/upscportal/files

Page 34: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

34Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

India has planned to create the world's first ma r- ket for trading credits for energy savings. Gov-ernment expects to set mandatory energy-savingstargets by the end of 2009 for energy-intensivesectors such as cement, aluminium, steel, power,textiles, fertilizers, railway, paper and pulp. Thecountry's Bureau of Energy Effici ency is wo rki ng on a program to establish credits for industrialplants that save energy beyond the governmentrequirement. The plan has been modelled afteremissions-trading markets at work in the EU.

In January 2009, Mumbai, India-based MultiCommodity Exchange(MCX) launched futurestrading in carbon creditsin India. Under the en-ergy-savings plan, sepa-rate targets would be es-tablished for each largeindustrial unit and plantin order to take into ac-count the different sizesand type of companies ineach sector. The manda-tory reductions wouldthen go into effect threeyears later. Companiessurpassing energy savings requirements would getcredits that can be sold through existing powerexchanges to companies that fail to meet their tar-gets. Companies failing to meet targets that do notbuy credits would then be penalized by the gov-ernment. The energy-savings market must be ap-proved by the prime minister's climate council.

The move is part of India's National Action Planon Climate Change. Because the country has loweremissions than industrialized countries, India hasdecided one of its best contributions could be touse less energy from polluting sources. India has

By Sangeeta GuptaAuthor is an Expert of Various Competitive Examinations

Carbon Emissions TradingNew Global Concept to Reduce Climate Change

generated about 30 million carbon credits and isone of the largest benefici aries in the carbon credi t trade, according to MCX. Under the plan, privatecompanies would be responsible for measuring en-ergy reductions.

Carbon Trading Scenario

Parties with commitments under the Kyoto Pro-tocol (Annex B Parties) have accepted targets forlimiting or reducing emissions. These targets areexpressed as levels of allowed emissions, or “as-signed amounts,” over the 2008-2012 commitment

period. The allowedemissions are dividedinto “assigned amountunits” (AAUs). Emis-sions trading, as set outin Article 17 of theKyoto Protocol, allowscountries that haveemission units to spare -emissions permittedthem but not "used" - tosell this excess capacityto countries that areover their targets. Thus,a new commodity was

created in the form of emission reductions or re-movals. Since carbon dioxide is the principalgreenhouse gas, people speak simply of trading incarbon. Carbon is now tracked and traded like anyother commodity. This is known as the "carbonmarket."

Trading Units: More than actual emissions unitscan be traded and sold under the Kyoto Protocol’semissions trading scheme.

The other units which may be transferred underthe scheme, each equal to one tonne of CO2, maybe in the form of:

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 35: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

35Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

» A removal unit (RMU) on the basis of land use,land-use change and forestry(LULUCF) activitiessuch as reforestation

» An emission reduction unit (ERU) generated bya joint implementation project

» A certified emi ssion reduct ion (CER) generated from a clean development mechanism project ac-tivity.

Transfers and acquisitions of these units aretracked and recorded through the registry systemsunder the Kyoto Protocol.

An international transaction log ensures securetransfer of emission reduction units between coun-tries.

Commitment Period Reserve: In order to addressthe concern that Parties could “oversell” units, andsubsequently be unable to meet their own emis-sions targets, each Party is required to hold a mini-mum level of ERUs, CERs, AAUs and RMUs in itsnational registry. This is known as the “commit-ment period reserve.”

Relationship to Domestic and Regional Emis-sions Trading Schemes: Emissions tradingschemes may be established as climate policy in-struments at the national level and the regionallevel. Under such schemes, governments set emis-sions obligations to be reached by the participat-ing entities. The European Union emissions trad-ing scheme is the largest in operation.

Emissions Trading and CDM

Emissions trading is a way of introducing flexi bi l- ity into a system where participants have to meetemissions targets. These participants may be coun-tries (as in the case of the Kyoto Protocol), or com-panies (as in the case of a domestic emissions trad-ing scheme). Participants can buy units to coverany emissions above their targets, or sell units if

they reduce their emissions below their targets.The presence of a market for these units creates avalue for emissions reductions which stimulatesinvestment in the most cost-effective areas. Emis-sions trading leads to a reduction in compliancecosts compared to meeting the same target throughdomestic/internal means only.

The Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) of theKyoto Protocol allows projects in developing coun-tries to generate emission credits if they result inemission levels lower than would otherwise bethe case; these credits can be marketed and even-tually counted against a developed country's emis-sion obligation. The IEA provides analysis on theeffectiveness of the different emissions tradingscheme options, both at international and domes-tic level.

What is Emissions Trading?Emissions trading is an administrative approachused to control pollution by providing economicincentives for achieving reductions in the emis-sions of pollutants. It is sometimes called cap andtrade.

A central authority (usually a government or in-ternational body) sets a limit or cap on the amountof a pollutant that can be emitted. Companies orother groups are issued emission permits and arerequired to hold an equivalent number of allow-ances (or credits) which represent the right to emita specific amo unt . The tot al amo unt of al lowa nces and credits cannot exceed the cap, limiting totalemissions to that level. Companies that need toincrease their emission allowance must buy cred-its from those who pollute less. The transfer ofallowances is referred to as a trade. In effect, thebuyer is paying a charge for polluting, while theseller is being rewarded for having reduced emis-sions by more than was needed. Thus, in theory,those who can easily reduce emissions mostcheaply will do so, achieving the pollution reduc-tion at the lowest possible cost to society.

There are active trading programs in several pol-

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 36: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

36Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

lutants. For greenhouse gases the largest is the Eu-ropean Union Emission Trading Scheme. In theUnited States there is a national market to reduceacid rain and several regional markets in nitrogenoxides. Markets for other pollutants tend to besmaller and more localized.The overall goal of anemissions trading plan is to reduce emissions. Thecap is usually lowered over time - aiming towardsa national emissions reduction target.

In other systems a portion of all traded credits mustbe retired, causing a net reduction in emissionseach time a trade occurs. In many cap and tradesystems, organizations which do not pollute mayalso participate, thus environmental groups canpurchase and retire allowances or credits andhence drive up the price of the remainder accord-ing to the law of demand. Corporations can alsoprematurely retire allowances by donating themto a non-profit ent ity and then be el igi bl e for a tax deduction.

Because emissions trading uses markets to deter-mine how to deal with the problem of pollution,it is often touted as an example of effective freemarket environmentalism. While the cap is usu-ally set by a political process, individual compa-nies are free to choose how or if they will reducetheir emissions. In theory, firms wi ll choos e the least-costly way to comply with the pollutionregulation, creating incentives that reduce the costof achieving a pollution reduction goal.

Background

The efficacy of wh a t later wa s to be cal led the "cap and trade" approach to air pollution abate-ment was first demo ns trated in a series of mi cro- economic computer simulation studies between1967 and 1970 for the National Air Pollution Con-trol Administration (predecessor to the UnitedStates Environmental Protection Agency’s Office of Air and Radiation) by Ellison Burton and Wil-liam Sanjour. These studies used mathematicalmodels of several cities and their emission sourcesin order to compare the cost and effectiveness ofvarious control strategies. Each abatement strat-

International Emissions TradingAssociation (IETA)

The International Emissions Trading Associa-tion (IETA) is a nonprofit business organiza-tion created in June 1999 to establish a func-tional international framework for trading ingreenhouse gas emission reductions.

Our membership includes leading internationalcompanies from across the carbon tradingcycle. IETA members seek to develop an emis-sions trading regime that results in real andverifiable greenhouse gas emission reductions,while balancing economic efficiency with en-vironmental integrity and social equity.

As of March 2009, IETA comprises more than160 international companies from OECD andnon-OECD countries. IETA has formed sev-eral partnerships such as with, among others,the World Bank, Eurelectric, the World Busi-ness Council for Sustainable Development(WBCSD) and the California Climate ActionRegistry.

Vision: IETA is dedicated to ensuring that theobjectives of the United Nations Conventionon Climate Change and ultimately climate pro-tection are met through the establishment ofeffective systems for trading in greenhousegas emissions by businesses, in an economi-cally efficient manner while maintaining soci-etal equity and environmental integrity.

Legal Status and History: In 1999, IETA hasemerged from the United Nations Conferenceon Trade and Development (UNCTAD) PolicyForums on greenhouse gas emissions trading,resulting from a co-operation between

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 37: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

37Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

UNCTAD and the WBCSD.

IETA received legal non-profit status from thegovernment of Switzerland in June 2000, andreceived United Nations Framework Conven-tion on Climate Change (UNFCCC) non-gov-ernmental organization accreditation in Octo-ber 2000. IETA currently has offices in Geneva(Switzerland), Ottawa (Canada), Brussels(Belgium) and Washington DC (USA).

Features: IETA consists of a diverse, inter-national membership of business organiza-tions.

This ensures:1. A wide range of expertise from representa-tives of member companies including emitters,solution providers, brokers, verifiers and le-gal compliance;

2.Interaction with the most active and cuttingedge practitioners and stakeholders;

3.Representation of OECD and non-OECDinterest; and

4.The depth of the IETA network.

Goals and Objectives: IETA will work for:1.The development of an active, global green-house gas market involving all three flexibil-ity mechanisms of the Kyoto Protocol - theClean Development Mechanism (CDM), JointImplementation (JI) and Emissions Trading,as well as those outside the Kyoto Protocol;and

2. The creation of systems and instruments thatwill ensure effective business participation.To be the premier voice for the business com-munity on emissions trading, the objectives forthe organization are to:

3.Promote an integrated view of the emissionstrading system as the solution to ClimateChange;

4.Participate in the design and implementationof national and international rules and guide-lines; and

5.Provide the most up-to-date and crediblesource of information on emissionstrading and greenhouse gas market develop-ments.

egy was compared with the "least cost solution"produced by a computer optimization program toidentify the least costly combination of sourcereductions in order to achieve a given abatementgoal.

In each case it was found that the least cost solu-tion was dramatically less costly than the sameamount of pollution reduction produced by anyconventional abatement strategy. This led to theconcept of "cap and trade" as a means of achievingthe "least cost solution" for a given level of abate-ment.

The development of emissions trading over thecourse of its history can be divided into fourphases:

Gestation: Theoretical articulation of the instru-ment (by coase, Crocker, Dales, Montgomery etc.)and, independent of the former, tinkering with"flexi bl e regul at ion" at the US Envi ronme nt al Pr o- tection Agency.

Proof of Principle: First developments towardstrading of emission certificates based on the "of f- set-mechanism" taken up in Clean Air Act in 1977.

Prototype: Launching of a first "cap and trade" system as part of the US Acid Rain Program, offi- cially announced as a paradigm shift in environ-

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 38: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

38Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

mental policy, as prepared by "Project 88", a net-work-building effort to bring together environ-mental and industrial interests in the US.Regime formation: branching out from the USclean air policy to global climate policy, and fromthere to the European Union, along with the ex-pectation of an emerging global carbon market andthe formation of the "carbon industry".

Cap and Trade versus Baseline and Credit:Thetextbook emissions trading program can be calleda "cap and trade" approach in which an aggregatecap on all sources is established and these sourcesare then allowed to trade amongst themselves todetermine which sources actually emit the totalpollution load. An alternative approach with im-portant differences is a baseline and credit pro-gram. In a baseline and credit program a set ofpolluters that are not under an aggregate cap cancreate credits by reducing their emissions below abaseline level of emissions. These credits can bepurchased by polluters that do have a regulatorylimit. Many of the criticisms of trading in generalare targeted at baseline and credit programs ratherthan cap type programs.

The Economics of International EmissionsTrading:It is possible for a country to reduce emis-sions using a command control approach, such asregulation, direct and indirect taxes. The cost ofthat approach differs between countries becausethe Marginal Abatement Cost (MAC) the cost ofeliminating an additional unit of pollution differsby country. It might cost China $2 to eliminate aton of CO2, but it would probably cost Sweden orthe U.S. much more. International emissions-trad-ing markets were created precisely to exploit dif-fering MACs.

Kyoto ProtocolThe Kyoto protocol is a 1997 international treatywhich came into force in 2005, which binds mostdeveloped nations to a cap and trade system forthe six major greenhouse. (The United States isthe only industrialized nation under Annex-1which has not ratified and theref ore is not bound by it.) Emission quotas were agreed by each par-

ticipating country, with the intention of reduc-ing their overall emissions by 5.2% of their 1990levels by the end of 2012.

Under the treaty, for the 5-year compliance pe-riod from 2008 until 2012, nations that emit lessthan their quota will be able to sell emissions cred-its to nations that exceed their quota.It is also possible for developed countries withinthe trading scheme to sponsor carbon projects thatprovide a reduction in greenhouse gas emissionsin other countries, as a way of generating trad-able carbon credits. The Protocol allows thisthrough clean development mechanism (CDM)and joint implementation (JI) projects, in order toprovide flexi bl e me cha ni sms to ai d regul ated en- tities in meeting their compliance with their caps.The UNFCCC validates all CDM projects to en-sure they create genuine additional savings andthat there is no carbon leakage.

The Intergovernmental Panel on climate Changehas projected that the financi al ef fect of comp l i- ance through trading within the Kyoto commit-ment period will be 'limited' at between 0.1-1.1%of GDP among trading countries. By comparisonthe Stern report placed the costs of doing nothingat five to 20 time s hi gher.

Renewable Energy Certificat es

Renewable energy certificates , or "green tags", are transferable rights for renewable energy withinsome American states. A renewable energy pro-vider gets issued one green tag for each 1,000 KWhof energy it produces. The energy is sold into theelectrical grid, and the certificates can be sol d on the open market for additional profit. They are purchased by firms or indi vi dual s in order to iden- tify a portion of their energy with renewablesources and are voluntary.

They are typically used like an offsetting schemeor to show corporate responsibility, although theirissuance is unregulated, with no national registryto ensure there is no double-counting. However,it is one way that an organization could purchase

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 39: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

39Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

its energy from a local provider who uses fossilfuels, but back it with a certificate tha t suppor ts a specific wi nd or hydr o powe r pr oj ect .

Market trend:Carbon emissions trading has beensteadily increasing in recent years. According tothe Word bank's Carbon Finance Unit, 374 mil-lion metric tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent(tCO2e) were exchanged through projects in 2005,a 240% increase relative to 2004 (110 mtCO2e)which was itself a 41% increase relative to 2003(78 mtCO2e).In terms of dollars, the World Bank has estimatedthat the size of the carbon market was 11 billionUSD in 2005, 30 billion USD in 2006, and 64 bil-lion in 2007.

The Marrakesh Accords of the Kyoto protocol de-fined the int ernat iona l tradi ng me cha ni sms and registries needed to support trading between coun-tries, with allowance trading now occurring be-tween European countries and Asian countries.However, while the USA as a nation did not ratifythe Protocol, many of its states are now develop-ing cap-and-trade systems and are looking at waysto link their emissions trading systems together,nationally and internationally, to seek out the low-est costs and improve liquidity of the market.However, these states also wish to preserve theirindividual integrity and unique features. For ex-ample, in contrast to the other Kyoto-compliantsystems, some states propose other types of green-house gas sources, different measurement meth-ods, setting a maximum on the price of allowances,or restricting access to CDM projects. Creatinginstruments that are not truly fungible would in-troduce instability and make pricing difficul t. Va ri- ous proposals are being investigated to see howthese systems might be linked across markets, withthe International Carbon Action Partnership(ICAP) as an international body to help co-ordi-nate this.

Business Reaction:With the creation of a marketfor mandatory trading of carbon dioxide emissions

within the Kyoto Protocol, the London financi al marketplace has established itself as the center ofthe carbon finance ma rket , and is expected to ha ve grown into a market valued at $60 billion in 2007.The voluntary offset market, by comparison, isprojected to grow to about $4bn by 2010.

23 multinational corporations came together inthe G8 climate change roundtable, a businessgroup formed at the January 2005 World Eco-nomic Forum. The group included Ford, Toyota,British Airways, BP and Unilever. On June 9, 2005the Group published a statement stating that therewas a need to act on climate change and stressingthe importance of market-based solutions. It calledon governments to establish "clear, transparent,and consistent price signals" through "creation ofa long-term policy framework" that would includeall major producers of greenhouse gases. By De-cember 2007 this had grown to encompass 150global businesses.

Business in the UK have come out strongly in sup-port of emissions trading as a key tool to mitigateclimate change, supported by NGOs. However, notall businesses favor a trading approach. On De-cember 11, 2008, Rex Tillerson, the CEO ofExxonmobil, said a carbon tax is "a more direct,more transparent and more effective approach"than a cap and trade program, which he said, "in-evitably introduces unnecessary cost and complex-ity." He also said that he hoped that the revenuesfrom a carbon tax would be used to lower othertaxes so as to be revenue neutral.

The International Air Transport Association,whose 230 member airlines comprise 93% of allinternational traffic, pos ition is tha t tradi ng shoul d be based on “benchmarking,” setting emissionslevels based on industry averages, rather than“grandfathering,” which would use individualcompanies’ previous emissions levels to set theirfuture permit allowances. They arguegrandfathering “would penalise airlines that tookearly action to modernise their fleet s, wh i le a

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 40: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

40Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

benchmarking approach, if designed properly,would reward more effici ent operat ions . "

Measuring, Reporting, Verificat ion (MRV) and Enforcement

Meaningful emission reductions within a tradingsystem can only occur if they can be measured atthe level of operator or installation and reportedto a regulator. There is an open source tool forhelping operators accurately measure and plantheir emissions. For greenhouse gases all tradingcountries maintain an inventory of emissions atnational and installation level; in addition, thetrading groups within North America maintaininventories at the state level through the climateregistry. For trading between regions these inven-tories must be consistent, with equivalent unitsand measurement techniques.

In some industrial processes emissions can bephysically measured by inserting sensors andflowme t ers in chi mn eys and stacks , but ma ny types of activity rely on theoretical calculationsfor measurement. Depending on local legislation,these measurements may require additional checksand verificat ion by governme nt or thi rd party auditors, prior or post submission to the local regu-lator.

Another critical part is enforcement. Without ef-fective MRV and enforcement the value of allow-ances are diminished. Enforcement can be doneusing several means, including fines or sanct ion- ing those that have exceeded their allowances.Concerns include the cost of MRV and enforce-ment and the risk that facilities may be temptedto mislead rather than make real reductions ormake up their shortfall by purchasing allowancesor offsets from another entity. The net effect of acorrupt reporting system or poorly managed orfinanced regul ator ma y be a di scount on emi ssion costs, and a (hidden) increase in actual emissions.

India and Emissions Market

World wide trading in emissions added up to lessthan $400 million in 2008. But it is early days yet.Turnover is growing rapidly, as is the price atwhich emissions are being traded. About 107 mil-lion tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e)was exchanged in 2004 through Kyoto Protocol'projects, mostly purchased by rich countries indeveloping countries and in countries with econo-mies in transition; up 38 per cent compared to the78 million tCO2e traded in 2003. It is estimatedthat 43 million tCO2e have been exchanged so farthis year. Prices for project-based emissions in-creased by 20-25 per cent over the last year. Veri-fied Emi ssions Re duct ions now trade at a we i ght ed average price of $4.22. Certified Emi ssions Re duc- tions command a premium of one dollar pertCO2e.

To get at the total size of the emissions market,one must add trading in `allowance' markets tothe figur e for pr oj ect-based emi ssions . In thi s fast growing market, a company can sell whatever itsaves from the total emissions quota allotted orauctioned to it by a public regulator. For example,under the EU's Emissions Trading System (ETS),European Governments have allotted greenhousegas emission allowances to individual companiesand industries. If a company does not emit its to-tal allowance, it can trade the balance. Volumesexchanged on allowance markets have increaseddramatically this year as compared to 2004, andare now reported to be comparable to volumesexchanged through project-based transactions.

Apart from the EU ETS, three other active mar-kets for greenhouse gas allowances have so far beenestablished. The UK Emissions Trading System,the New South Wales trading system and theChicago Climate Exchange. The total amount ex-changed on all allowance markets taken togetherfrom January 2004 to March 2005 was about 56million tCO2e. Thanks mainly to the coming intoforce of the EU's ETS from January 2005, volumestraded in the EU from January through March this

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 41: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

41Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

year were 3.5 times higher than the allowancesexchanged in the 12 months of 2004.

There is an increasing disconnect between theprices of carbon reductions from Joint Implemen-tation and Clean Development Mechanismprojects under the Kyoto Protocol on the onehand, and on the other the prices at which allow-ances are being traded under the EU's ETS. Tradesin the latter market were priced between 7 and 9euros in 2004, but increased to 17 euros per tCO2ein March and April 2005.

According to the joint World Bank-InternationalEmissions Trading Association (IETA) report re-leased two weeks ago these two commodities areso different that they cannot be compared'. Theprice differential, the report says, "could be ex-plained by a number of factors including thin vol-umes traded in allowances - resulting in high pricevolatility". The price differential could also reflect the `risk inherent in project-based transactions'.

Projects abating non-carbon dioxide emissions ac-count for more than half of the total volume ofemissions put up for sale. These include HFC23destruction (which is the dominant type of emis-sions reduction project in terms of volumes sup-plied), projects capturing methane and N2O fromanimal waste, and hydro, biomass energy and land-fill gas capt ur e pr oj ects.

HFC23 comes into being as a byproduct in theproduction of the hydrofluor ocarbon HF C2 2, which is used as a refrigerant and as a raw mate-rial for the production of fluor inated res ins . It is a very potent greenhouse gas: the release of onetonne of it in the atmosphere has the same long-term effect on climate change as the release of11,700 tonnes of carbon dioxide.

HFC23 destruction projects, all of which are lo-cated in Asia according to the State of the CarbonMarket Report, are few in number but accountfor very large volumes. It is mainly because ofthese projects that Asia in general and India inparticular have such a large weight in total emis-sion reductions in volume terms.

In the period from January 2003 to December2004, the share of India in total emission reduc-tion projects of different sorts worldwide was 26per cent, with the rest of Asia having a share of17 per cent. India's share has since gone up a fewpercentage points. The share of the rest of Asiahas fallen slightly, but this has been offset by thegrowth in total volume. In addition there are alarge number of unilateral CDM projects that areunder various stages of implementation in India.Since credits relating to the 60-70 projects in thiscategory have yet to be sold they have not beenincluded in the figur es me nt ioned in the Ca rbon Report.

The US, which backed away from its commitmentto the Kyoto Protocol, predictably accounts foronly a very small share of total project emissionspurchased, around 3 to 4 per cent. The largestbuyers are Japan and the Netherlands in that or-der, which account for 29 and 22 per cent of totalpurchases, respectively. The share of UK in totalpurchases has doubled recently and now stands ataround 12 per cent. Other EU countries accountfor 30-32 per cent of total purchases.

Emission trading rights: Developing countries in-cluding India have been absolved of any responsi-bility towards reducing emissions in the first com- mitment period, 2008-2012, of the Kyoto Proto-col. This is not surprising as India’s per capita car-bon dioxide emission is very low — only 1.21tonnes per annum, roughly one-fourth of theworld average per capita emission of 4.50 tonnesper annum.

However, in aggregate terms, India is the fifth- largest emitter of fossil fuel-derived carbon diox-ide, and its total emissions are growing rapidly.Not surprisingly, India is now under severe inter-national pressure to accept binding commitmentsfor emission reduction in the post-2012 phase ofthe Kyoto Protocol (KP). However, cuts in abso-lute emissions are not only morally utterly unjustto impose on the part of the developed countries,but also practically suicidal for India to acceptthem. But due consideration must be given to po-

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 42: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

42Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

tentially benefici al pol icy ins trume nt s, such as a participation in an internationally tradable emis-sion permits regime, or, what is alternatively re-ferred to as, a global cap-and-trade system of emis-sion permits.

As of now the KP restricts emissions trading (ET)to occur within Annex B (developed) countriesonly. The non-Annex B (developing) countrieshave been mere bystanders so far. But, it is mostunlikely that the situation would remain that way.Already, the developing countries are having amajor role to play in the ongoing PKP negotia-tions on climate change, which would culminatein the Conference of Parties-15 at Copenhagen inDecember 2009.

If India were to participate in a global regime oftradable emission permits, how would the conse-quences be affected by the different modes ofemission entitlements? The two main types ofemissions allocation schemes are:Grandfathered Emissions Allocation (GEA)scheme in which permits are allocated on the ba-sis of the aggregate emissions level of a predeter-mined year, say, 2010.

Equal Per Capita Emissions Allocation (EPCEA)scheme in which the aggregate emissions entitle-ments for India in different years are arrived at bymultiplying the average global per capita emis-sion (4.58 tonne per capita as estimated to be in2010) with India’s population for the correspond-ing years.

It is well known that the developed countriesfavour the grandfathered emissions allocationscheme, while the developing countries — par-ticularly, China and India — advocate the EPCEAscheme. We evaluated three policy scenarios forIndia’s likely participation in a globally tradableemission permits regime respectively under (1)GEA, (2) EPCEA, and (3) EPCEA plus enhancedenergy effici ency imp r oveme nt for the pr os pec- tive 30-year period, 2010-2040, with respect to abusiness-as-usual or reference scenario, using awell-known tool of economic analysis, namely, a

Computable General Equilibrium (CGE) model.

In policy scenario 1, in which India takes part inglobal emissions trade with a fixed quot a of emi s- sion permits under GEA, it turns out to be a netbuyer of tradable permits, and, consequently, suf-fers high cost through GDP diminution and pov-erty accentuation. (GDP and consumption lossesin the various years are in the range of 2%-5%,and the increases in the number of poor personsare in the range of 3.0%-7.5%.) Cumulative CO2emissions for the 30-year period decline by about5%. Annual per capita emissions which were al-ready (i.e., in the business-as–usual scenario) be-low the world average per capita emission declinefurther in this scenario.

Policy scenario 2 is concerned with India’s par-ticipation in global emissions trade under EPCEA.Under this scheme, India, because of itsincreasing population, has an ever-increasingquota of emission permits. However, it has sur-plus emission permits to sell in the global marketonly till 2036. Till that time, the sale of permitsresults in flow of trans fer payme nt s from rest of the world to India enabling an expansion in in-vestment in the domestic economy, which, inturn, induces large gains in GDP, consumption andpoverty reduction. (GDP and consumption gainsin the various years are in the range of 6%-14%,and decreases in the number of poor persons arein the range of 3%-12%.)

Cumulative emissions for the 30-year period riseby 7%-8%. However, annual per capita CO2 emis-sions remain below the 2010 world average of 4.58tonne per capita but only up to 2036. Thereafter,per capita emission surpasses the 2010 world av-erage causing a cessation of the trading benefit to India as it turns from being a seller to a buyer ofinternationally tradable emission permits. How-ever, GDP, consumption and poverty alleviationcontinue to increase till 2040 though at a muchslower pace.

In policy scenario 3, India’s participation in glo-bal emissions trade under EPCEA is commingled

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 43: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

43Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

with enhanced energy effici enc y imp r oveme nt (EEI) in the domestic economy. (It must be notedthat, India has an impressive track record for EEIsince 1980, and there remains substantial scopefor EEI in the next 2-3 decades.) This consider-ably amplifies the gai ns achi eved in the scenario 2, and the trading benefit to Indi a ext ends till 2040, possibly even beyond. More importantly, thesegains are now accompanied by a decline ratherthan a rise in cumulative and annual per capitaemissions.

It is obvious that, India will never participate in afuture globally tradable emission permits regimeinclusive of developing countries based on GEA.That would be tantamount to accepting manda-tory emission reduction obligations — a suremeans to thwart our very developmental process.Thankfully, the idea of predicating global emis-sions trade on an EPCEA criterion is gainingground. Under EPCEA, India’s gains through in-ternational trade in emission permits would besubstantial.

Further, if under a tradable emission permits re-gime based on EPCEA, the pace of energy effi- ciency improvement is also intensified concomi - tantly, not only do these gains get considerablyaugmented, but also there is a decline in carbonemissions. In other words, by combining partici-pation in a global regime of tradable emissionrights with faster energy effici ency imp r oveme nt , not only does India reap a handsome climate policydividend, but also contributes to mitigation of glo-bal warming. This is truly a win-win policy sce-nario. If India can work towards a scenario likethis, it can actually transform a crisis into an op-portunity.

Criticism

There are critics of the methods, mainly environ-mental justice nongovernmental organizations(NGOs) and movements, who see carbon tradingas a proliferation of the free market into publicspaces and environmental policy-making. Theylevel accusations of failures in accounting, dubi-

ous science and the destructive impacts of projectsupon local peoples and environments as reasonswhy trading pollution allowances should beavoided. In its place they advocate making reduc-tions at the source of pollution and energy poli-cies that are justice-based and community-driven.Most of the criticisms have been focused on thecarbon market created through investment inKyoto Mechanisms. Criticism of 'cap and trade'emissions trading has generally been more lim-ited to lack of credibility in the first pha se of the EU ETS.

Critics argue that emissions trading does little tosolve pollution problems overall, as groups thatdo not pollute sell their conservation to the high-est bidder. Overall reductions would need to comefrom a suffici ent and cha l lengi ng reduct ion of al - lowances available in the system.Regulatory agen-cies run the risk of issuing too many emission cred-its, diluting the effectiveness of regulation, andpractically removing the cap. In this case, insteadof any net reduction in carbon dioxide emissions,benefici aries of emi ssions tradi ng simp l y do mo re of the polluting activity. The National AllocationPlans by member governments of the EuropeanUnion Emission Trading Scheme were criticisedfor this when it became apparent that actual emis-sions would be less than the government-issuedcarbon allowances at the end of Phase I of thescheme.They have also been criticised for the prac-tice of grandfathering, where polluters are givenfree allowances by governments, instead of beingmade to pay for them. Critics instead advocate forauctioning the credits. The proceeds could be usedfor research and development of sustainable tech-nology.

Critics of carbon trading, such as carbon tradewatch, argue that it places disproportionate em-phasis on individual lifestyles and carbon foot-prints, distracting attention from the wider, sys-temic changes and collective political action thatneeds to be taken to tackle climate change. Groupssuch as the corner house have argued that themarket will choose the easiest means to save agiven quantity of carbon in the short term, which

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Page 44: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

44Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

may be different to the pathway required to obtain sustained and sizable reductions over a longer period,and so a market led approach is likely to reinforce technological lock-in. For instance small cuts may oftenbe achieved cheaply through investment in making a technology more effici ent , wh ere larger cut s wo ul d require scrapping the technology and using a different one. They also argue that emissions trading isundermining alternative approaches to pollution control with which it does not combine well, and so theoverall effect it is having is to actually stall significant cha nge to less pol lut ing technol ogi es . The problem of unstable prices can be resolved, to some degree, by the creation of forward markets in caps.Nevertheless, it is easier to make a tax predictable than the price of a cap. However, the correspondinguncertainty under a tax is the level of emissions reductions achieved.

More recent criticism of emissions trading regarding implementation is that old growth forests, whichhave slow carbon absorption rates, are being cleared and replaced with fast-growing vegetation, to thedetriment of the local communities.

Recent proposals for alternative schemes that seek to avoid the problems of Cap and Trade schemes in-clude cap and share, which was being actively considered by the Irish Parliament in May 2008, and theSky Trust schemes.

Section -1 (Article : Carbon Emissions Trading)

Buy Online:http://upscportal.com/store/tag/upkar-prakashan

ADVERTISEMENT

Page 45: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

45Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

The Economic Survey 2008-09 presented to Parlia-ment on july 2,2009 by the Finance Minister ShriPranab Mukherjee. According to it, the speed atwhich the Indianeconomy returns to thehigh growth path in theshort term depends onthe revival of theeconomy, particularlythe US economy and theGovernment’s capacityto push some criticalpolicy reforms in thecoming months. It said,if the US economy bot-toms out by September2009 there would begood possibility for theIndian economy repeat-ing its 2008-09 performance i.e. around 7.0 +/- 0.75per cent in the fiscal 2009-10 (assuming a normalmonsoon). However, in the event of a more pro-longed external economic downturn, the revival ofthe global economy/US economy being delayed un-til 2010, the growth may moderate to the lower endof the range. The recovery is likely to be assisted bythe likely developments in the external sectors. Thedeclining trend in trade deficit suggests that with rea-sonable invisible account surplus, which has been anattribute of Indian economy for the last several yearseconomy may end up with a current account surplusof 0.3 to 2.8 per cent of GDP in 2009-10.

The Survey said, the prospects of Indian economyare somewhat different from most other countries. Alarge domestic market, resilient banking system anda policy of gradual liberalisation of capital accounthave been key factors. A major concern at this stagethough not entirely unexpected is a sharp dip in thegrowth of private consumption. Four factors seemto have contributed to this slowdown. First, it couldbe due to the wealth effect, resulting from decline inthe equity/property prices. Secondly, the uncertainty

Economic Survey 2008-09India Showed Sign of Recovery in Recession Period

By Avadhesh PandeyAuthor is an Expert of Economic and political Issues and working as a Freelance Editor

in the labour market and some decline in employ-ment. Thirdly, cutbacks in consumer credit by pri-vate banks, NBFCs and other lenders. Fourthly, dur-

ing slowdown a domi-nance of precautionarymotive may induce con-sumer to either defertheir spending decisionsor shift to unbranded al-ternatives.The Survey goes on tonote that there are earlysigns of recovery in theglobal economy mani-fested in rising stockprices and increasingprice of commodities. Itis however, debatablewhether rising prices are

an indication of green shoots of recovery or a resultof position taken by financial investors seeking tobenefit from global recovery expectations. Thoughthe financial crisis and the transmission of its impacton the real economy is now better understood andglobal financial conditions have shown improvementover the recent months, uncertainty related to therevival of the global economy remain. That makes itdifficult to forecast the short-to-medium term growthprospects of the Indian economy.

According to Survey, counter the negative fall outof the global slowdown on the Indian economy, theGovernment responded by providing substantial fis-cal expansion in the form of tax relief to boost de-mand and increased expenditure on public assets. Thenet result was an increase in fiscal deficit from 2.7per cent in 2007-08 to 6.2 per cent of GDP in 2008-09. The difference between the actuals of 2007-08and 2008-09 constituted the total fiscal stimulus notwithstanding that some expenditure was on accountof implementation of the Sixth Pay CommissionAward and the Agriculture Debt Relief Scheme an-nounced in 2008-09 Budget.

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 46: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

46Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Despite the slowdown in growth, investment remained relatively buoyant growing at a rate higher than at therate of the GDP. The ratio of the fixed investment to GDP consequently increased to 32.2 per cent in 2008-09from 31.6 per cent in 2007-08. This reflects the resilience of Indian enterprise, in the face of massive increase inglobal uncertainty and risk aversion and freezing of highly developed financial markets. Domestic food priceinflation as measured by the Wholesale Price Index (WPI) food sub index, though declining remains much higher

Salient Features

» Economic growth decelerates to 6.7 per cent in 2008-09 compared to 9 per cent in 2007-08 and 9.7

per cent in 2006-07.

» Per capita growth at 4.6 per cent.

» Deceleration in growth spread across all sectors except mining and quarrying; agriculture growth falls

from 4.9 per cent in 2007-08 to 1.6 per cent 2008-09.

» Manufacturing grows at 2.4 per cent, slowdown attributed to fall in exports and a decline in domestic

demand.

» Global financial meltdown and economic recession in developed economics major factors in India’s

economic slowdown.

» Investment remains relatively buoyant, ratio of fixed investment to GDP increased to 32.2 per cent in

2008-09 compared to 31.6 per cent in 2007-08.

» Fiscal deficit to GDP ratio stands at 6.2 per cent.

» Credit growth declines in the later part of 2008-09 reflecting slowdown of the economy in general

and the industrial sector in particular.

» Increased plan expenditure, reduction in indirect taxes, sector specific measures for textile, housing,

infrastructure through stimulus packages provides support to the real economy.

» Merchandise export grows at a modest 3.6 per cent in US Dollar terms while overall import growth

pegged at 14.4 per cent.

» A large domestic market, resilient banking system and a policy of gradual liberalisation of capital

account to help early mitigation of the adverse effect of global financial crisis and recession.

» Sharp dip in the growth of private consumption a major concern at this stage.

» Medium to long-term capital flows likely to be lower as long as the de-leveraging process continues

in the US economy.

» Revisiting the agenda of pending economic reforms imperative to renew the growth momentum.

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 47: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

47Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

than overall inflation.

The Survey expressed, concern over the existenceof hunger and widespread malnutrition despite thecountry achieving self-sufficiency in food produc-tion and with mounting public food stocks at its com-mand. It is time that various interventions at the Stateand Central level addressing these issues are reviewedand redesigned. India continues to retain its positionas a preferred destination for investments. A recentstudy by UNCTAD found that India achieved agrowth of 85.1 per cent in foreign direct investmentflows in 2008, the highest increase across all coun-tries. According to the study FDI investments intoIndia went up from US Dollar 25.1 billion in 2007 toUS Dollar 46.5 billion in 2008, even as global flowsdecline from US Dollar 1.9 trillion to US Dollar 1.7trillion during the period.While fiscal policy plays a dual role as a short-termcounter-cyclical tool and an instrument to maintainmicroeconomic stability and promote growth in themedium term, the Economic Survey underlines theneed to restore Centre’s fiscal deficit to the FRBMtarget of 3 per cent of GDP at the earliest. It says anumber of factors will make it possible. They includereversal of much of the decline in business and cor-porate tax collections when growth accelerates fromthe second half of the year and the expected intro-duction of GST in 2010-11. On the monetary policyfront the Survey says that high deposit rates havenow come in the way of cutting lending rates at apace which is consistent with the current outlook oninflation and the need for stimulating investment de-mands.

Reflecting on the high oil and other energy prices,the Survey says that as long as domestic prices re-mained below the cost of imports, demand wouldcontinue to grow, accentuating the negative impactof the terms of trade effect on national income. Re-ferring to the volatility of global oil prices, it says,the fall could be a temporary respite and provides agolden opportunity to reform the pricing and con-trol system. As the low prices of oil has provided atemporary window for decontrol of petrol and die-sel, this window must be utilised at the earliest. Otherelements of energy policy such as open access to

power, decontrol of coal also need to be addressedto have a viable long-term solution to our depen-dence on foreign oil and the debilitating effect ofpower failure.

The Survey said although the economy continues toface wide ranging challenges-the Indian economy hasshock absorbers that will facilitate early revival ofgrowth. The banks are financially sound and wellcapitalised, foreign exchange position remains com-fortable and the external debt position has been withincomfortable zone. The rate of inflation provides adegree of comfort on the cost side for the produc-tion sectors. Agriculture and rural demand contin-ues to be strong and agricultural prospects are nor-mal. The Survey says while there are indications thatthe economy may have weathered the worst of thedownturn, the situation warrants close watch on vari-ous economic indicators including the impact of theeconomic stimulus and developments taking placein the international economy. Taking policy measuresthat squarely address the short and long term chal-lenges would achieve tangible progress and ensurethat the outlook for the economy remains firmly posi-tive.

Trade Sector in 2009: The Economic Survey for2008-09 said that the outlook for the trade sector in2009 is not very encouraging with IMF projecting anegative growth in world output at -1.3 per cent andworld trade volume projected to growth at -11 percent. With import demand falling from major tradingpartners from India’s export of goods and services isexpected to be impacted. The steep fall in petroleumand commodities prices could have a positive im-pact in the import side and for the industrial sector.In 2010, recovery is expected with IMF projectionsat 1.9 per cent for world output and 0.6 per cent forWorld trade volume of goods and services.

The subdued global outlook calls for efforts at bothnational and international levels to revive growth.While efforts to promote exports are needed, theEconomic Survey emphasises the need to guardagainst protectionist measures originating from ourtrade partners. The Survey says, we also need todesist from any protectionist tendencies and proceed

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 48: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

48Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

on the reform path. Besides short-term relief mea-sures and stimulus packages, some fundamentalpolicy changes are needed. For the merchandise tradesector these include continuation of the reduction incustoms and excise duty to make our exports andindustry competitive, streamlining of existing exportpromotion schemes, giving special attention to ex-port infrastructure alongwith rationalisation of portservice charges, weeding out unnecessary customsduty exemptions and checking the proliferation ofSEZs.

In the services sector a road map of specific policiesneeds to be drawn not only to overcome the impactof the current global crisis, but also to accelerate thegrowth of our economy and the total exports as thissector has been showing a steady and promising per-formance with relatively lesser support.Food grain production 2008-09: The EconomicSurvey for 2008-09 has put the production offoodgrains at 229.85 millions tones during 2008-09in accordance with the third advance estimates forthe year. This is an improvement of 1.97 million tonesover the production estimated in the second advanceestimate for 2008-09. However, the output at thislevel is marginally lower than the final estimates of230.78 million tones for 2007-08.

The production of rice was 99.37 million tones in2008-09 which is 2.8 per cent more than the pro-duction in the previous year. The survey said thatincrease in production of rice was mainly on accountof Kharif season output growth of 3.4 per cent overthe corresponding period of previous year. The pro-duction of Rabi rice is estimated to be lower by about0.9 per cent in 2008-09. The wheat production, ac-cording to the Economic Survey, is expected to bemarginally lower by 1.2 per cent at 77.63 milliontones in 2008-09. The Economic Survey also under-scores a growth in area sown under all Rabi cropstaken together as on 27th March 2009. Accordinglyan area of 638.33 lakh hectares has been reported tobe sown under Rabi crops in 2008-09 against 619.68lakh hectares in the corresponding period of 2007-08. The area sown under Kharif crops during 2008-09 was however, lower by 2.3 per cent as comparedto 2007-08.

The credit flow to the farm sector kept up the mo-mentum as envisaged in the Farm Credit Packageannounced in June 2004. Accordingly, the farm creditflow during 2008-09 increased to 2,64,455 crore,up from Rs. 2,54,657 crore in 2007-08. The Surveyemphasizes number of steps taken by the Govern-ment to enhance credit support to farmers. In thiscontext the Survey mentions role of Kisan CreditCards, revival of short terms rural co-operative creditstructure through signing of MOU between the Statesand Government of India-NABARD, agriculture debtwaiver and debt relief scheme 2008 etc. Under reha-bilitation package for distress farmers for 31 suicideprone districts, in 4 States of Andhra Pradesh,Karnataka, Kerala and Maharashtra, Government ofIndia has released Rs. 15,889.02 crore as on 31stMarch, 2009.The Minimum Support Prices (MSP) for Kharif cropswere raised substantially in 2008-09 and similarlyMSPs of Rabi crops of 2008-09 ( to be marketed in2009-10) were also raised. The higher MSP for RabiMarketing Season (RMS) 2008-09 lead to a recordprocurement of 22.68 million tones of wheat. Theprocurement of rice in the financial year 2008-09 toowas significantly higher at 32.8 million tones as com-pared to 26.3 million tones in 2007-08. The Surveypoints out that the procurement of foodgrains by FCIcontinues to be higher in the States of Punjab,Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh. Theoverall procurement of coarse grains in Kharif Mar-keting Season till 31st March, 2009 has increased to11.18 lakh tones from 2.04 lakh tones in 2007-08due to highly remunerative MSPs. Elaborating per-formance under decentralize procurement scheme(DCP), the Survey observes that the States underDCP operations have shown a healthy increase inprocurement of rice. The downward trend in pro-curement of wheat has been arrested in RMS 2008-09.

Food subsidy during 2008-09 has increased to Rs.43,668 crore (provisional) during 2008-09 record-ing an increase of 40 per cent over the subsidy of Rs.31,260 crore in 2007-08. The Survey observes thata total amount of subsidy as continued to rise at thenational level. It points out that a provision of mini-mum nutritional support to the poor through subsi-dized foodgrains and ensuring price stability in dif-

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 49: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

49Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ferent states are twin objectives of the food securitysystem. “ In fulfilling its obligation towards distribu-tive justice, the Government incurs food subsidy”the Survey adds.

Referring to the challenges and future outlook theEconomic Survey underlined a clear need for therenewed focus on improving productivity in speciallyin the light of limitations on increasing net sown areaand the shrinking farm size. It also calls for main-taining current focus on developing rural infrastruc-ture like rural roads for providing connectivity whichis essential for movement of agricultural produce.Stating that the irrigation sector requires thrust interms of investment and modern management, theSurvey underscores a need for development of mi-cro irrigation system and watersheds. It alsoemphasises the need for narrowing kept between theproducer prices and consumer prices, developmentof marketing infrastructure and storages and ware-houses, cold chains and modern technology drivenspot markets.

The Survey also stated farmers needs to be facili-tated for taking up value additions such as process-ing of agricultural produce, horticulture, pisciculture,poultry etc. In order to ensure benefits accruing tothe targeted population, the Survey called for a mis-sion approach on promotion of Smart Cards with itscross reference to ration cards and voter ID cards. Italso invited attention to the issues of sustainabilityof agriculture in the light of environmental concernslike soil erosion, water logging, reduction in groundwater level and decline in surface irrigation. TheSurvey stressed that the consequences of climatechange on Indian agriculture needs to be factored inthe strategy for development of agricultural sector.

Industrial output 2008-09 : Though the growth ofthe industrial sector started to slowdown in the firsthalf of 2007-08, the overall growth during the yearremained as high as 8.5 per cent. The industrial sec-tor witnessed a sharp slowdown during 2008-09 asa consequences of successive shocks, the most im-portant being the knock-on effects of the global fi-nancial crisis. The pace of slowdown accelerated inthe second half of 2008-09 with the sudden worsen-

ing of the international financial situation and theglobal economic outlook. The year 2008-09 thusclosed with the industrial growth at only 2.4 per centas per the Index of Industrial Production. The slow-down in manufacturing over successive quartersstarted from Q1 of 2007-08. This was more or lessreplicated by the mining sector and closely followedby electricity. However, in the third quarter of 2008-09, the manufacturing sector witnessed a sharp dropin growth which turned negative in the fourth quar-ter. Growth of the mining sector declined over suc-cessive quarters of 2008-09 to reach a zero rate inthe fourth quarter.

The increase in the price of imported crude waspassed on into the domestic market in June 2008,but, in a very limited way through a hike in the priceof motor spirit, HSD and LPG. However, the persis-tent rise in the price of crude had started to impactpetro-based industrial inputs adding to fuel costs.That apart, the rise in the price of other commodi-ties, particularly metals and ores from the latter halfof 2006-07 to the second half of 2008-09 also hadits effect on the cost side of the manufacturing sec-tor. Growth in production of capital goods contin-ued at a robust pace reflecting perhaps the high in-vestment rates. However, with the decline in thegrowth of intermediate goods (with a weight of 26.5per cent) from Q 1 of 2008-09, the growth in overallIip showed a sharp dip that got accentuated in Q3 of2008-09 when the remaining groups also showed asharp drop in growth.

The broad growth correspondence between the two-digit level industrial groups and the use-based in-dustry groups can be established by juxtaposing theformer against the latter. The growth in consumernon-durables has been boosted by the high growthin beverages and tobacco products, while the othermajor components-food products, chemicals andleather products showed sluggish/negative growth.The growth in basic goods is closely aligned to thatin electricity and mining that constitute substantialpart of the weight of basic goods; the most of therest are chemical products, rubber, plastic and pe-troleum products and steel. Intermediate goods are

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 50: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

50Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

a more dispersed group dominated by chemical, tex-tile, rubber, metal product intermediates, most ofwhich experienced negative growth in 2008-09.While the high growth of machinery and equipmentsbolstered the growth of capital goods, the poor toaverage performance of transport equipments damp-ened the overall growth of capital goods.

The growth in any industrial group is determined bythe level of production during the current period andthe base level. A simple classification of IIP groupsin terms of their growth rates reveals that only twoout of 17 industrial groups-beverages and tobaccoand machinery-grew at robust rates during 2008-09despite a high base. Seven of the 17 groups showedlow growth ranging between 5 per cent to Nil. Ofthese, three groups (miscellaneous manufacturing,basic metals and alloys and chemicals and chemicalproducts) had a high base in the previous year. Ofthe eight industrial gro8ups that witnessed a declinein production during 2008-09, the high base factorwas significant only for three items- leather prod-ucts, wood products and jute textiles. In general, itcan therefore be said that 2008-09 was character-ized by a decline in growth largely on account of aslowdown rather than due to a high base in the pre-vious year 2007-08.

India ranks as the fifth largest producer of steel inthe world. The crude steel production grew at anannual rate of 9.2 per cent during 2003-04 to 2007-08. The increase in production came on the back ofcapacity expansion, mainly in the private sectorplants, and higher utilization rates. Metal productsindustry suffered from the second consecutive yearof decline; its index of production declined by 5.6per cent in 2007-08 and further by 4 per cent in 2008-09.

The machinery sector (except the transport equip-ment) grew at 8.7 per cent during 2008-09, on thetop of five consecutive years of growth in excess of10 per cent. In terms of contribution to the growthof the sector, the bulk was accounted for by insu-lated cables and wires, the production of which morethan doubles, as per IIP during 2008-09. The otherimportant items that recorded significant growth

during the year included TV receivers, diesel engines,industrial machinery, turbines, hydraulic machines andcylinders, boilers, power-driven pumps, electric gen-erators, cooling towers, cutting tools and dumpers.The year 2007-08 was marked by substantial growthin the revenue of IT-ITeS industry, BPO, softwareand services exports and software and services em-ployment. However, the expected growth in 2008-09 is significantly lower when compared to 2007-08.

Production of the automotive industry grew at aCAGR of 11.5 per cent over last five years. The in-dustry has a strong multiplier effect on the economydue to its deep forward and backward linkages withseveral key segments of the economy. There are posi-tive signs that the Indian industry may have weath-ered the most severe part of the shock and is nowmoving towards a recovery. Some of the positivesigns are the recent upturn in the generation of elec-tricity, the improvement of cement dispatches andrise in the offtake of bank credit.

India has a large domestic market with immense ab-sorptive capacity for industrial goods as also inputsfor the development of the infrastructure implies thatthe demand side provides scope for expansion. Atthis juncture, when the prospect for industrial out-put and prices in most industrial economies seem tobe grim, the configuration of prices, output and mar-ket size makes the Indian industry one of the fewattractive destinations for investment, the Surveyadds.

Central Government expenditure 2008-09: The Eco-nomic Survey for 2008-09 shows that the Govern-ment has been increasing its outlays in the social sec-tor substantively. The Economic Survey 2008-09,tabled in Parliament today states that the share ofthe Central Government’s expenditure on social ser-vices including rural development in total expendi-ture (plan and non-plan) has increased from 11.23%in 2002-03 to 19.44% in 2008-09. Expenditure oneducation as a proportion of total expenditure hasincreased from 9.5% in 2003-04 to 10.8% in 2008-09. However the reach of public and quasi publicgoods and services supplied by the State to people

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 51: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

51Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

still shows leakages in the schemes and the benefitsin full do not reach the targeted groups.

The Survey stated that the Government has approvedthe constitution of UID Authority of India (UIDAI).The initial UID database would be created using theelectoral rolls database of the Election Commissionof India. While some innovative measures have beeninitiated in NREGS to bring in more transparencyand plug leakages, UID number would help greatlyin proper targeting and ensuring services reachingthe intended beneficiaries of the Governmentprogrammes and hence serve as the basis of efficientdelivery of services. Based on a Unique ID number(UID) and associated information all residents shouldbe entitled to a smart card containing specified un-changeable data. Entitlements would then need tobe based upon the data contained in the smart cardand services/subsidies/entitlements received wouldalso be recorded against this card.

Social Sector Initiatives

The Economic Survey stated that in consonance withthe Government’s commitment to inclusive growthand faster social sector development to remove dis-parities, substantial progress has been made by theCentral Government on some of the major socialsector initiatives during the year. Bharat Nirman hasreceived an outlay of Rs. 40,900 crore in the interimbudget for 2009-10 as against Rs. 31,280 crore (in-cluding NER component) in 2008-09. Up to March2009, a total length of 2,14,281,45 kilometres of roadworks has been completed under the Pradhan MantriGram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) with a cumulativeexpenditure of Rs. 46,807.21 crore.

National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme:The scheme has now been extended to all the dis-tricts of the country. More than 4.47 crore house-holds were provided employment in 2008-09. Thisis a significant jump over the 3.39 crore householdscovered under the scheme during 2007-08. Out ofthe 215.63 crore person-days created under thescheme during this period, 29 percent and 25 per-cent were in favour of SC and ST population.

Rural Sanitation: There has also been tremendous

increase in the access to sanitation facilities by ruralhouseholds. The sanitation coverage among ruralhouseholds has increased from 21.9 percent in 2001to 27.3 percent in 2004 and has more than doubledsince then to 63.91 per cent (of 2001 Census house-holds) as on May 20, 2009. The total SanitationCampaign (TSC) is one of the eight flagshipprogrammes of the Government. TSC projects havebeen sanctioned in 593 rural districts of the countryat a total outlay of Rs. 17,885 crore with a Centralshare of Rs. 11,094 crore. Since 1999, over 5,56 croretoilets have been provided for rural households un-der TSC. A significant achievement has also beenthe construction of 8.71 lakh school toilets and 2.72lakh Anganwadi toilets. With increasing budgetaryallocations and focus on rural areas, the number ofhouseholds being provided with toilets annually hasincreased from only 24,41 lakh in 2002-03 to 98.7lakh in 2006-07.

Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana: PMGSYis funded mainly from the accruals of diesel cess inthe Central Road. Upto March 2009, a total lengthof about 2,14,281,45 kilometres of roadwork hasbeen completed with cumulative expenditure of Rs.46,807.21 crore.

Swarnajayanti Gram Swarozgar Yojana: It is theonly self-employment programme currently beingimplemented for the rural poor. Up to March 2009,34 lakh self help groups (SHGs) had been formedand 120.89 lakh swarozgaris have been assisted witha total outlay of Rs. 27,183.03 crore.

Swarna Jayanti Shahari Rozgar Yojana: The fundallocation for the scheme was Rs. 515 crore during2008-09 and Rs. 540.67 crore has been released upto March 31, 2009. With regard to the number ofbeneficiaries during 2008-09 9,47,390 urban poorwere assisted to set up individual/group micro en-terprises and 14,84,209 urban poor were impartedskill training under SJSRY as per the progress re-ports received up to the end of March 31, 2009.

Education: The Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) is be-ing implemented in partnership with State Govern-ments to address the needs of children in age group

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 52: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

52Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

of 6-14 years The Economic Survey for 2008-09tabled in Parliament today states that the achieve-ments of SSA till December 2008 are opening of2,76,903 new schools, construction of 2,25,383school buildings, construction of 9,18,981 additionalclassrooms, 1,82,019 drinking water facilities, con-struction of 2,51,023 toilets, supply of free textbooksto 8.40 crore children appointment of 9.66 lakh teach-ers and in-service training for 23.82 lakh teachers.There has been a significant reduction in the numberof out-of-school children on account of SSA inter-ventions. Following are instances of some of the ex-pansion of higher educational institutions as per theSurvey:

An ordinance has been promulgated under Article123 of the Constitution for establishment of 15 Cen-tral Universities including the conversion of threeState Universities into Central Universities – one ineach such state which does not have a Central Uni-versity, except Goa, which has not been included atthe request of the State Government.

Six new Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs), oneeach in Bihar, Andhra Pradesh, Rajasthan, Orissa,Gujarat and Punjab have been set up during 2008-09. Classes have also been started from the academicsession 2008-09. One new Indian Institute of Man-agement (IIM) namely the Rajiv Gandhi Indian In-stitute of Management (RGIIM) at Shillong inMeghalaya has started functioning from the academicsession 2008-09. Two new Indian Institutes of Sci-ence Education & Research (IISERs) have been setup at Bhopal and Thiruvananthapuram, which havestarted functioning with the academic session 2008-09.

A new Scholarship Scheme has been started to covertop 2 per cent of the student population of Class XII(equally divided between boys and girls on the basisof Class XII results) by providing them with schol-arship of Rs. 1,000 per month for 10 months in ayear for the first three years of undergraduate levelstudies and Rs. 2,000 per month for 10 months in ayear for subsequent 2 years.

The Economic Survey also showed that the proposalfor the third phase of expansion of the ICDS scheme

for 792 additional projects, 2.13 lakh additionalAnganwadi Centres (AWCs) and 77,102 mini-AWCsand a proposal for 20,000 AWCs on demand has alsobeen approved in October 2008 and administrativesanctions have been issued to all states/Uts. Thiswould take the total number of Anganwadi Centresto 14 lakh across the country with special focus oncoverage of SC/ST and minority population. The fi-nancial norms for supplementary nutrition have beenrevised from Rs. 2.06 to Rs. 4.21 per beneficiary.

Strengthening of Primary Health Infrastructure: TheNational Rural Health Mission(NRHM) seeks tostrengthen the public health delivery system at alllevels in the country. It is being operationalisedthroughout the country. The Economic Survey for2008-09 tabled in Parliament today states that as partof the NRHM 6.49 lakh ASHAs and link workershave been selected upto December 2008 out of which5,63 lakh have been given orientation training and4.12 ASHAs have drug kits. Strengthening of thePHCs for 24x7 services is a priority of the NRHM.Of the 22,370 PHCs in the country, only 1,263 ofthem were working 24x7 on March 31, 2005 (be-fore the NRHM). The number of 24x7 PHCs today,as reported by the states is 7,212 signifying a bigleap forward in getting patients to the governmentsystem.

Over 159,92 lakh women have been brought underthe Janani Suraksha Yojana for institutional deliver-ies in the last three years. So far, 8,645 other para-medics have been appointed on contract. 9,073 doc-tors, 1,875 specialists, 20,977 staff nurses have beenappointed on contract in the states so far, reducingthe human resource gaps in many institutions. In-dian Public Health (IPH) Standards have beenfinalised and a first grant of Rs. 20 lakh was madeavailable to all the district hospitals of the country toimprove their basic services, given the increased pa-tient load due to JSY and other programmes. So far243 Mobile Medical Units are operational in thestates.

As per the Economic Survey, in the National AIDSControl Programme, major achievements during2008-09 include scaling up targeted interventions forhigh risk groups to 1,271, counselling and HIV test-

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 53: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

53Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ing 101 lakh persons of which 41.5 lakh were preg-nant women and providing ARV treatment to morethan 2.17 lakh patients.

Social Welfare Schemes

The Economic Survey stated that the Government iscommitted towards social and economic uplift of theweaker sections of society. As regards the Sched-uled Castes a number of schemes are being imple-mented to encourage Scheduled Caste students forcontinuing their education from school level to highereducation. The earlier Centrally-sponsored schemeof hostels for SC boys and girls was revised and re-named as “Babu Jagjivan Ram Chhatravas Yojana’w.e.f. January 1,2008. As part of this revision, Cen-tral assistance for construction of girls’ hostels wasraised from 50 per cent. During 2008-09, the physi-cal target under the scheme was to construct 64 hos-tels for 4,938 girls and 45 hostels for 3,138 boys. Anamount of Rs. 84.26 crore was released under thescheme during the year.

As regards Scheduled Tribes their economic empow-erment continued through extension of financial sup-port through National Scheduled Tribes Finance andDevelopment Corporation (NSTFDC). The Sched-uled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers(Recognition of Forest Rights) Act was notified foroperation with effect from December 31, 2007. Theresponsibility for implementing the Act vests withthe State/UT Governments. As per information col-lected from States till March 31, 2009 more than20.50 lakh claims have been filed. More than 1,52lakh titles have been distributed and another 1.93lakh are ready for distribution.

As regards minorities, the corpus of the MaulanaAzad Education Foundation (MAEF) has been en-hanced from Rs. 100 crore in 2005-06 to Rs. 310crore in 2008-09 for expanding its activities for imple-mentation of educational schemes for educationallybackward minorities. The authorized share capitalof the National Minorities Development and FinanceCorporation (NMDFC) has been raised from Rs. 650crore in 2006-07 to Rs. 850 crore in 2008-09 forexpanding its loan and micro-finance operations topromote self-employment and other economic ven-

tures among backward sections of the minority com-munities.

Under the Aam Admi Bima Yojana, upto December31, 60.32 lakh people have been covered. Anothermajor Governmental scheme for social protection,the Rashtriya Swastha Bima Yojana was extendedto 22 states and Union Territories upto May 6, 2009.Through this scheme, health insurance cover has beengiven to more than 2.09 crore persons.

National Action Plan on Climate Change

The Economic Survey stated that India holds thatthe planetary atmospheric space is a common re-source. It says that in tackling the challenge of cli-mate change, both production and consumption pat-terns need to be addressed, with the willingness toaddress lifestyle issues. Availability and/or dissemi-nation of existing climate friendly technologies andgoods to developing countries as public goods andat affordable costs is essential to enhance the actionsof developing countries towards pursuing sustain-able development technologies.

India released its National Action Plan on ClimateChange (NAPCC) on June 30, 2008 to outline itsstrategy to meet the challenge of climate change. ThisAction Plan identifies measures that promote theobjectives of sustainable development of India whilealso yielding co-benefits for addressing climatechange. Eight National Missions, form the core ofthe National Plan.

Credit to Priority Sector, Industry and Education

The Economic Survey said that expansion of creditby the Banks moderated during the year. Credit bythe Scheduled Commercial Banks (SCBs) to theCommercial Sector in the year 2008-09 expandedby 16.9% as compare to 21.0% in 2007-08. Bankcredit to the Commercial Sector witnessed stronggrowth in the first half of the year and deceleratedduring the second half.

There was a moderation in the credit growth rate ofSCBs to 17.3% ( Rs. 408099 crore in 2008-09) from

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 54: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

54Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

a level of 22.3%(Rs. 430724 crores) in the corre-sponding period of the previous year. The total creditflow from SCBs as on March 27, 2009 was Rs.27,70,012 crore, of which Rs. 20,11,591 crore wasfrom the Public Sector Banks (PSBs). PSBs regis-tered a growth of 20.4% in 2008-09 compared to22.5% in the previous year. Non food credit at theend of March, 2009 grew by 17.5 percent as com-pared to 23.0 percent growth at the end of March,2008.

While loans to agriculture and allied activities grewat the rate of 23.0% as compared to 19.5% in theprevious year, credit to industry grew at 21.6% dur-ing 2008-09 as against 2.43% in the last year. Ad-vances under personal loans for housing and con-sumers durables witnessed deceleration. Loans tocommercial real estates and NBFCs remained highin 2008-09 with a growth of 44.6 and 25.1% respec-tively. The private sector lending was up by 22.5%compare to 17.5% from year to year basis as did theeducation lending with 39.2% growth in 2008-09compare to 35.0% in the last year.

Though the growth in the different sources of fundsfor the SCBs during 2008-09 was lower than for2007- 08, the growth in deposits with the bankingsystem in 2008-09 was higher than the growth ofcredit. The credit – deposit (C-D) ratio peaked to75.2 as of October, 2008 but declined thereafter. Itstood at 72.3 as of March 27, 2009.

Capital Markets

A turnaround has been noticed in the performanceof Mutual Fund industry, which had remained sub-dued during 2008, said the Economic Survey 2008-09. Mutual fund investments (net) in equity marketsturned positive in March 2009 and were Rs. 2,320crore during April-May, 2009 while they invested Rs.36,791 crore in debt instruments during the sameperiod. There is scope for expansion of mutual fundindustry as only 7.7 per cent of total financial savingwas allocated to mutual funds in 2007-08. As perthe Survey, the retail participation, which is pres-ently estimated at 15 per cent, is expected to increasein the years to come as availability of products andinvestor education improve and the industry takes

steps towards transparency and sound corporategovernance practices to generate investor confidence.

According to the Survey, assets under managementof mutual funds declined sharply from Rs. 5,49,936crore at the end of 2007 to Rs. 4,13,365 crore at theend of 2008. A perceptible shift was noticed fromgrowth-oriented scheme to income/debt orientedschemes to income/debt oriented schemes. Assetsunder income-oriented schemes in 2008 were almostat their previous year’s level and accounted for 47.7per cent of total assets under management at the endof 2008. The decline in assets was seen across theschemes, the exceptions being Gilt and Gold ETFSchemes, which showed larger assets under manage-ment in 2008.The Survey has expressed satisfaction that perfor-mance of the capital market has lately shown signsof revival of investor interest and confidence – bothdomestic and foreign institutional investors. Net in-vestment by FIIs in equity instruments amounted toUS$ 5.4 billion during April-May 2009. This has re-sulted on account of several policy initiatives takenby the Government relating to the Primary Market,Secondary Market, Mutual Funds, Foreign Institu-tional Investments, Corporate Debt Market andRegulatory changes, during 2008-09.

Monetary Policy

The Economic Survey laid focus on having a cali-brated approach to using monetary policy measuresfor an early return to the high growth path. At thesame time, efforts to build and preserve financial sta-bility have to be high on the agenda.

The Survey said, the monetary policy in 2008-09 hadto address the emerging economic situation, whereinthe position in the second half of the year was sub-stantially different from the first half. The policy hadto contend with the spill-over effects of the globalfinancial crisis, on the country’s growth path. Theliquidity situation had improved significantly towardsthe end of 2008-09, in the wake of measures takenby the RBI.

Taking into account the need to respond to sluggisheconomic growth witnessed lately, the Survey says,

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 55: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

55Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

growth in money supply (M3) for 2009-10 was en-visaged at 17.0 per cent as an indicative projection.Consistent with this, the growth in aggregate depos-its of scheduled commercial banks has been projectedto grow at 18.0 per cent and non-food credit by 20.0per cent.

The monetary policy stance for 2009-10 is aimed toensure a policy regime that will enable credit expan-sion at viable rates while preserving credit quality soas to support the return of the economy of a highgrowth; to continuously monitory global and domes-tic conditions and respond swiftly and effectivelythrough policy instruments so as to minimize theimpact of the adverse developments and reinforcethe effect of the positive developments; and main-tain a monetary and interest rate regime supportiveof price stability and financial stability.

Steps Taken to Enhance Domestic Rupee Liquid-ity: The Economic Survey 2008-09 said, variationin cash balances of the Central Government, capitalflows and the concomitant foreign exchange opera-tions of the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)were thekey drivers of liquidity conditions during the year.RBI continued its policy of active management ofliquidity during the financial year 2008-09 using CRR,Open Marked Operations (OMC) including the Mar-ket Stabilization Scheme (MSS) and the LiquidityAdjustment Facility (LAF) to maintain appropriateliquidity in the system so that all legitimate require-ments of credit were met consistent with the objec-tive of price and financial stability.

Accordingly, monetary and liquidity managementoperations changed course beginning mid- Septem-ber, 2008 in order to address the liquidity situationemerging from the unfolding global financial crisis.

Special Market Operations (SMO) were conductedby the RBI during the first week of June, 2008 to thefirst week of August, 2008 to improve access of pub-lic sector of companies to domestic liquidity and al-leviate the lumpy demand in the foreign exchangemarket in the context of the unprecedented increasein international oil prices. The SMOs were, however,liquidity neutral in nature.

For more effective liquidity management and to en-sure that the market borrowing programme of theGovernment was conducted in a non-disruptive man-ner, the scope of the SMO was widened with effectfrom February 19, 2009 by including purchases ofgovernment securities through an auction basedmechanism in addition to purchases through the ne-gotiated dealing system-order matching (NDS-OM)segment.

The Economic Survey said that in order to enhancedomestic rupee liquidity, the cash reserve ratio (CRR)as a percentage of the Net Demand and Time Li-abilities (NDTL) was reduced by a cumulative 400points from 9 per cent with effect from January17,2009;the Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) as apercentage of the NDTL was reduced by hundredbasis point from 25 per cent to 24 per cent with ef-fect from November 8, 2008; a term repo facility foran amount of Rs. 60,000 crore was instituted underthe LAF to enable banks to ease liquidity stress facedby Mutual Funds (MFs) and Non-Banking FinancialCompanies (NBFCs) with associated SLR exemp-tion of 1.5 per cent of NDTL; an advance of Rs.25,000 crore was provided to financial institutionsunder the Agricultural Debt Waiver and Debt ReliefScheme pending release of money by the Govern-ment; provision of a reference facility for an amountof Rs. 4,000 crore to the National Housing Bank(NHB) was undertaken to provide liquidity supportto the housing sector and a refinance facility to theEXIM Bank was provided with a view to mitigatingthe pressures on Indian exporting companies.

Agro Sector Loan

As per the Economic Survey 2008-09, the totalamount disbursed by all Banks to the Agriculture andAllied Activities Sector is Rs. 2,64,455 crores asagainst the target of 2,80,000 crores registering94.4% achievement. In comparison to the disburse-ment of Rs. 254657 crore as on March, 2008, thereis a rise of Rs. 9798 crores to the sector. Of the totaldisbursement Rs. 202856 crores were from Com-mercial Banks, Rs. 35447 crores by CooperativeBanks and Rs. 25,852 crores by Regional RuralBanks.

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 56: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

56Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

During 2008-09( till February 2009), a total of 47.26lakhs Kisan Credit Cards(KCC) amounting with lim-its aggregating Rs. 26828 crores were issued. Thetotal number of KCC holders in the country as onFebruary 28, 2009 stood at 808.00 lakhs.

Under the Agricultural Debt Waver and Debt ReliefScheme, the Government provided Rs. 25,000 croresto the Commercial Banks RRBs and CooperativeCredit Institutions as the first instalments Of this Rs.17500 crore was provided to RRBs and Coopera-tives as temporary liquidity support and Rs. 7500crores to Commercial Banks.

Physical Infrastructure

Recognizing the importance of physical infrastruc-ture on sustainability of growth and overall develop-ment, the Economic Survey 2008-09 stated thatspending on infrastructure has larger multiplier ef-fects. There has been some improvement in infra-structure development in transport, communicationand energy sector in the country in the recent year,there are still significant gaps that needed to bebridged. The current economic slow down providesan opportunities for countries like India that have asubstantial degree of unmet infrastructure require-ments.

According to the Economic Survey, the capacity cre-ation in infrastructure sectors presented a mixed pic-ture in 2008-09. While telecom and petroleum sec-tors performed well in 2008-09 as compared to therecent years, the power sector exhibited consider-able shortfall. Most infrastructure sectors too wit-nessed subdued growth in production/services dur-ing 2008-09 because of slump in economic activityand commodity price, oil price shocks and overallglobal economic crisis. The Port and Air cargogrowth slowed down considerably reflecting the slug-gishness in import and export growth in second halfof 2008-09. The rail freight growth too slowed downbut to a lesser degree because the coal sector expe-rienced robust production. In addition, the growthin telecommunication stood as exception a midst thegeneral slowed down, the Survey adds.

In power sector, the Survey stated, the growth ofelectricity generation by power utilities in 2008-09was at 2.7 per cent which was much short of tar-geted 9.1 per cent. During 2008-09, despite the sharpdecline in hydro and nuclear generation, the growthin total electricity generation was positive due to 5per cent plus growth in thermal generation. The Sur-vey mentions that less inflow of water into reser-voirs in the case of hydro stations and for other powerstations mainly due to fuel supply

Constraints as the reasons for negative growth inpower generation. Keeping in view the target set bythe National Electricity Policy 2005, a capacity ad-dition of 78,700 MW has been set for the XIth FiveYear Plan, of which 19.9 per cent is in the hydel sec-tors, 75.8 per cent thermal and the rest nuclear. TheSurvey mentioned that a number of projects envis-aged for the XIth Plan have made steady progress,with most of these in a position to be commissionedwithin the plan period. The Survey also listed outmajor reforms initiated in order to help power utili-ties to improve efficiency and commercial viability.The Ministry of Power signed the MOUs with theStates to undertake time bound distribution reforms,the Survey adds. With a view to provide impetus toelectrification of villages under the Rajiv GandhiGrameen Vidyutikaran Yojana, the Economic Sur-vey states that 59,882 villages have been electrifiedduring the XIth Five Year Plan and electricity con-nections to 53.78 lakh BPL households have beenreleased up to 31st March 2009.

The Survey stated that during 2008-09, the petro-leum sector has been affected by the wild swings inthe international oil prices. The production of crudeand its products witnessed slack growth in 2008-09as compared to the previous year. The growth of 3per cent in refinery production was mainly on ac-count of impressive performance of private sectorproduction. In 2008-09, while the production ofcrude oil declined but its consumption increased. Incomparison, production of petroleum products in-creased by 3.9 per cent in the same year, while itsconsumption declined. The growth in diesel con-sumption declined to 8.4 per cent in 2008-09 as com-pared to 11.1 per cent in 2007-08 because of indus-

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 57: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

57Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

trial and business slow down in sectors like automo-biles etc. Giving details of the progress under NewExploration Licensing Policy (NELP), the Surveystates that 203 Production Sharing Contracts havebeen signed since 1999, thereby increasing the areaunder exploration more than four times. As on April1, 2009, investment commitment under NELP isabout 10 billion US dollar on exploration, againstwhich actual expenditure so far under the policy isabout 4.7 billion US dollar. In addition, 5.2 billionUS dollar investment has been made on developmentof discoveries.

In the coal sector, raw coal production is provision-ally estimated at 493.20 million tonnes in 2008-09as against 457.08 million tonnes during correspond-ing period last year, thereby registering a growth rateof 7.90 per cent. The cooking coal production was29.76 million tonnes during April-February 2009 asagainst 29.70 million tonnes in the correspondingperiod last year. The Survey mentions that due tothe enhanced production by all stakeholders, thegrowth rate of raw coal production was increased toabout 8 per cent during 2008-09 as compared to 6per cent in the corresponding period.

Regarding National Highways Development Project(NHDP), being implemented by the National High-ways Authority of India, the Survey states that 11,037KM of National Highways has been completed by31st March 2009, the bulk of which lies on GoldenQuadrilateral (GQ). Nearly 98 per cent works onGQ have been completed by March this year and theNorth-South and East-West corridors are expectedto be completed by December this year. The Surveyfurther added that the Government has given approvalfor upgradation of 12,109 KM under NHDP phaseIII at an estimated cost of Rs. 80,626 crore; two-laning for 5,000 KM of National Highways underNHDP Phase IV at an estimated cost of Rs. 6,950crore; six laning of 6,500 KM of National Highwaysunder NHDP Phase V at a cost of 41,210 crore; 1000KM express ways with full access control at a costof Rs. 16,680 crore under NHDP Phase IV and con-struction of ring road grade separation intersection,flyovers, elevated highways, underpasses and serviceroads at a cost of Rs. 16,680 crore under NHDPPhase VII.

For improving the road connectivity to the state capi-tals, district headquarters and remote places in thenorth-eastern region, a scheme Special AcceleratedRoad Development Programme is being imple-mented. The High Powered Inter-Ministerial Com-mittee under the programme has approved the sub-jects covering 1065 KMs at a cost of Rs. 3,378 croreunder Phase A of the programme. The Survey men-tioned that the XIth Five Year Plan has projected aninvestment requirement of Rs. 41,347 crore (at 2006-07 prices) in rural roads. During the first two year ofthe plan an expenditure of Rs. 25, 780.70 crore hasbeen incurred on rural roads under the PradhanMantri Gram Sadak Yojana.Regarding Civil Aviation Sector, the Survey statedthat the expansion of the sector continued. How-ever, the sector showed signs of slow down due tosteep rise in cost of air turbine fuel and global eco-nomic slow down. The number of domestic passen-gers declined by 5 per cent during 2008 as comparedto 2007. The silver lining was a growth of 14.55 percent in the domestic cargo. The Surveys mentionedabout the massive modernization/expansionprogramme of International Airports at New Delhi,Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai. The Survey furtheradds that the Airports Authority of India is upgrad-ing and modernizing 35 non-metro airports in thecountry in a time bound manner. Development ofAirports in the North-Eastern Region is being takenup on priority basis.

The telecom sector continued to register significantgrowth during the year. With about 414 million con-nections till February this year, India’s telecommu-nication network is the 3rd largest and the secondlargest wireless network in the world. At the currentgrowth rate, the target of 500 million connectionsby 2010 is well within reach. The tele-density alsoincreased from 12.7 per cent in March 2006 to 35.65per cent in February this year. The Government hastaken several steps directed at reduction in entrybarriers, creation of a level playing field between in-cumbents and new entrants and forward lookingregulation. With the special thrust given to rural te-lephony, the number of rural telephones went up from12.3 million in March 2004 to 112.71 million in Janu-ary this year. Consequently the rural tele-densityreached 13.81 per cent. Since January 2000 to De-

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

Page 58: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

58Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

cember 2008, the total Foreign Direct Investment isRs. 27,482.96 crore of which the inflow during 2008is Rs. 11,595.48 crore. Recognizing the importanceof increase broadband connectivity for growth ofknowledge based society, several steps have beentaken to promote broadband in the country. As a re-sult, the broadband subscribers increased from 0.18million in March 2005 to about 5.69 million by Feb-ruary this year.

Regarding Urban Infrastructure, the Survey statedthat under the Jawaharlal Nehru National UrbanRenewal Mission (JNNURM), an additional centralassistance of Rs. 50,000 crore for 7 years and anequal amount from the State Governments and ur-ban local bodies was provided to the Mission citiesfor improvement in their civic services levels. Memo-randum of Agreement for Urban Reform Agenda hasbeen signed with 62 mission cities and 6 urban localbodies. The Mission cities have undertaken fresh ini-tiatives under JNNURM with an objective to con-tribute to sustainable functioning of local bodies.Under a parallel scheme of Urban InfrastructureDevelopment Scheme for Small and Medium townsfor Non-Mission cities and towns launched in 2005-06, 747 projects have been sanctioned at an approvedcost of Rs. 12,793.81 crore for 632 towns till Marchthis year. The year 2008 being International Year ofSanitation, a National Urban Sanitation Policy waslaunched in November 2008 for transforming alltowns and cities of the country into 100 per centsanitized, healthy and livable spaces and ensuringsustained public health and improved environmentto its citizen.

Recognizing the importance of quality infrastructurefor sustainable growth, the Economic Survey em-phasized the need of better coordination between twoapproaches being followed for infrastructure build-ing so as to promote its balanced developmentthrough out the length and breath of the country.The Survey mentioned that a tangible progress hasbeen made in attracting private investment infrastruc-ture. However, such public initiatives are constrainedby factors like inadequate shelf of bankable projectsand shortage of long- term finance for projects.

Section -1 (Article : Economic Survay 2008-09)

(IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Re-sults, Notification Alerts on Email.

Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form be-low. you will get a confirmation email within10 min.

Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on thelink in the email. (check Inbox and Spam fold-ers)

Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alertson your email.

Page 59: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

59Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

WE NEED YOURFEEDBACK!

Please post your Feedback/Suggestions Online:

http://upscportal.com/civilservices/contact

Page 60: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

60Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉxÉE É® Éi¨ÉE |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉå E Éä E É E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ

´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ÉäÆ E ɤÉÇxÉb É<+ÉìCºÉÉ<b E É ºiÉ® ¤ÉgxÉä ºÉä ½ ÉäxÉä ÉɱÉÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ +ÉVÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E ҺɤɺÉä MÉƦÉÒ® ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉä BE ½ è* +ɇlÉÇE ‡G ªÉÉE ±ÉÉ{ÉÉäÆ E É ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ ‡´ÉºiÉÉ® , ¤ÉgiÉÒ VÉxɺÉÆJªÉÉ+Éè® VÉÒ´ÉÉ„¨É <ÆÈvÉxÉ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É +ɇn BäºÉä E É® hÉ ½ é, ‡VÉxɺÉä ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉVɇxÉiÉ OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ(VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ) E É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ½ ÉäiÉÉ ½ è* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä =i{ÉzÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅҪɺɨÉÖn ÉªÉ xÉä 1992 ¨ÉäÆ ''® ɹ] ÅÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉZÉÉ {É® ÆiÉÖ ‡xɇn ǹ] n ɇªÉi´É +Éè® ºÉƤÉr IɨÉiÉÉ+ÉäÆ'' Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® ºÉƪÉÖCiÉ ® ɹ] Å VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ £ä É´ÉEÇ E x´ÉäÆ„ÉxÉ (ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ* ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒE É =q ä„ªÉ ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ÉäÆ OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉÆEä xp hÉ E Éä ‡ºlÉ® ¤ÉxÉÉxÉÉ ½ è iÉɇE VɱɴÉɪÉÖ |ÉhÉɱÉÒ ¨ÉäƨÉÉxÉ´ÉVɇxÉiÉ JÉiÉ® xÉÉE ½ ºiÉIÉä{ÉÉäÆ E Éä ® ÉäE É VÉÉ ºÉEä * ¤ÉÉn ÉäÆ É¹ÉÇ 1997 ÉäÆ E x´ÉäÆ„ÉxÉ Eä ºÉn ºªÉ ® ɹ] ÅÉäÆxÉä CªÉÉä] Éä ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ º´ÉÒE É® ‡E ªÉÉ, ‡VɺɨÉäÆ +ÉètÉä‡MÉE n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä ‡±ÉB OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ Eä =iºÉVÉÇxɨÉäÆ E ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä E ÉxÉÚxÉÒ o ‡¹] ºÉä ¤ÉÉvªÉE É® Ò ±ÉIªÉ ‡xÉvÉÉLJ® iÉ ‡E B MÉB* ªÉ½ iÉªÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ‡E

+ÉètÉä‡MÉE ® ɹ] Å ''|ÉlÉ¨É |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ +´É‡vÉ'' ªÉÉxÉÒ 2008-2012 Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ Eä EÖ ±É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ 5.2 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E Ò E ÉÒ±ÉɪÉäÆMÉä*

VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ E Ò ºÉ¤ÉºÉä |ɨÉÖJÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ: VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ E Ò ºÉ¤ÉºÉä |ɨÉÖJÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ ½ è +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ-‡xɪÉɨÉE Éå Eä ºÉ¨ÉIÉ BE ºÉ¤ÉºÉä ¤ÉcÒ SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ ½ è * ªÉ½ +ɇlÉÇE , º´ÉɺlªÉ +Éè® ºÉÖ® IÉÉ, JÉÉt =i{ÉÉn xÉ B´ÉÆ +xªÉ +ɪÉɨÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ ¤Éf iÉÃÉ ½ Ö+É ºÉÆE ] ½ è * ¨Éè‡CºÉE Éä E Ò ® ÉVÉvÉÉxÉÒ ¨Éè‡CºÉE Éä xÉMÉ® ¨Éå <ºÉ ´É¹ÉÇ Eä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ÉºÉ E É +ɪÉÉäVÉxÉ E ® xÉä E ÉE ɪÉÇG É ½ è* ‡n ºÉ¨¤É® , 2009 ¨Éå E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxÉ ¨Éå CªÉÉäiÉÉä |ÉÉä] ÉäE É±É ½ äiÉÖ +MɱÉä E ® É® {É® ºÉ½ ɇiÉ +ÉMÉä ¤Éf ÉÃxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ªÉ½ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä|É䇮 iÉ E ® xÉä Eä |ɇiÉ =x¨ÉÖJÉ ½ è * Éè‡CºÉE Éä xÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® Éå Eä +´ÉºÉ® Éå E Éä +{ÉxÉä ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ Éå ±Éä ‡±ÉªÉÉ ½ è +Éè® {É´ÉxÉ, ºÉÉè® , ¤ÉɪÉÉäMÉèºÉiÉlÉÉ ºÉÒb ÒB¨É (C±ÉÒxÉ b ä´Éä±É{ɨÉå] ¨ÉäEè ‡xÉV¨É) {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨Éå <ºÉxÉä ¥ÉÉVÉÒ±É Eä ¤ÉÉn ‡u iÉÒªÉ ºlÉÉxÉ |ÉÉ{iÉ E ® ‡±ÉªÉÉ ½ è *

ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG É (ªÉÚBxÉ<Ç{ÉÒ) xÉä ºÉÉiÉ +® ¤É ´ÉÞIÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ xÉÉ¨É ºÉä BE xÉ´ÉÒxÉ +{ÉäIÉÉEÞ iÉ +‡vÉE ¨É½ i´ÉÉE ÉÆIÉÒ E ɪÉÇG É|ÉÉ® Æ¦É E ® ‡n ªÉÉ ½ è, ‡VɺÉE É ±ÉIªÉ ½ è - E Éä{Éäxɽ èMÉxÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ iÉE |ÉiªÉäE ´ªÉ‡H Eä ‡±ÉB E É ºÉä E É BE ´ÉÞIÉ ±ÉMÉÉxÉä E É E ɪÉÇG ɺɨ{ÉzÉ E ® ±ÉäxÉÉ * <ºÉ ´É¹ÉÇ Eä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ ‡n ÉºÉ E É ¨ÉÖJªÉ =q ä„ªÉ BäºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ xÉɪÉE Éå E Éä ºÉɨÉxÉä ±ÉÉxÉÉ ½ è, ‡VÉx½ ÉåxÉä+iÉÖ±ÉxÉÒªÉ E É® xÉɨÉä, +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ +Éè® |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ |Én ‡„ÉÇiÉ E ® xÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ +xªÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉÆ |Én ‡„ÉÇiÉ E Ò ½ é +Éè® BE ºÉÒvÉä-ºÉ® ±É ‡´ÉSÉÉ® Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä VÉÉMÉ° E iÉÉ {Éèn É E Ò ½ è * ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG É xÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ E É ºÉɨÉxÉÉE ® xÉä B´ÉÆ ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä |É䇮 iÉ E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB <ºÉ E ɪÉÇ ½ äiÉÖ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ ‡n ªÉÉ ½ è *

|ÉiªÉäE ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉMɦÉMÉ 60 +® ¤É ] xÉ ºÉä +‡vÉE {±Éɇº] E E É =i{ÉÉn xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <ºÉE É +‡vÉE ÉÆ„É ¦ÉÉMÉ |ÉɪÉ: BE ¤ÉÉ® ½ Ò<ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É Éå ±ÉɪÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è VɤɇE ‡´É„´É-¦É® Éå {±Éɇº] E Eä ÉÉjÉ 5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ºÉä E É ¦ÉÉMÉ E É ½ Ò {ÉÖxÉSÉÇG hÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è* ® ɹ] ÅҪɦÉÉèMÉÉ䇱ÉE ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ Eä +xÉÖ ÉÉxÉÉå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ½ ® 3 ‡¨ÉxÉ] ¨Éå 850 ±ÉÉJÉ ] xÉ {±Éɇº] E E É <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ |ÉE É® ¤ÉäE É® ½ Éä VÉÉxÉä ÉɱÉä {±Éɇº] E E É +‡vÉE ÉÆ„É ¦ÉÉMÉ xÉ iÉÉä {ÉÖxÉ: ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ¨Éå ±ÉɪÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è +Éè® xÉ ½ Ò <ºÉºÉä VɨÉÒxÉ E Éä {ÉÉ] É VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è* ªÉ½ ºÉ¤É {ÉÉxÉÒ Éå ¤É½ E ® ºÉ¨ÉÖp E Ò +Éä® SɱÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * ® q Ò {±Éɇº] E Eä ] ÖE cÉå E Éä MɱÉiÉÒ ºÉä JÉÉxÉä E Ò SÉÒVÉå ºÉ¨ÉZÉE ® JÉÉ ±ÉäxÉäºÉä ±ÉÉJÉÉå {ÉIÉÒ +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÖp Ò VÉÒ´É E ɱÉ-E ɇ±ÉiÉ ½ Éä VÉÉiÉä ½ é +Éè® {ÉÖxÉ: JÉÉxÉä E Ò ´ÉºiÉÖ+ÉäÆ Eä ° {É ¨Éå ªÉä ¨ÉÉxÉ´É iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉ VÉÉiÉä ½ é *Eè ºÉä±É {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¨Éå ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE Éå +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hɇ´Én Éå E É BE n ±É „Éɇ¨É±É ½ è VÉÉä BE ºÉ¨ÉÉxªÉ =n ÂÂn ä„ªÉ ±ÉäE ® +ÉMÉä ¤Éf ® ý É ½ è -- ´É½ =q ä„ªÉ ½ è -- ºÉ¨ÉÖp ¨Éå ‡E ºÉ iÉ® ½ iªÉÉVªÉ {±Éɇº] E {Én ÉlÉÉç E Éä {ÉE cÉ VÉÉB +Éè® =ºÉE É ‡b ] ɇCºÉ¡ É<Ç E ® (‡´É¹ÉÉH iÉÉ E Éä n Ú® E ® )=ºÉE É {ÉÖxÉSÉÇG hÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä *

By Dr. DivyaAuthor is Currently Working as Assistant Professor for Home Science

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 61: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

61Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä +xÉäE BäºÉÒ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉÆ ‡¨É±ÉiÉÒ ½ é, VÉÉä ‡E ºÉÒ iÉ® ½ E Ò ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉÒ¨ÉÉBÆ xɽ Ó ¨ÉÉxÉiÉÓ * BäºÉä ¦ÉÒ n ä„É ½ é, ‡VÉx½ ÉåxÉä+{ÉxÉä n ä„É E Éä xÉ Eä É±É E ɤÉÇxÉ b É<+ÉCºÉÉ<ºÉ±Ééb E Ò ±ÉMɦÉMÉ „ÉiÉ-|ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ ¦ÉÚiÉÉ{ÉÒªÉ > ¹¨ÉÉ ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è ±Éä‡E xÉ{ɇ® ɽ xÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨Éå <ºÉä SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉå E É ºÉɨÉxÉÉ E ® xÉÉ {Éc ® ½ ® ½ É ½ è *

‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ Eä ¤É±¤É E É |ÉSÉɱÉxÉ +¤É ºÉä ±ÉMɦÉMÉ 200 ɹÉÇ {ÉÖ® ÉxÉÉ ½ Éä SɱÉÉ ½ è +Éè® ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E É vªÉÉxÉ +¤É > VÉÉÇ E Ò ¤ÉSÉiÉ E ® xÉä ÉɱÉä ¤É±¤ÉÉåE Ò +Éä® VÉÉxÉä ±ÉMÉÉ ½ è * ‡´É„´É E Éä +¤É ½ ‡® iÉ +lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò ZɱÉE ¦ÉÒ ‡¨É±É SÉÖE Ò ½ è * 13 JÉ® ¤É (‡] Ň±ÉªÉxÉ) b Éì±É® E Ò {ÉÚÆVÉÒ ÉɱÉÒ300 ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉƺlÉÉ+ÉäÆ xÉä ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG É {É® +{ÉxÉä ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® E ® ‡n ªÉä ½ é +Éè® {ÉÖxÉxÉÇ´ÉÒE ® hÉÒªÉ > VÉÉÇ E É® Éä¤ÉÉ® ¨Éå+Éè® |ÉMɇiÉ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ´ÉɺiÉä ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å Eä M±ÉÉä¤É±É E ɨ{ÉèC] ‡|ɇºÉ{ÉÖ±ºÉ ¨Éå +ɺlÉÉ ® JÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä =kÉ® n ɪÉÒ ‡xÉ´Éä„É Eä ‡±ÉB{ÉÖxÉxÉÇ´ÉÒE ® hÉÒªÉ > VÉÉÇ E É® Éä¤ÉÉ® ¨Éå +Éè® +‡vÉE |ÉMɇiÉ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä =q ä„ªÉ ºÉä > VÉÉÇ E É® Éä¤ÉÉ® Eä ‡±ÉB ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E B VÉÉ SÉÖEä ½ é, ‡VɺɺÉä160 +® ¤É b ɱɮ E É =U É±É +ÉxÉä E Ò +É„ÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ¨Éå Eä É±É ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ ½ Ò xɽ Ó +‡{ÉiÉÖ SÉÒxÉ +Éè® ¦ÉÉ® iÉ VÉèºÉä n ä„ÉÉå E Ò {É´ÉxÉ > VÉÉÇ-SÉɇ±ÉiÉ E Æ{ɇxɪÉÉÆ ¦ÉÒ ºÉ‡¨¨É‡±ÉiÉ ½ é *

´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ JÉÉt ºÉÆE ] +É{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ E Ò +{ÉäIÉÉ ¨ÉÖJªÉiɪÉÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉå ºÉä VÉÖcÉ ½ Ö+É ½ è * ‡{ÉU ±Éä ±ÉMɦÉMÉ 50 ´É¹ÉÉç Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ, +xªÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ iÉlªÉÉå Eä +‡iɇ® H =i{ÉÉn xÉ ¤Éf ÉÃxÉä {É® +iªÉ‡vÉE VÉÉä® ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ºÉ¨ÉÖp Éå +{ÉäIÉÉEÞ iÉ E É +ÉCºÉÒVÉxÉ ªÉÖH IÉäjÉÉå Éå -- ÉÞiÉ IÉäjÉÉå Éå (‡VÉxɨÉå¨ÉU ‡±ÉªÉÉÆ ªÉÉ +xªÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖp Ò VÉÒ´É-VÉxiÉÖ ªÉÉ iÉÉä E ɱÉ-E ɇ±ÉiÉ ½ Éä VÉÉiÉä ½ é ªÉÉ {ɱÉɪÉxÉ E ® VÉÉiÉä ½ é), |ÉɪÉ: EÞ ‡jÉ¨É =´ÉÇ® E Éå Eä n Ö {ɪÉÉäMÉ Eä E É® hÉ =xÉE Ò BäºÉÒ ‡ºlɇiÉ ½ Éä VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è *

¤Én ±ÉiÉä ¨ÉÉèºÉ¨É E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä E É® hÉ JÉÉtÉzÉ =i{ÉÉn xÉ {É® +ºÉ® {ÉciÉÉ ½ è, ´É¹ÉÉÇ E Ò +‡xɇ„SÉiÉiÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÖp iÉ±É Eä ‡´ÉºiÉÉ® ,ºÉ¨Ép iÉ] ÒªÉ iÉÉVÉÉ VÉ±É ¦ÉÆb É® ¨Éå E ÉÒ +ÉxÉä, ¤ÉÉf E ÃÒ ‡´É¦ÉÒ‡¹ÉE É +Éè® ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ E Ò > ¹¨ÉÉ ¤Éf xÉÃä Eä E É® hÉ +xÉäE {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ +ÉiÉä ½ é* +¨ÉäWÉxÉ Eä +‡vÉE ´É¹ÉÉÇ ´ÉɱÉä ´ÉxÉÉå iÉlÉÉ +ÉEÇ ‡] E ] ÖÆb ÅÉ VÉèºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡´É‡´ÉvÉiÉÉ ´ÉɱÉä IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå MɨÉÔ +Éè® „ÉÖ¹E iÉÉ Eä E É® hÉ +xÉäE =±±ÉäJÉxÉÒªÉ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {ÉɪÉä VÉÉ ® ½ ä ½ é * {ɽ ÉcÉå Eä M±É䇄ɪɮ Éå Eä ‡{ÉPɱÉxÉä, =xÉEä +Éè® {ÉÒU ä E Ò +Éä® ½ ] xÉä VÉèºÉÒ |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉÆ |ÉɪÉ: „ÉÖ¹E ´ÉxÉÉå Éå {ÉÉ<Ç VÉÉiÉÒ ½ é * EÖ U ±ÉÉäMÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB =¹hÉE ‡] ¤ÉÆvÉÒªÉ ÉxÉÉå E É +É„ÉªÉ Eä É±É ‡] ¤É® +Éè® ±É_ Éå Eä ‡±ÉB ÉÞIÉ-{ÉÖÆVÉÉå iÉE ½ Ò ºÉÒ‡¨Éiɽ è * ªÉä ´ÉÞIÉ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉå Eä E ɤÉÇxÉ-=iºÉVÉÇxÉ E É +´É„ÉÉä¹ÉhÉ E ® iÉä ½ é * ªÉ‡n =xÉE Ò MÉhÉxÉÉ +{ÉäIÉÉEÞ iÉ BäºÉÒ |ɤÉÖr +ɇlÉÇE |ÉhÉɱÉÒºÉä E ® å, ‡VɺɨÉå |ÉEÞ ‡iÉ u É® É |Én kÉ EÖ ±É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ =i{ÉÉn xÉ ºÉ‡¨¨É‡±ÉiÉ ½ Éå +Éè® ‡VɺɨÉå ÉÉä] ® E É® Éå, ] ä±ÉÒ‡´ÉVÉxÉ ºÉä] Éå iÉlÉÉ Eä E É® hÉ ‡´É„´É +lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ ¨Éå +iªÉ‡vÉE ‡´ÉPÉ] xÉ +ɪÉäMÉÉ -- +iÉÒiÉ iÉlÉÉ ´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ Eä ¿ÉºÉÉå Eä ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ {É® EÖ U ¦ÉÒ +ºÉ® xɽ Ó {ÉcäMÉÉ* <ºÉEä ‡´É{É® ÒiÉ, VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ +xiÉ® „ÉɺÉE ÒªÉ E ɪÉÇn ±É Eä +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉÉå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® , 30 ´É¹ÉÉç E Ò +´É‡vÉ ¨Éå ‡´É„´É VÉÒb Ò{ÉÒ{É® Eä É±É 0.1-0.2 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E É ¨ÉɨÉÚ±ÉÒ +ºÉ® ½ Ò {Éc ºÉEä MÉÉ *

‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ɺÉ

¨ÉÉxÉ´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ {É® º] ÉìE ½ Éä¨É ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ E Ò „ÉÖ° +ÉiÉ E Éä ® äJÉÉƇE iÉ E ® iÉä ½ ÖB ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å +É¨É ºÉ¦ÉÉ xÉä 1972 ¨Éå ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hɇn ÉºÉ E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ E Ò VÉÉä ½ ® ɹÉÇ {ÉÉÆSÉ VÉÚxÉ E Éä ÉxÉɪÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ÉºÉ |ɨÉÖJÉ +ÉvÉÉ® ½ è ‡VɺÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å {ÉÚ® ä ‡´É„´É ¨Éå {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ VÉÉMÉ° E iÉÉ {Éèn É E ® iÉÉ ½ è +Éè® ® ÉVÉxÉè‡iÉE vªÉÉxÉÉE ¹ÉÇhÉ E Éä ¤Éf ÉÃiÉÉ ½ è * 1972 ¨Éå ½ Ò ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG É E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ lÉÉ VÉÉä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ÉºÉ E É, {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ VÉÉMÉ° E iÉÉ {Éèn É E ® xÉä +Éè® ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä {ɽ ±É E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ® xÉä ¨Éå ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E ® iÉÉ ½ è *

‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ÉºÉ E É BVÉåb É ½ è {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉÒªÉ ¨ÉÖq Éå E Éä ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉÒªÉ SÉä½ ® É n äxÉÉ, ºÉiÉiÉ +Éè® ¤É® ɤɮ Ò ´ÉɱÉä ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä+‡vÉE É® ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ E ® xÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÖn ɪÉÉå Éå ªÉ½ ¦ÉÉ´É {Éèn É E ® xÉÉ ‡E Éä {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ xÉVɇ® B Éå ¤Én ±ÉÉ´É ±ÉÉxÉä +Éè® ºlÉÉxÉÒªÉ, IÉäjÉÒªÉ +Éè®

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 62: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

62Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ¦ÉÉ´ÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉä > {É® =` E ® ºÉÉZÉän É® Ò E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ® xÉä ¨Éå |ɨÉÖJÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ ºÉE iÉä ½ é iÉɇE ªÉ½ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ ½ Éä ºÉEä ‡E ±ÉÉäMÉ {ɽ ±Éä ºÉä VªÉÉn É ºÉÖ® ‡IÉiÉ +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÞr ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ ¨Éå E n É ® JÉ ºÉEå *

‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ÉºÉ 2009 E É ‡´É¹ÉªÉ ½ è - +É{ÉEä Oɽ E Éä VÉ° ® iÉ ½ è +É{ÉE Ò - VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä ±ÉcxÉä E Éä BE ½ Éå * <ºÉ‡´É¹ÉªÉ ºÉä ªÉ½ º{ɹ] ½ Éä VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ºÉ¦ÉÒ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ Eä ºÉƤÉÆvÉ Éå BE ½ ÉäxÉä E Ò VÉ° ® iÉ ½ è * ªÉ½ BE iÉÉ <ºÉÒ ºÉÉ±É E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxɨÉå +ɪÉÉä‡VÉiÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ ¤Éè E ¨Éå ‡n JÉÉxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ * ªÉ½ ¤Éè` E MÉ® Ò¤ÉÒ ºÉä {ÉÉ® {ÉÉxÉä +Éè® ÉxÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ ¨Éå ºÉÖvÉÉ® Eä ¤ÉÒSÉVÉÉä ‡® „iÉÉ ½ è, =ºÉä {ɇ® ±É‡IÉiÉ E ® iÉÒ ½ è * <ºÉ ´É¹ÉÇ Eä ‡´É„´É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡n ÉºÉ E É ¨Éä½ ÉÉxÉ n ä„É ¨Éè‡CºÉE Éä ½ è *

+ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ

ºÉÚªÉÇ E É |ÉE É„É +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ ºÉä U xÉE ® ½ Ò {ÉÞl´ÉÒ {É® {ɽ ÖÆSÉiÉÉ ½ é* ªÉ½ JÉiÉ® xÉÉE {É® ɤÉèMÉxÉÒ ‡´É‡E ® hÉ E Éä {ÉÞl´ÉÒ E Ò ºÉiɽ {É® {ɽ ÖÆSÉxÉäºÉä ® ÉäE iÉÒ ½ è, +Éè® <ºÉºÉä ½ ÉÉ® ä Oɽ {É® VÉÒ´ÉxÉ ºÉÖ‡® IÉiÉ ® ½ iÉÉ ½ è* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ Eä IÉªÉ Eä ¨ÉÖn n ä {É® {ɽ ±ÉÒ ¤ÉÉ® 1976 ¨ÉäÆ ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG É E Ò |É„ÉɺɇxÉE {ɇ® ¹Én (ªÉÚBxÉ<Ç{ÉÒ) ÉäÆ ‡´ÉSÉÉ® -‡´É¨É„ÉÇ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ {É® ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉÉäÆ E Ò ¤Éè E 1977¨ÉäÆ +ɪÉÉä‡VÉiÉ E Ò MÉ<Ç* ‡VɺÉEä ¤ÉÉn ªÉÚBxÉ<Ç{ÉÒ +Éè® ‡´É„´É ÉÉèºÉ¨É ºÉÆMÉ` xÉ (b ¤±ªÉÚB¨É+Éä) xÉä ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ ÉäÆ ½ ÉäxÉä ÉɱÉäIÉªÉ E Éä VÉÉxÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ ºÉ¨Éx´ÉªÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ (ºÉÒºÉÒ+ÉäB±É) E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ * +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ-IÉªÉ ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉäÆ ºÉä ‡xɤÉ] xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB+ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉä ½ äiÉÖ +ÆiÉ® -ºÉ® E É® Ò ¤ÉÉiÉSÉÒiÉ 1981 ¨ÉäÆ |ÉÉ® Æ¦É ½ Ö<Ç +Éè® ¨ÉÉSÉÇ, 1985 ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ Eä ¤ÉSÉÉ´É Eä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉªÉxÉɺɨ¨Éä±ÉxÉ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉ¨ÉÉ{iÉ ½ Ö<Ç* 1985 Eä ‡´ÉªÉxÉÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ xÉä <ºÉºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ {É® +xiÉ® -ºÉ® E É® Ò ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ, +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉEä ºÉÖ´ªÉ´É‡ºlÉiÉ iÉ® ÒEä ºÉä ‡xÉ® ÒIÉhÉ, ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ =i{ÉÉn xÉ E Ò ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ +Éè® ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä +Én ÉxÉ-|Én ÉxÉ VÉèºÉä ¨ÉÖn Ãn ÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iɇE ªÉÉ* ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ¨ÉÉxÉ´É º´ÉɺlªÉ +Éè® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ ¨ÉäÆ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ E ® xÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉÒªÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉäÆ Eä ‡´É° r ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hɤÉxÉÉxÉä VÉèºÉä +É¨É ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉä {É® n ä„ÉÉäÆ xÉä |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ ´ªÉH E Ò * ‡´ÉªÉxÉÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉ BE f ÉÆSÉÉMÉiÉ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <ºÉ¨ÉäƇxɪÉÆjÉhÉ +lÉ´ÉÉ ±ÉIªÉÉäÆ Eä ‡±ÉB E ÉxÉÚxÉÒ ¤ÉÉvɪÉiÉÉ xɽ Ó ½ è* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ E Éä E É E ® xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉäÆ {É® ¨ÉÉìx] ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É E É䇺Éiɨ¤É® , 1987 ¨ÉäÆ º´ÉÒE É® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ Eä IÉªÉ E Éä ® ÉäE xÉä ´ÉɱÉä, +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ +xÉÖEÚ ±É =i{ÉÉn ÉäÆ +Éè® VÉÉMÉ° E iÉÉ VÉMÉÉxÉäEä ‡±ÉB ÉÉìx] ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉäÆ Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ Eä ¨É½ i´É E É =±±ÉäJÉ E ® iÉä ½ ÖB +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ Eä ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB 16 ‡ºÉiɨ¤É® E Éä +ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ‡n ÉºÉ PÉÉ䇹ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* ºÉ¦ÉÒ ºÉn ºªÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä <ºÉ ‡´É„Éä¹É ‡n ÉºÉ {É® ¨ÉÉìx] ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É Eä =n 䄪ÉÉäÆ B´ÉÆ ±ÉIªÉÉäÆ+Éè® <ºÉEä ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä ºÉÉlÉ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® {É® ` ÉäºÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +ɨÉƇjÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è*

ºÉ® E É® äÆ VÉ¤É iÉE |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉÉäÆ E Ò +‡¦É{ÉÖ‡¹] xɽ Ó E ® iÉÒ iÉ¤É iÉE <ºÉºÉä E ÉxÉÚxÉÒ ° {É ºÉä xɽ Ó ¤ÉÆvÉiÉÓé* n Ö¦ÉÉÇMªÉºÉ,ä +xÉäE ºÉ® E É® ÉäÆ xÉä |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É E Ò +‡¦É{ÉÖ‡¹] iÉÉä E Ò ½ è ¨ÉMÉ® ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ +Éè® =xÉEä E cä ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ={ÉÉªÉ ±ÉIªÉ ºÉä {ÉÒU ä ½ é* +ÉäVÉÉäxɺɨÉZÉÉèiÉÉäÆ {É® , +ÉVÉ iÉE 193 n ä„ÉÉäÆ xÉä ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E ªÉä ½ é*

1985 Eä +ÆiÉ ÉäÆ n ‡IÉhÉ wÉÖ´É (BÆ] É® E ‡] E ) Eä > {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ ÉäÆ U än E É {ÉiÉÉ SɱÉxÉä Eä ¤ÉÉn ºÉ® E É® ÉäÆ xÉä C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ(ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-11, 12, 113, 114 +Éè® 115) +Éè® +xÉäE ½ è±ÉìxºÉ (1211, 1301, 2402) Eä =i{ÉÉn xÉ +Éè® JÉ{ÉiÉ E Éä E É E ® xÉäEä E cä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E Ò +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ E Éä {ɽ SÉÉxÉÉ* |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É <ºÉ iÉ® ½ ºÉä iÉèªÉÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è iÉɇE ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE +Éè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò +ÉÆE ±ÉxÉÉäÆ Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® <ºÉ |ÉE É® E Ò MÉèºÉÉäÆ ºÉä ‡xÉVÉÉiÉ {ÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * <ºÉ |ÉE É® Eä +ÉÆE ±ÉxÉÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÉn <ºÉ |ÉE É® E Ò MÉèºÉÉäÆ ºÉä U Ö] E É® É {ÉÉxÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ E Éä iÉäVÉ E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä 1990 ÉäÆ ±ÉÆn xÉ, 1992 ÉäÆ E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxÉ,1995 ÉÆä ‡´ÉªÉäxÉÉ, 1997 ÉäÆ ÉÉìx] ÅÒªÉ±É +Éè® 1999 ÉäÆ {Éä‡SÉÆMÉ ÉäÆ SÉ® hɤÉr ¤É‡½ ¹E ® hÉ ÉäÆ iÉäVÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É E Éä ºÉ¨ÉɪÉÉä‡VÉiɇE ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* +xªÉ |ÉE É® Eä ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E Éä „ÉÖ° E ® xÉä +Éè® <ºÉ ºÉÚSÉÒ ¨ÉäÆ xɪÉä ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ iÉi´ÉÉäÆ E Éä VÉÉäcxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä ¦ÉÒ <ºÉ¨ÉäƺÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* 1990 ¨ÉäÆ ±ÉÆn xÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽ iÉ +‡iɇ® H C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (ºÉÒ B¡ ºÉÒ-13, 111, 112, 211, 212,213, 214, 215, 216, 217) +Éè® n Éä ‡´É±ÉɪÉE (ºÉÉì±´ÉäÆ] ) (E ɤÉÇxÉ ] äÅ] ÉC±ÉÉä® É<] +Éè® ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä® Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ) E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 63: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

63Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

MɪÉÉ VɤɇE 1992 ¨ÉäÆ E Éä{Éäxɽ äMÉxÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽ iÉ ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥É#Éä ÉÉ<b , BSɤÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ +Éè® BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ E Éä VÉÉäcÉ MɪÉÉ* 1997 ¨ÉäƨÉÉìx] ÅÒªÉ±É ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ E Éä +ƇiÉ¨É ° {É ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ‡VɺÉEä iɽ iÉ ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉ<b ºÉä ‡xÉVÉÉiÉ {ÉÉxÉä E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¤ÉxÉɪÉÒ MɪÉÒ* 1999 ¨ÉäÆ{Éä‡SÉÆMÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽ iÉ ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉäC±ÉÉä® É䇨ÉlÉäxÉ Eä ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ºÉä iÉÖ® ÆiÉ U Ö] E É® É {ÉÉxÉä (SÉ® hɤÉr f ÆMÉ ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä) Eä ‡±ÉªÉä <ºÉä „Éɇ¨É±É‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* <ºÉ ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ Eä iɽ iÉ BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ Eä =i{ÉÉn xÉ {É® ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ MÉè® -{ÉIÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ <ºÉEä E É® Éä¤ÉÉ® {É® ±ÉMÉɨɱÉMÉÉxÉä E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉxÉɪÉÒ MɪÉÒ*

+ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ : +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +hÉÖ+ÉäÆ (+Éä-3) ¨ÉäÆ +ÉìCºÉÒVÉxÉ Eä iÉÒxÉ {É® ÉÉhÉÖ ½ ÉäiÉä ½ é* ªÉ½ Vɽ ® Ò±ÉÒ MÉèºÉ ½ è +Éè® ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤É½ ÖiÉn Ö±ÉÇ¦É ½ è* |ÉiªÉäE 10 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ +hÉÖ+ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉEä ‡ºÉ¡Ç 3 +hÉÖ {ÉɪÉä VÉÉiÉä ½ é* 90 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ Eä > {É® Ò ‡½ ººÉä ªÉɺɨÉiÉÉ{ɨÉÆb ±É (º] ÅÉ] Éäº¡ä ªÉ® ) ¨ÉäÆ {ÉɪÉÒ VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è VÉÉä {ÉÞl´ÉÒ ºÉä 10 +Éè® 50 ‡E ±ÉÉä ÉÒ] ® (6 ºÉä 30 ¨ÉÒ±É) > {É® ½ è* IÉÉä¦É¨ÉÆb ±É(] ÅÉä{ÉÉäº¡ä ªÉ® ) E Ò iɱÉÒ ÉäÆ VɨÉÒxÉÒ ºiÉ® {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ ½ ɇxÉE É® E |Én Ú¹ÉE ½ è VÉÉä +Éì] Éä ÉÉä¤É<±É +{ÉE ¹ÉÇhÉ +Éè® +xªÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉäÆ ºÉä {Éèn É ½ ÉäiÉÒ½ è*

+ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ ºÉÚªÉÇ ºÉä +ÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä VªÉÉn ÉiÉ® ½ ɇxÉE É® E {É® ɤÉéMÉxÉÒ- ¤ÉÒ ‡´É‡E ® hÉ E Éä +´É„ÉÉ䇹ÉiÉ E ® iÉÒ ½ è* ªÉ½ PÉÉiÉE {É® ɤÉéMÉxÉÒ(ªÉÚ´ÉÒ - ºÉÒ) ‡´É‡E ® hÉ E Éä {ÉÚ® Ò iÉ® ½ ® ÉäE n äiÉÒ ½ è* <ºÉ |ÉE É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E É ºÉÖ® IÉÉ E ÉSÉ ½ ÉÉ® ä VÉÒ´ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉªÉä ¤É½ ÖiÉ VÉ° ® Ò ½ è +Éè® ªÉ½ ½ É VÉÉxÉiÉä ½ é* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ E Ò IɇiÉ ºÉä {É® ɤÉéMÉxÉÒ ‡´É‡E ® hÉ +‡vÉE ¨ÉÉjÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ vÉ® iÉÒ iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉiÉÉ ½ è* +‡vÉE {É® ɤÉéMÉxÉÒ‡´É‡E ® hÉ E É ¨ÉiÉ±É¤É ½ è +Éè® +‡vÉE ¨Éè±ÉäxÉÖ¨ÉÉ +Éè® xÉÉìxɨÉè±ÉäxÉÖ¨ÉÉ i´ÉSÉÉ Eè ƺɮ , +É ÄJÉÉäÆ E É ¨ÉÉä‡iɪÉɇ¤ÉÆn +‡vÉE ½ ÉäxÉÉ, {ÉÉSÉxÉ iÉÆjÉ ¨ÉäÆE ÉVÉÉä® Ò, {ÉÉèvÉÉäÆ E Ò ={ÉVÉ PÉ] xÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÖp ÒªÉ {Éɇ® iÉÆjÉ ¨ÉäÆ IɇiÉ +Éè® ¨ÉiºÉªÉ =i{ÉÉn xÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ÉÒ* 1970 ¨ÉäÆ VÉ¤É |ÉÉä¡ä ºÉ® {ÉÉ±É GÖ ] VÉxÉxÉä ªÉä ºÉÆÆEä iÉ ‡n ªÉÉ ‡E =´ÉÇ® E ÉäÆ +Éè® ºÉÖ{É® ºÉÉä‡xÉE BªÉ® G Éì{] ºÉä ‡xÉE ±ÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ xÉÉ<] ÅÉäVÉxÉ +ÉìCºÉÉ<b ºÉä +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ E ÉäxÉÖE ºÉÉxÉ ½ ÉäxÉä E Ò +É„ÉÆE É ½ è iÉÉä <ºÉEä ¤ÉÉ® ä ÉäÆ ÉèYÉɇxÉE ‡SÉƇiÉiÉ ½ ÖB* 1974 ÉäÆ |ÉÉä¡ä ºÉ® B¡ „Éä® ÉÖb ® Éì±ÉäÆb +Éè® Éɇ® ªÉÉä VÉä ÉÉ䇱ÉxÉÉxÉä ªÉä {ÉiÉÉ ±ÉMÉɪÉÉ ‡E C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ ¨ÉäÆ ‡´É¦ÉɇVÉiÉ ½ ÉäE ® C±ÉÉä® ÒxÉ Eä {É® ÉÉhÉÖ VÉÉ® Ò E ® iÉä ½ é +Éè® ´Éä +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ IÉªÉ E ÉE É® hÉ ¤ÉxÉiÉä ½ é* ½ ä±ÉìäxºÉ Eä Vɇ® B VÉÉ® Ò ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉä ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÒxÉ {É® ÉÉhÉÖ ¦ÉÒ BäºÉÉ ½ Ò ¤ÉÖ® É |ɦÉÉ´É b ɱÉiÉä ½ é* <xÉ iÉÒxÉ ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE ÉäÆ xÉä +{ÉxÉä¨É½ i´É{ÉÚhÉÇ E ɪÉÇ Eä ‡±ÉªÉä 1995 ¨ÉäÆ ® ºÉɪÉxÉ ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ xÉÉä¤É±É {ÉÖ® ºE É® |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ*

1980 Eä n „ÉE Eä |ÉÉ® Æ¦É ¨ÉäÆ VÉ¤É ºÉä <ºÉE É ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉ „ÉÖ° ½ Ö+É iÉ¤É ºÉä n ‡IÉhÉ wÉÖ É Eä > {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ ‡ºlÉ® ° {É ºÉä E ÉVÉÉä® ½ Éä ® ½ Ò ½ è* ¤Éä½ n ` Æb ä ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ +Éè® wÉÖ´ÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ{É ¨ÉÆb ±ÉÒªÉ ¤ÉÉn ±ÉÉäÆ Eä E É® hÉ ¦ÉÚ ÉÆb ±É Eä <ºÉ ¦ÉÉMÉ {É® ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ +Éè® MÉƦÉÒ® ½ è*+ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ ¨ÉäÆ IÉªÉ ´ÉɱÉÉ ¦ÉÚ-IÉäjÉ ‡ºlÉ® ° {É ºÉä ¤Ég ® ½ É ½ è* ªÉ½ 1990 Eä n „ÉE ¨ÉäÆ 20 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ ´ÉMÉÇ ‡E ±ÉÉä¨ÉÒ] ® ºÉä +‡vÉE ½ Éä MɪÉÉ +Éè® =ºÉEä ¤ÉÉn ªÉ½ 20 +Éè® 29 ´ÉMÉÇ ‡E ±ÉÉä ÉÒ] ® Eä n ɪɮ ä ¨ÉäÆ ¡è ±É MɪÉÉ* =kÉÉ® Ò vÉÖ#´É Eä > {É® +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ 30|ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ VɤɇE ªÉÚ® Éä{É +Éè® +xªÉ =SSÉ +IÉÉÆ„É ´ÉɱÉä IÉäjÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò {É® iÉ ¨ÉäÆ IÉªÉ E Ò n ® 5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ºÉä 30 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ½ è*

®ºÉɪÉxÉ +Éè® =xɺÉä U Ö] E É® É {ÉÉxÉä E É E ɪÉÇG É

¨ÉÉìäx] ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É Eä iɽ iÉ ‡¡ ±É½ É±É 96 ® ºÉɪÉxÉÉäÆ {É® ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ±ÉMÉɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è ‡VɺɨÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ é- ½ ä±ÉÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ VÉÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ½ ä±ÉìxºÉ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ =±±ÉäJÉxÉÒªÉ ½ è* 1928 ¨ÉäÆ C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® Éä E ɤÉÇxÉ E Ò JÉÉäVÉ ½ Ö<Ç +Éè® <x½ äÆ +É„SɪÉÇVÉxÉE MÉèºÉ ¨ÉÉxÉÉ MɪÉÉ CªÉÉäƇE ªÉä ±É¨¤Éä ºÉ¨ÉªÉ iÉE ® ½ iÉÒ ½ è, +Éè® ‡´É¹Éè±ÉÒ xɽ Ó ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½ é* <xɺÉä VÉÆMÉ xɽ Ó ±ÉMÉiÉÉ (+ºÉÆIÉÉ® E ) +Éè® ªÉä+V´É±ÉxÉ„ÉÒ±É ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½ é* ªÉä {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ„ÉÒ±É ½ è +Éè® 1960 Eä n „ÉE ºÉä ® ä¡ ‡® VÉ® ä] ® ÉÆä, BªÉ® E Æb Ò„ÉxÉ® ÉäÆ, º|Éä Eä ƺÉ, ‡´É±ÉɪÉE ÉäÆ, ¡ Éä¨É+Éè® +xªÉ +xÉÖ|ɪÉÉäMÉÉäÆ ÉäÆ <xÉE É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ¤ÉgiÉÉ VÉÉ ® ½ É ½ è* ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-11 {ÉSÉÉºÉ ´É¹ÉÉç iÉE ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ® ½ iÉÒ ½ è, ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-12 BE ºÉÉè n Éä ´É¹ÉÉç iÉE +Éè® ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-115 ºÉjɽ ºÉÉè ´É¹ÉÉç iÉE ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ® ½ iÉÒ ½ è* ½ ä±ÉìxÉ-1301 |ÉÉlɇ¨ÉE ° {É ºÉä +ÉMÉ ¤ÉÖZÉÉxÉä ¨ÉäÆ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ªÉ½ ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ 65 ºÉÉ±É iÉE ® ½ iÉÒ ½ è*

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 64: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

64Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

E ɤÉÇxÉ ] äÅ] ÉC±ÉÉä® É<b ‡´É±ÉɪÉE Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉPɇ] iÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ¨ÉäÆ E ® Ò¤É 42 ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉäiÉÒ ½ è*‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±ÉC±ÉÉä® Éä¡ Éä¨ÉÇ (1,1,1-] ÅÉ<ÇC±ÉÉä® Éä<lÉäxÉ) ¦ÉÒ ‡´É±ÉɪÉE Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ‡´ÉPɇ] iÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ¨ÉäÆ E ® Ò¤É 5.4 ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉäiÉÒ½ è*½ É<b ÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (BSɤÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ) E É +‡vÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É xɽ Ó ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è {É® ÆiÉÖ ‡E ºÉÒ xɪÉä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤ÉSÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä<xÉE Éä ¦ÉÒ |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É Eä iɽ iÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è*

½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ) ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ Eä ºlÉÉxÉ {É® |ɪÉÖH E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä {ɽ ±Éä |ɨÉÖJÉ ‡´ÉºlÉÉ{ÉE Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉE ɇ´ÉE ÉºÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ lÉÉ* ªÉ½ C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Ò iÉÖ±ÉxÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤É½ ÖiÉ E É ‡´ÉxÉÉ„ÉE ½ è* BSɺÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ ¦ÉÒ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Ò IÉªÉ ¨ÉäÆ ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉn äiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ E ® Ò¤É 1.4 ºÉä 19.5 ´É¹ÉÇ iÉE ‡´Ét¨ÉÉxÉ ® ½ iÉÒ ½ è*

‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä<b (ºÉÒBSÉ-3 ¤ÉÒ+É® ) ¤É½ Ö¨ÉÚ±ªÉ ¡ ºÉ±ÉÉäÆ, E Ò] ‡xɪÉjÉÆhÉ +Éè® ‡xɪÉÉÇiÉ Eä ‡±ÉªÉä |ÉiÉÒ‡IÉiÉ EÞ ‡¹É ‡VÉƺÉÉäÆ Eä C´Éä® äx] É<xÉ={ÉSÉÉ® Eä ‡±ÉªÉä vÉÚƒÉE (}ªÉÚ‡¨ÉMÉèx] ) Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è* ´ÉɪÉÖ ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉPɇ] iÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉä E ® Ò¤É 0.7 ´É¹ÉÇ ±ÉMÉiÉä½ é*¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä ÉÒlÉäxÉ (¤ÉÒºÉÒB¨É) +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Éä IɇiÉ {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉÉ xɪÉÉ iÉi´É ½ è ‡VɺÉä EÖ U E {ɇxɪÉÉäÆ xÉä 1998 ¨ÉäÆ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® ¨ÉäÆ =iÉÉ® xÉäE Ò +xÉ֨ɇiÉ ¨ÉÉÆMÉÒ lÉÒ* <ºÉE Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä 1999 Eä ºÉÆ„ÉÉävÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ*

¦ÉÉ® iÉ E Éä SÉÉ® |ɨÉÖJÉ ® ºÉɪÉxÉ-C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® É E ɤÉÇxÉ, ºÉÒ] ÒºÉÒ, ½ ä±ÉìxºÉ +Éè® ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä lÉä‡VÉxɨÉäÆ ºÉä 2003 Eä |ÉÉ® Æ¦É ÉäÆ ½ ä±ÉìäxºÉ E Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* 1 +MɺiÉ 2008 iÉE ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ E Éä ¦ÉÒ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è* ºÉÒ] ÒºÉÒ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É 2009 Eä +ɇJÉ® iÉE ¤ÉÆn E ® ‡n ªÉÉ VÉɪÉäMÉÉ +Éè® ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Éä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ +¦ÉÒ VÉÉ® Ò ½ è* ºÉ¦ÉÒ {ÉIÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E Éä IɇiÉ {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉä BäºÉä xɪÉä iÉi´ÉÉäÆ Eä ‡´É{ÉhÉxÉ ºÉä ¤ÉSÉxÉä Eä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ {É® ‡´ÉSÉÉ® E ® ® ½ ä ½ é VÉÉä +¤É iÉE |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éì±É ¨ÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É xɽ Ó ½ è*

‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ½ ä±ÉìxºÉ +Éè® C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ, E ɤÉÇxÉ ] ä] ÅÉC±ÉÉä® É<b , ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä® Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ +Éè® ½ É<b ÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Éä<ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ G É„É: 1994 +Éè® 1996 ¨ÉäÆ {ÉÚ® Ò E ® ±ÉÒ MɪÉÒ ½ è 1999 iÉE ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä<b Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉɱɨÉäÆ 25 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ E Ò MɪÉÒ* 2001 ¨ÉäÆ 50 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +Éè® 2003 ÉäÆ 70 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ E Ò MɪÉÒ* 2005 iÉE <ºÉä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä {ÉÚ® ÒiÉ® ½ ¤Éɽ ® E ® ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ* <ºÉ n Éè® ÉxÉ 2004 iÉE ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ 35 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E Ò E ÉÒ MɪÉÒ ‡VɺÉEä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ 2010 iÉE 65 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ iÉE , 2015 iÉE 90 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +Éè® 2020 iÉE 99.5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ E Ò VÉÉxÉÒ ½ è* 2030 iÉE ‡ºÉ¡Ç ® JÉ-® JÉÉ´É Eä =q ä䄪ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ½ Ò <ºÉEä 0.5 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Ò +xÉ֨ɇiÉ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* 1996 iÉE ½ É<b ÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ¤ÉÒºÉÒB¨É E Éä iÉÖ® ÆiÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä E É E ɪÉÇG É ¤ÉxÉɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä <xÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ E Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉäE É E ɪÉÇG É „ÉÖ° E ® xÉä ºÉä {ɽ ±Éä EÖ U ºÉ¨ÉªÉ E Ò U Ú] n Ò MɪÉÒ* <ºÉºÉä <ºÉ ¤ÉÉiÉ E É {ÉiÉÉ SɱÉiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„É ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆEÖ ±É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä +‡vÉE ÉÆ„É Eä ‡±ÉªÉä =kÉÉ® n ɪÉÒ ½ è +Éè® =xÉEä {ÉÉºÉ <xÉEä ‡´ÉºlÉÉ{ÉE ÉäÆ E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉªÉä +‡vÉE ‡´ÉkÉÉÒªÉ +Éè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉ ½ è* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ E É E ɪÉÇG É <ºÉ |ÉE É® lÉÉ-

» 1996 iÉE ½ É<b ÅÉä¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ¤ÉÒºÉÒB¨É E Éä iÉÖ® ÆiÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉÉ*

» C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ, ½ ä±ÉìäxºÉ +Éè® E ɤÉÇxÉ] ä] ÅÉC±ÉÉä® Éä<b E Éä 1 VÉÖ±ÉÉ<Ç 1999 iÉE 1995 ºÉä 97 Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ {É® ±ÉÉxÉÉ, 2005 iÉE 50 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ, 2007 iÉE 85 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ +Éè® 2010 iÉE {ÉÚ® Ò iÉ® ½ <ºiÉä ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉÉ*

» 2003 iÉE ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä® Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Éä 1998-2000 Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ ºiÉ® {É® ±ÉÉxÉÉ, 2005 iÉE 30 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ +Éè®

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 65: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

65Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

2010 iÉE 70 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ +Éè® 2015 iÉE {ÉÚ® Ò iÉ® ½ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉÉ*

» ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉä<b Eä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Éä 2002 iÉE 1995 ºÉä 98 Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ ºiÉ® {É® ±ÉÉxÉÉ, 2005 iÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ÉäÆ 20 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E ÉÒ+Éè® 2015 iÉE <ºiÉä ÉÉ±É ºÉä {ÉÚ® Ò iÉ® ½ ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉÉ*

» 2016 iÉE ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E Éä 2015 Eä ºiÉ® {É® +Éè® 2040 iÉE <ºiÉä ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉÉ*

<ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä Eä E ɪÉÇG É ¨ÉäÆ ±É‡IÉiÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä =i{ÉÉn xÉ +Éè® JÉ{ÉiÉ n ÉäxÉÉäÆ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ è* ½ ɱÉÉƇE <ºÉEä ¤ÉÉn ¦ÉÒ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ+Éè® ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ±É‡IÉiÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä +É´É„ªÉE <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É E Éä {ÉÚ® É E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉÒ‡¨ÉiÉ ¨ÉÉjÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ <xÉEä =i{ÉÉn xÉ E Ò +xÉ֨ɇiɽ è ‡VɺÉEä ‡±ÉB +¤É iÉE ‡E ºÉÒ ‡´ÉE ±{É E Ò {ɽ SÉÉxÉ xɽ Ó E Ò MÉ<Ç ½ è !

|ÉÉä] ÉäE Éä±É Eä ‡¤ÉxÉÉ, ´É¹ÉÇ 2050 iÉE +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E É +´ÉIÉªÉ =kÉ® Ò MÉÉä±ÉÉr Ç Eä ¨ÉvªÉ +IÉÉÆ„É ¨ÉäÆ E É ºÉä E É 50 % +Éè® n ‡IÉhÉÒ ¨ÉvªÉ+IÉÉÆ„É ¨ÉäÆ 70 % ¤Ég VÉÉBMÉÉ VÉÉä ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn É ºiÉ® ºÉä 10 MÉÖhÉÉ +‡vÉE ¤ÉÖ® É ½ ÉäMÉÉ* <ºÉE É {ɇ® hÉÉ¨É =kÉ® Ò ¨ÉvªÉ +IÉÉÆ„É ¨ÉäÆ vÉ® iÉÒ {É® n ÖMÉÖxÉÒ iÉlÉÉ n ‡IÉhÉ ¨ÉäÆ SÉÉèMÉÖxÉÒ +±] ÅÉ ´ÉɪɱÉä] -¤ÉÒ ({É® ɤÉéMÉxÉÒ) ‡´É‡E ® hÉ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ‡n JÉÉ<Ç n äMÉÉ* ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +´ÉIɪÉEä ‡±ÉB ‡Vɨ¨Éän É® ® ºÉɪÉxÉÉäÆ E Ò ¨ÉÉjÉÉ {ÉÉÆSÉ MÉÖxÉÉ +‡vÉE ½ ÉäMÉÒ* <ºÉEä ‡xɇ½ iÉÉlÉÇ +Éè® ¦ÉÒ b ® É´ÉxÉä ªÉÉxÉÒ xÉÉìxÉ-¨Éè±ÉäxÉÉä¨ÉÉ Eè ƺɮ Eä 19‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ +‡vÉE ¨ÉɨɱÉä, ¨Éèä±ÉäxÉÉä¨ÉÉ Eè ƺɮ Eä 1.5 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ ¨ÉɨɱÉä +Éè® +ÉÆJÉ Eä ¨ÉÉä‡iɪÉɇ¤ÉÆn Eä 130 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ +‡vÉE ¨ÉɨɱÉÉäÆ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉɨÉxÉä +ÉBÆMÉä*

‡´É„´É ºÉ¨ÉÖn ÉªÉ xÉä +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +´ÉIɪÉ, VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ, VÉè´É ‡´É‡´ÉvÉiÉÉ +Éè® +ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ {ÉÉxÉÒ VÉèºÉÒ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉäÆ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä ¨ÉäƇ´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Ò ¨Én n E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ´É臄´ÉE {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÖ‡´ÉvÉÉ (VÉÒ<ÇB¡ ) E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ E Ò lÉÒ* VÉÒ<ÇB¡ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ„ÉÒ±É+lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ+ÉäÆ ´ÉɱÉä n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ Eä +´ÉIÉªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ‡Vɨ¨Éän É® {Én ÉlÉÉç E Éä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä E Ò {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® ‡G ªÉÉE ±ÉÉ{ÉÉäÆ E Éä ¤ÉgÉ´ÉÉ n äiÉÒ ½ è! VÉÒ<ÇB¡ xÉä <xÉ {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® E ɪÉÇE ±ÉÉ{ÉÉäÆ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ 1996 +Éè® 2000 Eä ¤ÉÒSɇxɨxɇ±É‡JÉiÉ 17 n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Ò ºÉ½ ɪÉiÉÉ Eä ‡±ÉB 160 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ b ɱɮ ºÉä +‡vÉE E Ò ¨ÉÆVÉÚ® Ò n Ò ½ è:

+WÉ® ¤ÉèVÉÉxÉ, ¤Éä±ÉÉ° ºÉ, ¤ÉÖ±ÉMÉɇ® ªÉÉ, SÉèE MÉhÉ® ÉVªÉ, <º] Éä‡xɪÉÉ, ½ ÆMÉ® Ò, E WÉÉJúiÉÉxÉ, ±ÉÉiɇ´ÉªÉÉ, ‡±ÉlÉÖ+ɇxɪÉÉ, {ÉÉä±Éèhb , ° ºÉÒ ºÉÆPÉ,º±ÉÉä´ÉɇE ªÉÉ, iÉɇVɇE ºiÉÉxÉ, iÉÖEÇ Éä‡xɺiÉÉxÉ, ªÉÚGä xÉ +Éè® =VäÉä‡E ºiÉÉxÉ* VÉÒ<ÇB¡ xÉä ½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É ¥ÉÉä¨ÉÉ<b E Éä +ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® E ® xÉä ¨ÉÆä <xÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Ò ¨Én n E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB 60 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ b ɱɮ E É +‡iɇ® H E Éä¹É ‡Sɇ¼xÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è*

´ÉèYÉɇxÉE ÉäÆ xÉä +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉ ´ªÉH ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è ‡E +MɱÉä {ÉÉÆSÉ ´É¹ÉÉç Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ IÉªÉ +{ÉxÉä ºÉ¤ÉºÉä ¤ÉÖ® ä ºiÉ® {É® {ɽ ÆÖSÉ VÉÉBMÉÉ +Éè® ‡¡ ® vÉÒ® ä-vÉÒ® ä <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ‡´É{É® ÒiÉ ° ZÉÉxÉ +ÉxÉÉ „ÉÖ° ½ ÉäMÉÉ B´ÉÆ E ® Ò¤É 2050 iÉE +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ ºiÉ® {É® +É VÉÉBMÉÒ* ªÉ½ +xÉÖ ÉÉxÉ <ºÉ+ÉvÉÉ® {É® ´ªÉH ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è ‡E ÉÉÆ] ÅÒªÉ±É |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éä±É E Éä {ÉÚ® Ò iÉ® ½ ±ÉÉMÉÚ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉBMÉÉ* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ {É® iÉ ‡¡ ±É½ É±É ¤Éä½ n ºÉÆ´Éän xÉ„ÉÒ±É+´ÉºlÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ½ è* C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ÉÒ Eä ¤ÉÉ´ÉVÉÚn , ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ{ɨÉÆb ±ÉÒªÉ ºÉÉÆp hÉ +¤É ¦ÉÒ ¤Ég ® ½ É ½ è (iÉlÉɇ{É ‡xÉSɱÉä´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ ´Éä E É ½ Éä ® ½ ä ½ é ) CªÉÉäƇE ±É¨¤Éä ºÉ¨ÉªÉ iÉE ¤ÉxÉä ® ½ xÉä ´ÉɱÉä C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ E É VÉÉä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ½ Éä SÉÖE É ½ è ´É½ ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ{ɨÉÆb ±É ¨ÉäÆ +¤É ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉgxÉÉ VÉÉ® Ò ½ è* EÖ U ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (VÉèºÉä ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-11 +Éè® ºÉÒB¡ ºÉÒ-113), E ɤÉÇxÉ] ä] ÅÉC±ÉÉä® É<b +Éè® ‡¨ÉlÉÉ<±É C±ÉÉä® Éä¡ É¨ÉÇ E Ò |ÉSÉÖ® iÉÉ PÉ] ® ½ Ò ½ è* VªÉÉn ÉiÉ® ½ è±ÉìxºÉ E Ò |ÉSÉÖ® iÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ´ÉÞ‡r VÉÉ® Ò ½ è* ´ÉºiÉÖiÉ:½ É<b ÅÉäC±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ +Éè® ½ É<b ÅÉää}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (xÉÒSÉä n äJÉäÆ) ¤Ég ® ½ ä ½ é CªÉÉäƇE ´Éä C±ÉÉä® Éä}±ÉÉä® ÉäE ɤÉÇxÉ (VÉÉä <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ºÉä ¤Éɽ ® ‡E B VÉÉ ® ½ ½ é ) Eä ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉäÆ Eä ° {É ¨ÉäÆ <ºiÉä ÉÉ±É ‡E B VÉÉ ® ½ ä ½ é* +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ ºÉÖ® IÉÉ E Ò ºÉ¡ ±ÉiÉÉ ºÉÆ¦É´É ½ Ö<Ç ½ è CªÉÉäƇE ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ +Éè®

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 66: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

66Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

=tÉäMÉ +ÉäVÉÉäxÉ E É IÉªÉ E ® xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ® ºÉɪÉxÉÉäÆ Eä ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉäÆ E Éä ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ E ® xÉä +Éè® =xÉE É ´ªÉɴɺÉɪÉÒE ® hÉ E ® xÉä ¨ÉäÆ ºÉ¡ ±É ® ½ ä ½ é*

‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉ¨ÉIÉ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉÆ

¦ÉÉ® iÉ +Éè® SÉÒxÉ VÉèºÉä ¤Écä ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ÉäÆ E ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä E Ò |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä n ɪɮ ä ÉäÆ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä |ɪÉÉºÉ ‡E BVÉÉ ® ½ ä ½ é, VÉÉä CªÉÉä] Éä |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éä±É Eä +xÉÖ° {É xɽ Ó ½ é* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ EÖ ±É M±ÉÉä¤É±É OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¨ÉÉjÉ 4 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ E ® iÉɽ è +Éè® |ɇiÉ ´ªÉ‡CiÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ® iÉ E É ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ EÖ ±É ´É臄´ÉE +ÉèºÉiÉxÉ E É E ® Ò¤É 23 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ½ è* ªÉ½ Ò ´ÉVɽ ½ è ‡E +¦ÉÒ iÉE ½ ÉÉ® É ªÉ½ o ‡¹] E ÉähÉ ® ½ É ½ è ‡E ¦ÉÉ® iÉ u É® É OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ ‡E ºÉÒ |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ E Éä º´ÉÒE É® xÉ ‡E ªÉÉVÉÉB* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ® H ¦ÉÉ® iÉ E Éä =ºÉ ºiÉ® iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉxÉä ¨ÉäÆ E <Ç n „ÉE ±ÉMÉäÆMÉä, ‡VÉºÉ ºiÉ® {É® +ÉVÉ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ u É® É VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ=iºÉVÉÇxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ® ½ É ½ è* ½ ÉÉ® Ò +ɤÉÉn Ò Eä E ® Ò¤É 55 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ‡½ ººÉä E Ò {ɽ ÖÆSÉ +¦ÉÒ iÉE ªÉɴɺÉɇªÉE > VÉÉÇ iÉE xɽ Ó ½ è* ¤ÉgiÉäVÉÒ´ÉxÉ ºiÉ® E Ò ÉÉÆMÉ {ÉÚ® Ò E ® xÉä +Éè® =xÉ ±ÉÉäMÉÉäÆ iÉE ªÉɴɺÉɇªÉE > VÉÉÇ {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉxÉä, ‡VÉxÉEä {ÉÉºÉ <ºÉE É +¦ÉÉ´É ½ è, E Ò E ÉɪÉn ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ® iÉ+Éè® +xªÉ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉääÆ E É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¤ÉgxÉÉ ±ÉɇVɨÉÒ ½ è* Bä‡iɽ ɇºÉE o ‡¹] +Éè® =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn É ºiÉ® E Éä n äJÉiÉä ½ ÖB ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„É, SÉÚƇE <ºÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ Eä |ɇiÉ ‡Vɨ¨Éän É® ½ é, <ºÉ‡±ÉB =x½ äÆ VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ Eä +{ÉxÉä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E Éä xÉ Eä É±É ‡ºlÉ® E ® xÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ, ¤É‡±E =ºÉ¨ÉäÆ E ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* <ºÉ |ÉE É® ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ ® ɹ] ÅÉäÆ E Éä 2012 Eä ¤ÉÉn +Éè® ¦ÉÒ ¤Éb Ò |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ +ÉMÉä+ÉxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B* <ºÉºÉä =ºÉ º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ Eä ‡±ÉB º{ɹ] ‡n „ÉÉ iÉªÉ ½ Éä ºÉEä MÉÒ, ‡VɺÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„É =iºÉVÉÇxÉE É E ® xÉää Eä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ +Éè® ºlÉɪÉÒ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® ½ Éä ºÉE iÉä ½ é* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ E É ÉÉxÉxÉÉ ½ è ‡E VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ÉäÆ ¤ÉÉäZÉ É½ xÉ E ® xÉäE É ={ɪÉÖH ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® Ò{ÉÚhÉÇ ¡ ɨÉÚDZÉÉ 'ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ |ɇiÉ ´ªÉ‡H ‡ºÉr ÉÆiÉ' {É® ½ Ò +ÉvÉɇ® iÉ ½ Éä ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è*

VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® ºÉɨÉÉxªÉiÉ: ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä {ɇ® o „ªÉ ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉSÉÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <ºÉä MÉ® Ò¤ÉÒ, º´ÉɺlªÉ, > VÉÉÇ ={ɱɤvÉiÉÉ+Éè® ‡„ÉIÉÉ VÉèºÉÒ ‡´ÉE ɺÉÉi¨ÉE VÉ° ® iÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ xɽ Ó VÉÉäcÉ VÉÉiÉÉ* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ £ä ä¨É´ÉEÇ E x´ÉäÆ„ÉxÉ +Éè® +xªÉ+ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ¨¨Éä±ÉxÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ <ºÉ ¤ÉÉiÉ {É® VÉÉä® n äiÉÉ ® ½ É ½ è ‡E º´ÉSU |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ‡¨É±ÉVÉÖ±É E ® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉB +Éè® ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn É{ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ +xÉÖEÚ ±É |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E Éä iÉiE É±É ½ ºiÉÉÆiɇ® iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B* <ºÉ ¤ÉÉiÉ E Ò +É„ÉÆE É ½ è ‡E ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä ªÉ‡n ‡¤ÉxÉÉ IɇiÉ{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ ‡E B VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ n Ö¹|ɦÉÉ´É E É E ® xÉä Eä ={ÉÉªÉ E ® xÉä E Éä E ½ É VÉÉBMÉÉ, iÉÉä =xÉEä +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® MÉ® Ò¤ÉÒn Ú® E ® xÉä Eä |ɪÉɺÉÉäÆ {É® n ÖÖ¹|ɦÉÉ´É {ÉcäMÉÉ* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ E É ¨ÉÉxÉxÉÉ ½ è ‡E ‡xɨxÉÉƇE iÉ iÉi´É ¨É½ kÉ´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ½ é :

º´ÉSU |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E Ò +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ

‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E É E ® xÉä Eä |ɪÉɺÉÉäÆ Eä ‡±ÉB +{Éä‡IÉiÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ ºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ ¤ÉÉè‡r E ºÉÆ{Én É +‡vÉE É® ÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÉ® ä ¨ÉäÆBE ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ E ® xÉä E Ò +É´É„ªÉªÉE iÉÉ ½ è* ªÉ½ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ ¨É½ ɨÉɇ® ªÉÉäÆ E Ò ® ÉäE lÉÉ¨É Eä ‡±ÉB ¡ ɨÉÉǺªÉÖ‡] E ±ºÉ E Ò +‡xÉ´ÉɪÉÇ ±ÉÉ<ºÉäƇºÉÆMɺÉƤÉÆvÉÒ ºÉ¡ ±É ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉä Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉÉxiÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è*

‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ (VÉèºÉä ¤ÉɪÉÉä¨ÉɺÉ) {É® +ÉvÉɇ® iÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E É +¦ÉÒ +¦ÉÉ´É ½ è, +lÉ´ÉÉ Éä +iªÉ‡vÉE ɽ ÆMÉÒ ½ é*‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É +Éè® ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ Eä +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉÉi¨ÉE +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +‡xÉ´ÉɪÉÇ ½ è, iÉɇE <ºÉ +¦ÉÉ´É E Éä n Ú® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * <ºÉä =t¨É {ÉÚÆVÉÒ E Éä¹É Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä +ÆVÉÉ¨É ‡n ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è, ‡VɺÉE Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ ‡E ºÉÒ ¤É½ Ö{ÉIÉҪɇ´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ E Ò VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è, +Éè® xÉiÉÒVÉiÉxÉ {Éèn É ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉä ¤ÉÉè‡r E ºÉÆ{Én É +‡vÉE É® <ºÉ E Éä¹É u É® É vÉÉ® hÉ ‡E B VÉÉ ºÉE iÉä½ é* <xÉE É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ® hÉ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ‡® ªÉɪÉiÉÒ ±ÉÉMÉiÉ +Éè® ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ÉɇhɇVªÉE ±ÉÉMÉiÉ Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉɽ è* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ® CiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉÉäÆ u É® É ¤ÉÉè‡r E ºÉÆ{Én É +‡vÉE É® ÉäÆ E Ò ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® Ò Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉÉi¨ÉE +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ ºÉÆSÉɇ±ÉiÉ E Ò VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ é* º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ Eä ¤ÉÉ® ä ¨ÉäÆ B‡„ɪÉÉ-|É„ÉÉÆiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® Ò

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 67: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

67Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

<ºÉ ‡n „ÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ EÖ U =n ɽ ® hÉ {Éä„É E ® iÉÒ ½ é*

‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºlÉɪÉÒ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ E Éä ¤ÉgÉ´ÉÉ n äxÉä ¨ÉäÆ º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ (ºÉÒb ÒB¨É) +{ÉxÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ ‡ºÉr E ® SÉÖE Ò ½ è* <ºÉºÉ䇴ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ E Éä ¦ÉÒ E É ±ÉÉMÉiÉ {É® VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E Ò +{ÉxÉÒ |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ {ÉÚ® Ò E ® xÉä ¨ÉäÆ ¨Én n ‡¨É±ÉÒ ½ è* ªÉ½ ¤ÉÉiÉ º{ɹ] ° {ɺÉä vªÉÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ ® JÉÒ VÉÉxÉÒ SÉɇ½ B ‡E E ɤÉÇxÉ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® E Ò ºÉ¡ ±ÉiÉÉ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉäÆ u É® É VÉÒBSÉVÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ºiÉ® ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉBÆ{ÉÚ® Ò E ® xÉä {É® ‡xɦÉÇ® ½ è* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ® H ºÉÒb ÒB¨É E Ò =xÉ JÉɇ¨ÉªÉÉäÆ, ‡VÉxÉE Ò ´ÉVɽ ºÉä ½ ºiÉÉÆiÉ® hÉ ±ÉÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤ÉgÉäiÉ® Ò ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½ è, E Éä¦É±ÉÒ¦ÉÉƇiÉ {ɽ SÉÉxÉ ‡±ÉªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è, +Éè® =x½ äÆ n Ú® E ® xÉä Eä |ɪÉÉºÉ E ® xÉä E Ò +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ ½ è*

+¤É ªÉ½ º{ɹ] ½ Éä MɪÉÉ ½ è ‡E É臄´ÉE ºiÉ® {É® OÉÒxÉ ½ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉÉäÆ E Éä E É E ® xÉä Eä ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ½ Ò |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ+Éè® ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ iÉlÉÉ =xÉE É ½ ºiÉÉÆiÉ® hÉ ¦ÉÒ É½ kÉ´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ½ è* ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆä ÉäÆ +xÉÖEÚ ±ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® MÉ® Ò¤ÉÒ =x¨ÉÚ±ÉxɺÉä B¨ÉB¡ +É<Ç +Éè® +Éäb ÒB ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ E É ‡´É{ÉlÉxÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ E É ºÉ¨ÉÉvÉÉxÉ xɽ Ó ½ è* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ E É ¨ÉÉxÉxÉÉ ½ è ‡E ¤Éä½ iÉ® ‡´ÉE ±{É ªÉ½ ½ ÉäMÉɇE <xÉ ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ E Éä ºÉ¨ÉÚSÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉB, VÉèºÉÉ ‡E ºÉÒb ÒB¨É ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ +ÉªÉ {É® n Éä |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ±Éä´ÉÒ ºÉä U Éä] ä {Éè¨ÉÉxÉä{É® ½ ɇºÉ±É ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ® ½ É ½ è*

¦ÉÉ® iÉ Eä |ɪÉɺÉ

¦ÉÉ® iÉ ºÉ® E É® xÉä ½ É±É Eä ´É¹ÉÉç ¨ÉäÆ +xÉäE BäºÉä ={ÉÉªÉ ‡E B ½ é, ‡VÉxÉE É ºÉÒvÉÉ +ºÉ® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉvÉÉxÉ {É® {ÉciÉÉ ½ è* <xɨÉäÆ > VÉÉÇ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ +Éè® > VÉÉÇ Eä ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉÒ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÖvÉÉ® +Éè® > VÉÉÇ ºÉIɨÉiÉÉ ¤ªÉÚ® Éä E Ò ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ; ‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ IÉäjɨÉäÆ ºÉÖvÉÉ® ; {Éxɇ¤ÉVɱÉÒ +Éè® +IÉªÉ > VÉÉÇ »ÉÉäiÉÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɽ xÉ; º´ÉSU E ÉäªÉ±ÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ E Éä ¤ÉgÉ´ÉÉ n äxÉÉ; E ÉäªÉ±Éä E Ò vÉÖ±ÉÉ<Ç +Éè® E ÉäªÉ±Éä E É ºÉIÉ¨É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ; ´ÉxÉÉ® Éä{ÉhÉ +Éè® ´ÉxÉÉäÆ E É ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ; MÉèºÉ Eä |ɺÉÉ® ¨ÉäÆ E ÉÒ; ªÉÉiÉɪÉÉiÉ Eä ‡±ÉB º´ÉSU B´ÉÆ E É E ɤÉÇxÉ ´ÉɱÉä<ÈvÉxÉ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉɱÉ; ¨ÉÉºÉ ® ä‡{Éb ] ÅÉƺÉ{ÉÉä] Ç |ÉhÉɇ±ÉªÉÉäÆ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ® xÉÉ; {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ VÉèºÉä ={ÉÉªÉ |ɨÉÖJÉ ½ é*

<xÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ E É ªÉ½ {ɇ® hÉÉ¨É ‡xÉE ±ÉÉ ½ è ‡E ºÉE ±É PÉ® ä±ÉÚ =i{ÉÉn Eä ºÉÆn ¦ÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ® iÉ E Ò > VÉÉÇ Mɽ xÉiÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ E ÉÒ +ɪÉÒ ½ è, VÉÉä1972 ¨ÉäÆ {ÉÒ{ÉÒ{ÉÒ ºÉÆn ¦ÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ VÉÒb Ò{ÉÒ Eä |ɇiÉ b ɱɮ 0.30 Eä VÉÒ+Éä<Ç lÉÒ, +Éè® 2003 ¨ÉäÆ PÉ] E ® VÉÒb Ò{ÉÒ Eä |ɇiÉ b ɱɮ 0.19Eä VÉÒ+Éä<Ç ® ½ MɪÉÒ* ªÉ½ VɨÉÇxÉÒ Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ½ è* n ä„É ÉäÆ > VÉÉÇ IÉäjÉ Eä ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ E Éä +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ºÉä +±ÉMÉ ® JÉxÉä Eä |ɦÉÉ´ÉE É® Ò ={ÉɪɇE B MÉB ½ é* ‡¡ ±É½ É±É |ÉÉlɇ¨ÉE > VÉÉÇ IÉäjÉ E Ò ‡´ÉE ɺÉn ® 2.76 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ´Éɇ¹ÉÇE ½ è, VɤɇE ºÉE ±É PÉ® ä±ÉÚ =i{ÉÉn E Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ n ® 8 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ºÉä +‡vÉE ½ è* > VÉÉÇ E Ò Mɽ xÉiÉÉ ´ÉɱÉä ºÉ¦ÉÒ |ɨÉÖJÉ IÉäjÉÉäÆ VÉèºÉä <º{ÉÉiÉ, B䱪ÉÖ¨ÉÒ‡xɪɨÉ, =´ÉÇ® E , E ÉMÉVÉ, ºÉÒ¨ÉäÆ] , +ɇn ¨ÉäÆ> VÉÉÇ Eä ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉÒ ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E É ºiÉ® ´É臄´ÉE ºiÉ® Eä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ½ è* ‡´É„Éä¹É ° {É ºÉä ºÉÒ¨ÉäÆ] IÉäjÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¦ÉÉ® iÉÒªÉ ºÉƪÉÆjÉÉäÆ E Ò > VÉÉÇ ‡E ¡ ɪÉiɇ´É„´É ¨ÉäÆ ºÉ¤ÉºÉä +‡vÉE ½ è* EÖ ±É |ÉÉlɇ¨ÉE > VÉÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ +IÉªÉ > VÉÉÇ E Ò ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® Ò +¦ÉÒ ¦ÉÒ 34 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ½ è*

¦ÉÉ® iÉ xÉä +ɇlÉÇE ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Eä ‡{ÉU ±Éä 55 ´É¹ÉÉç Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ½ ±É Eä ‡±ÉB |ɨÉÖJÉ E ɪÉÇG É+{ÉxÉÉB ½ é* <xÉEä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ SÉG ÉÉiÉ SÉäiÉÉ´ÉxÉÒ +Éè® ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ, iÉ] ÒªÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ, ¤ÉÉg B´ÉÆ ºÉÚJÉÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ iÉlÉÉ ® ɽ iÉ, ¤ÉcÒ B´ÉÆ ±ÉPÉÖ ‡ºÉÆSÉÉ<Ç{ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ, ¨É±É䇮 ªÉÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ, JÉÉt ºÉÖ® IÉÉ ={ÉɪÉ, ºÉÚJÉÉ |ɇiÉ® ÉävÉÒ ¡ ºÉ±ÉäÆ, +Éè® E <Ç +xªÉ ={ÉÉªÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ é* <xÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ E ɪÉÇG ÉÉäÆE É ºÉE ±É PÉ® ä±ÉÚ =i{ÉÉn ¨ÉäÆ ½ ® ´É¹ÉÇ E <Ç |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ ® ½ iÉÉ ½ è* ‡´ÉkÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÒ xÉä 2007 Eä +{ÉxÉä ¤ÉVÉ] ¦ÉɹÉhÉ ¨ÉäÆ =±±ÉäJÉ ‡E ªÉÉlÉ ‡E {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ +Éè® ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ xÉä BE ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ Eä MÉ` xÉ E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ „ÉÖ° E ® n Ò ½ è, ‡VɺɨÉäÆ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ IÉäjÉÉäÆ ºÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ{ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɨÉÖJÉ +Éè® ¦É® ÉäºÉä¨ÉÆn ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E B VÉÉ ® ½ ä ½ é* ªÉ½ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ ¦ÉÉ® iÉ {É® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɦÉÉ´É E É +vªÉªÉxÉE ® äMÉÒ, +Éè® =xÉ ={ÉɪÉÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÉ® ä ¨ÉäÆ ºÉÖZÉÉ´É n äMÉÒ, VÉÉä ½ ÉäÆ ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ ¨ÉäÆ =` ÉxÉä ½ ÉäÆMÉä*

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 68: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

68Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

´ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ +Éè® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ¨ÉÉäSÉÉÇ

¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå {ÉÉèvÉÉ ® Éä{ÉhÉ, =ºÉä {ÉɱÉxÉÉ, ¤ÉSÉÉxÉÉ +Éè® =ºÉE É ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ E ® xÉÉ ¤É½ ÖiÉ {ÉÖ® ÉxÉÒ {É® Æ{É® É +Éè® =ºÉE É Bä‡iɽ ɇºÉE ɽ k´É ¦ÉÒ ½ è * EÖ U ºÉ¨ÉÖn ɪÉÉå ¨Éå {Éäc E Éä E É] xÉä ºÉä {ɽ ±Éä |ÉÉlÉÇxÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è+Éè® {Éäc ºÉä IɨÉiÉÉ ¨ÉÉÆMÉÒ VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è * {ÉÚ® ä ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå ZÉÖ® ÉÖ] Éå E Éä {ɇ´ÉjÉ ¨ÉÉxÉxÉÉ +É¨É ½ è Vɽ ÉÆ {ÉÉèvÉÉå+Éè® {ÉäcÉå Eä ZÉÖ® ÉÖ] Éå E Ò ºÉÖ® IÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÞ‡r Eä ‡±ÉB =xÉE Ò {ÉÚVÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è *‡½ xn Ú, VÉèxÉ +Éè® ¤ÉÉèr {ÉÉèvÉÉå +Éè® {ÉäcÉå E É ºÉ¨¨ÉÉxÉ E ® iÉä ½ é +Éè® =x½ å VÉÒ‡´ÉiÉ |ÉÉhÉÒ E Ò iÉ® ½ ÉÉxÉiÉä½ é * ¤ÉÉèr ‡¦ÉIÉÖ VÉÉä ={Én ä„É n äxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉn è É SɱÉɪɨÉÉxÉ ® ½ iÉä ½ é, ´Éä ¦ÉÒ ´É¹ÉÉÇ E É±É ¨Éå ªÉÉjÉɺlɇMÉiÉ E ® n äiÉä ½ é iÉɇE {ÉÉèvÉä +Éè® +ÆEÖ ‡® iÉ ¤ÉÒVÉ xɹ] xÉ ½ Éä VÉÉBÆ * VÉèxÉ vɨÉÇ ¨Éå +ÆEÖ ‡® iÉ n ÉxÉÉJÉÉxÉÉ ÉxÉÉ ½ è CªÉÉå‡E VÉèxÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖn ÉªÉ n ÉxÉä E Éä {ÉxÉ{ÉiÉÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ ÉÉxÉiÉä ½ é ‡VɺÉä ¤Éf xÉÃä E Ò +xÉ֨ɇiÉ ½ ÉäxÉÒSÉɇ½ B*

® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ B´ÉÆ {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ¤ÉÉäb Ç

{ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ B´ÉÆ ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ ¨Éå ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ B´ÉÆ {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç E Ò n ä„É ¨Éå ´ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɽ xÉ, {ÉÉèvÉÉ ® Éä{ÉhÉ,{Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ {ÉÖxÉ: ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ +Éè® {Éɇ® ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Mɇiɇ´É‡vɪÉÉÆ SɱÉÉxÉä E Ò ‡Vɨ¨Éän É® Ò ½ è * <ºÉEä iɽ iÉ =VÉÉc ´ÉxÉ IÉäjÉÉå iÉlÉÉ´ÉxÉÉå, ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ =tÉxÉÉå, +¦ÉªÉÉ® hªÉÉå +Éè® +xªÉ ºÉÆ® ‡IÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ° {É ºÉä E ÉVÉÉä® {ɇ„SɨÉÒ ‡½ ÉɱɪÉ,+® ɴɱÉÒ +Éè® {ɇ„SɨÉÒ PÉÉ] Éå {É® ‡´É„Éä¹É vªÉÉxÉ n äxÉÉ ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉÉäb Ç E Ò ‡Vɨ¨Éän É® Ò ½ è *

® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG É ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ

® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ E ɪÉÇG É, ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ÉxÉÉ´É® hÉ B´ÉÆ {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE ÒªÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç E Ò +OÉhÉÒ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ½ è VÉÉä ÉxÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ BVÉ出ɪÉÉå E Éä Éɺiɇ´ÉE +Éè® ºÉÉƺlÉɇxÉE ºÉ¨ÉlÉÇxÉ n äiÉÒ ½ è, VÉÉä ºÉƪÉÖH ´ÉxÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ Eä ºÉÉƺlÉɇxÉE ÒE ® hÉ E Ò ‡n „ÉÉ ¨Éå =` ɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ ¤ÉcÉ E n É ½ è * ´ÉxÉ ‡´ÉE ɺÉBVÉ出ɪÉÉå E Éä ´ÉxÉ ={ÉJÉÆb ºiÉ® {É® ºÉƪÉÖH ´ÉxÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iɪÉÉå Eä ºÉÆPÉ Eä ° {É ¨Éå E ±{ÉxÉÉ +Éè® ºlÉÉ{ÉxÉÉ E Ò MɪÉÒ ½ è iÉɇE VÉxÉiÉÉE Ò ¦ÉÉMÉÒn É® Ò Eä ºÉÉlÉ ´ÉxÉÉå E É +ɨÉÚ±É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ½ Éä ºÉEä * ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä ±ÉIªÉ ½ é -

» ºÉ¨É Ön ÉªÉ É å E Ò ºÉ‡G ªÉ ¦ ÉÉMÉ Òn É® Ò E ä Vɇ® B |É ÉE Þ ‡i ÉE ºÉ ÆºÉ Év ÉxÉ É å E Ò ® IÉÉ +É è® ºÉ Æ® IÉhÉ E ® xÉ É *» VÉ ¨É Ò xÉ É å E É ä J É® ɤ É ½ É ä x É ä , ´ É xÉ É å E ä =VÉcx É ä +É è® V É è ´ É - ‡ ´ É ‡ ´ É v Éi É É E ä x É Ö E ºÉ É xÉ E É ä ® É ä E xÉ É» {É É ‡® ‡ºl ɇ i ÉE Ò E É { É Ö x É ° r É® , { ɪ É É Ç ´ É ® h É E É º É Æ ® I Éh É +É è ® { É É ‡® ‡ºl ɇ i ÉE Ò ª É - ‡´ ÉE ɺ É» MÉÉÆ´ÉÉå ¨Éå +Éè® =xÉEä +ÉºÉ {ÉÉºÉ |ÉÉEÞ ‡iÉE ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉå Eä ºÉiÉiÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB MÉÉÆ´É ºiÉ® ÒªÉ ºÉÆMÉ` xÉÉå E Ò IɨÉiÉÉ ¤Éf ÉÃxÉÉ *» +É¨É ºÉɨÉÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB =i{ÉÉn E iÉÉ, ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉiÉÉ +É è® n ÒPÉÇE ɱÉÒxÉiÉÉ Eä ´ªÉÉ{ÉE =q 䄪ÉÉ å E Éä {ÉÚ® É E ® xÉÉ*» ´ÉxÉ É å Eä ¦É ÒiÉ® +É è® +ɺÉ{ É ÉºÉ ® ½ ® ½ ä ±ÉÉ äM É É å E ä VÉÒ´ ÉxÉ +É è® VÉÒ ‡ ´ÉE É Eä ºiÉ® ¨É å ºÉ Ö v ÉÉ® +É è® » OÉɨÉÒhÉ ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Ò ® ÉäVÉMÉÉ® IɨÉiÉÉ ¨Éå ºÉÖvÉÉ® Eä ‡±ÉB =xÉE Ò |ɇiɦÉÉ IɨÉiÉÉ +Éè® n IÉiÉÉ E Éä ¤Éf Éà ÉÉ

º´ÉɪÉkÉ„ÉɺÉÒ {ɽ ÉcÒ ‡VɱÉÉå ºÉ‡½ iÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ 28 ® ÉVªÉÉå Eä ´ÉxÉVÉÒ´ÉxÉ IÉäjÉÉå E Éä <ºÉ E ɪÉÇG É ¨Éå „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ¤ÉäºÉ½ É® Éå E É{ÉÖxÉ´ÉÉǺÉ, EÞ ‡¹É® ‡½ iÉ IÉäjÉÉå E Éä EÞ ‡¹É IÉäjÉ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉÉ +Éè® +Éè¹ÉvÉÒªÉ {ÉÉèvÉÉå E É {ÉÖxÉ:=i{ÉÉn xÉ E É ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉÒcÉ =` ɪÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è *

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 69: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

69Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

={ɱɇ¤vɪÉÉÆ

(31 ¨ÉÉSÉÇ, 2009) EÖ ±É 157.90 ±ÉÉJÉ ½ äC] äªÉ® IÉäjÉ E Ò n äJɦÉÉ±É Eä ‡±ÉB 2,675.26 E ® Éäc ° {ɪÉä E Ò ±ÉÉMÉiÉ ºÉä 2000-01 ¨ÉåB¡ b ÒB ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò „ÉÖ° +ÉiÉ Eä ¤ÉÉn ºÉä 795 B¡ b ÒB E ɪÉÉLJx´ÉiÉ E Ò VÉÉ SÉÖE Ò ½ è * <ºÉ E ɪÉÇG É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ EÞ ‡¹É ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉªÉÉå Eä {ÉÖxÉ´ÉÉÇºÉ {É® ‡´É„Éä¹É vªÉÉxÉ ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è +Éè® {ÉÚ´ÉÉ ækÉ® ® ÉVªÉÉå +Éè® +Éä‡c„ÉÉ ¨Éå 34 VÉäBSɪÉÚB¨É {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ¨ÉÆVÉÚ® Ò n ä n Ò MɪÉÒ ½ è*

31 ¨ÉÉSÉÇ, 2009 E Éä, ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉxÉ® Éä{ÉhÉ E ɪÉÇG É Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ´É¹ÉÇ 2008-09 Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ B¡ b ÒB E Éä 345.62 E ® Éäc¯ {ɪÉä VÉÉ® Ò ‡E B MÉB * +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉiÉ: 1 E ® Éäc 20 ±ÉÉJÉ MÉÞ½ º´Éɇ¨ÉªÉÉå E Éä ±ÉÉ¦É {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉiÉä ½ ÖB 9 E ® Éäc 70 ±ÉÉJÉ E ɪÉÇ ‡n ɺÉÉå E É ºÉÞVÉxɇE ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ * <xɨÉå 22 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉɇiÉ +Éè® 38 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉxÉVÉɇiÉ „Éɇ¨É±É lÉÓ *

{ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ OÉɨÉÉå ¨Éå E ® Ò¤É 53 ±ÉÉJÉ MÉÞ½ º´Éɇ¨ÉªÉÉå ¨Éå 25 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉɇiÉ +Éè® 21 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ VÉxÉVÉɇiÉ E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉMɪÉÉ * BÆ] ÅÒ {ÉÉ<È] Mɇiɇ´É‡vÉ E É ±ÉÉ¦É E ® Ò¤É 19 ±ÉÉJÉ 20 ½ VÉÉ® MÉÞ½ º´Éɇ¨ÉªÉÉå E Éä ‡¨É±ÉÉ ‡VɺɨÉå 23 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉɇiÉ +Éè® 27 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ +xÉÖºÉÚ‡SÉiÉ VÉxÉVÉɇiÉ ºÉä lÉä *

{Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ‡´ÉE É±É ¤É±É (<Çb ÒB¡ ) ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ

{Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ¤É±É (<Çb ÒB¡ ) ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ 1982 ¨Éå ® IÉÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ u É® É |ÉÉ® Æ¦É E Ò MɪÉÒ lÉÒ * <ºÉE É =q ä„ªÉ ´ÉxÉ® Éä{ÉhÉ, ‡¨É^ ÒºÉÆ® IÉhÉ +Éè® VÉ±É ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò iÉÆjÉ E Éä ‡¡ ® ºÉä ºÉÖvÉÉ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB n Ú® -n ® ÉVÉ Eä IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå ´ÉxÉ® Éä{ÉhÉ+Éè® {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ¨Éå ºÉä´ÉɇxÉ´ÉÞ‡kÉ E ÉÇSÉɇ® ªÉÉå E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É E ® xÉÉ ½ è * ªÉ½ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ‡{ÉU ±ÉÒ SÉÉ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉä E ɪÉÉLJx´ÉiÉ ½ è*

´ÉiÉǨÉÉxÉ ¨Éå, ºÉä´ÉɇxÉ´ÉÞkÉ E ÉÇSÉɇ® ªÉÉåIÉäjÉÒªÉ ºÉèxªÉE ‡¨ÉǪÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä U : {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò E ɪÉÇ ¤É±É ¤É] ɇ±ÉªÉxÉ ½ è * ªÉä ‡„É´Éɇ±ÉE ,=kÉ® ÉJÉhb , ® ÉVɺlÉÉxÉ, Eä xÉɱÉ, ¤ÉVVÉÚ, Vɨ¨ÉÚ +Éè® E „¨ÉÒ® , ‡{ÉlÉÉè® ÉMÉf ,à =kÉ® ÉJÉhb , ºÉÉä‡xÉiÉ{ÉÖ® ({ɇ„SɨÉ) +Éè® +ºÉ¨É Eä ½ ±ÉiÉÖMÉÉƴɨÉå E ɪÉÇ E ® ® ½ Ò ½ é *

|ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ OÉÉ¨É ´ÉxÉ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ºE Ò¨É

BE xÉ<Ç |ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ ºE Ò¨É ½ è OÉɨÉ{ÉÆSÉɪÉiÉ ÉxÉ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ * VÉÉä {ÉÆSÉɪÉiÉÒ ® ÉVÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉÉå E Éä ÉxÉ ® Éä{ÉhÉ +Éè® ÉxÉ ® ‡½ iÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉªÉÉå Éå {ÉÉèvÉÉ® Éä{ÉhÉEä ‡±ÉB „Éɇ¨É±É E ® äMÉÒ * ¦ÉÉ® iÉ xÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® +{ÉxÉÒ ® hÉxÉÒ‡iÉ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ 30 VÉÚxÉ, 2008 E Éä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® +{ÉxÉÒ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ E Éä VÉÉ® Ò ‡E ªÉÉ * ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ BE BäºÉÒ ® hÉxÉÒ‡iÉ E Ò ÉE ɱÉiÉ E ® iÉÉ ½ è VÉÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ+Éè® ¦ÉÉ® iÉ Eä ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ {ÉlÉ E Ò n ÒPÉÇE ɱÉÒxÉiÉÉ E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ® iÉÉ ½ è *

VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® +É` ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ

® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉÉè® +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E É =q ä„ªÉ ºÉÉè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉå Eä +±ÉÉ´ÉÉ +xªÉ xÉ´ÉÒE ® hÉ +Éè® {É® ÉÉhÉÖ > VÉÉÇ, ´ÉɪÉÖ > VÉÉÇ B´ÉÆ VÉ致ÉE VÉèºÉä MÉè®

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 70: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

70Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

VÉÒ´ÉÉ„¨É ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä EÖ ±É > VÉÉÇ ¨Éå ºÉÉè® > VÉÉÇ Eä +Æ„É E Éä ¤Éf ÉÃxÉÉ ½ è * > VÉÉÇ n IÉiÉÉ E Éä ¤Éf ÉÃxÉä Eä ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ ¨Éå> VÉÉÇ E É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E ® xÉä ÉɱÉä ¤Écä =tÉäMÉÉå +Éè® ºÉÖ‡´ÉvÉÉ+ÉäÆ Éå +‡vÉEÞ iÉ > VÉÉÇ ¤ÉSÉiÉ Éå ªÉ´ÉºÉÉªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BE ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® +ÉvÉɇ® iÉ ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ,‡xÉvÉÉLJ® iÉ IÉäjÉÉå Éå > VÉÉÇ EÖ „ɱÉiÉÉ ={ÉE ® hÉÉå E Éä ¤Éf Éà ÉÉ, ¦É‡´É¹ªÉ Éå > VÉÉÇ ¤ÉSÉiÉ E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä u É® É ºÉ¦ÉÒ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå ÉÉÆMÉ +xÉÖ° {É |ɤÉÆvÉxÉE ɪÉÇG É +Éè® > VÉÉÇ EÖ „ɱÉiÉÉ Eä |ÉÉäiºÉɽ xÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉÉvÉxÉÉå E É ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ VÉèºÉÒ SÉÉ® xÉ<Ç {ɽ ±Éå „Éɇ¨É±É ½ é * ¦É´ÉxÉÉå, ÉäºÉ E SÉ® äE É |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ Éå > VÉÉÇ EÖ „ɱÉiÉÉ +Éè® VÉè´É-b ÒVÉ±É B´ÉÆ ½ É<b ÅÉäVÉxÉ {É® +ÉvÉɇ® iÉ {ɇ® ɽ xÉ ‡´ÉE ±{ÉÉå ºÉ‡½ iÉ ºÉÉ´ÉÇVɇxÉE {ɇ® ɽ xÉ Eä ÉÉìb ±É¨Éå ¤Én ±ÉÉ´É E Éä |ÉÉäiºÉɽ xÉ n äxÉä ´ÉɱÉä n ÒPÉÇE ɱÉÒxÉ |ɪÉɺÉÉå {É® ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ * ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ VÉ±É +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E É =q ä„ªÉ VÉ±É ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ,n Ö° {ɪÉÉäMÉ E Éä xªÉÚxÉiÉ¨É E ® xÉÉ +Éè® ® ÉVªÉÉå ¨Éå +Éè® BE ºÉä n ںɮ ä ® ÉVªÉÉå ¨Éå +‡vÉE ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ ‡´ÉiÉ® hÉ E Éä ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ® xÉÉ *

‡½ ÉÉ±ÉªÉ Eä {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò iÉÆjÉ E Éä ¤ÉxÉÉB ® JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E É =q ä„ªÉ ‡½ ÉÉ±ÉªÉ Eä ‡½ ÉxÉn Éå +Éè® {ɽ ÉcÉå E Ò{Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò ºÉÖ® IÉÉ +Éè® n ÒPÉÇE ɱÉÒxÉiÉÉ ½ äiÉÖ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ ={ÉÉªÉ E ® xÉÉ ½ è* ½ ‡® iÉ ¦ÉÉ® iÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ ´ÉxªÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨É{É® ´ÉxÉÉSU Én xÉ E ® Eä {Éɇ® ‡ºlɇiÉE Ò |ÉhÉɱÉÒ ºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ ºÉä ÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ¤Éf ÉÃxÉä {É® VÉÉä® n äiÉÉ ½ è iÉɇE ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ Eä +vÉÒxÉ ‡xÉvÉÉLJ® iÉn ä„É Eä EÖ ±É ¦ÉÚ-IÉäjÉ Eä 33 |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ¦ÉÉMÉ E Éä ÉxÉÉSU ɇn iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä * ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ vÉÉ® hÉÒªÉ EÞ ‡¹É ‡¨É„ÉxÉ ¦ÉÉ® iÉÒªÉ EÞ ‡¹É E Éä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ{ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɇiÉ +Éè® ¦ÉÒ +‡vÉE |ɇiÉ® ÉävÉE ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä ½ äiÉÖ ® hÉxÉÒ‡iɪÉÉÆ ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ E ® xÉä ¨Éå ¨Én n MÉÉ® ½ ÉäMÉÒ VÉÉä ´É¹ÉÉÇ Eä E É® hÉ xɹ] ½ ÉäxÉä´ÉɱÉÒ EÞ ‡¹É E Ò iÉÉ{É =i{ÉÉn E iÉÉ ´ÉɱÉÒ xÉ<Ç |ÉVÉɇiÉ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ºÉÆ¦É´É ½ Éä ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è * VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ® hÉxÉÒ‡iÉE YÉÉxÉ{É® +ÉvÉɇ® iÉ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ‡¨É„ÉxÉ E É ±ÉIªÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ +Éè® |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò ºÉ¨ÉÖ‡SÉiÉ ‡xɇvÉ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ® xÉÉ iÉlÉÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ{ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ {ɽ ±ÉÖ+ÉäÆ ºÉä VÉÖcÒ SÉÖxÉÉè‡iɪÉÉå E Ò {ɽ SÉÉxÉ E ® xÉÉ +Éè® iÉn xÉÖºÉÉ® E É¨É E ® xÉÉ ½ è *

´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ

´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ E É +lÉÇ ½ è ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉÉå, {Éäc-{ÉÉèvÉÉå +Éè® VÉÒ´É VÉxiÉÖ+ÉäÆ Eä VÉÒ´ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB JÉiÉ® xÉÉE +lÉ´ÉÉ =xÉE Éä SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ n äxÉä ´ÉɱÉä {Én ÉlÉÉç(iÉk´ÉÉå) E É {ɪÉÉÇ{iÉ ÉÉjÉÉ Éå {ɪÉÉÇ{iÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ÉɪÉÖ ÉÆb ±É Éå ¤ÉxÉä ® ½ xÉÉ * ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉE ÉÉxÉ´É ‡xɇ¨ÉÇiÉ +Éè® |ÉÉEÞ ‡iÉE ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉå n ÉäxÉÉåºÉä {Éèn É ½ ÉäiÉä ½ é * iÉÉ{É ‡¤ÉVɱÉÒ PÉ® , +ÉètÉä‡MÉE ´Éɇ¹{ÉiÉ (¤ÉÉìªÉ±ÉºÉÇ), ¨ÉÉä] ® Éɽ xÉ, EÞ ‡¹É E ɪÉÇ +ɇn ºÉ¦ÉÒ ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ Eä »ÉÉäiÉ ½ é *

´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉÆ

‡{ÉU ±Éä EÖ U ɹÉÉç ¨Éå n ä„É Éå BºÉ+Éä 2 (ºÉ±¡ ® b É<Ç+ÉCºÉÉ<b ) Eä ºiÉ® ¨Éå E ÉÒ +É<Ç ½ è * E ÉÒ E Ò ªÉ½ |É´ÉÞ‡kÉ ºÉƦɴÉiÉ: ½ É±É Eä ´É¹ÉÉç¨Éå b ÒVÉ±É ¨Éå ºÉ±¡ ® E Ò ¨ÉÉjÉÉ ¨Éå E ÉÒ, +Éè® ºÉÉ´ÉÇVɇxÉE {ɇ® ɽ xÉ Eä IÉäjÉ ¨Éå ºÉÒBxÉVÉÒ VÉèºÉä º´ÉSU <ÈvÉxÉ ={ɪÉÉäMÉ Eä E É® hÉ +É<ǽ è * <ºÉEä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò =zÉiÉ <ÈvÉxÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä +xÉÖEÚ ±É xɪÉä ´Éɽ xÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉÆ„ÉÉä‡vÉiÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ¦ÉÒ ¨É½ k´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ ½ è* ºÉ¨ÉÚSÉä n ä„É ¨Éå BxÉ+Éä 2 (xÉÉ<] ÅÉäVÉxÉ +ÉCºÉÉ<b ) +Éè® +É® BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É-±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ „´ÉºÉxɪÉÉäMªÉ E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä ºiÉ® Éå ¨Éå =iÉÉ® -SÉf ÉôÉE Ò |É´ÉÞ‡kÉ ‡n JÉɪÉÒ n äiÉÒ ½ è *

xÉä„ÉxÉ±É B䇨¤ÉªÉå] BªÉ® C´Éɇ±É] Ò ¨ÉÉxÉÒ] Ë® MÉ |ÉÉäOÉɨÉ

+{ÉxÉä +ɺÉ-{ÉÉºÉ E Ò ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ {É® ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ ® JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ® ɹ] Å´ªÉÉ{ÉÒ xÉä„ÉxÉ±É BªÉ® C´Éɇ±É] Ò ÉÉxÉÒ] Ë® MÉ |ÉÉäOÉÉ¨É (BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ) „ÉÖ° ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * E ɪÉÇG É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ n ä„É Eä 26 ® ÉVªÉÉå +Éè® 4 Eä xp „ÉɇºÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå Eä 127 „ɽ ® Éå-E º¤ÉÉå ¨Éå 342 |ÉSÉɱÉxÉ Eä xp (+É{É® äË] MÉ º] ä„ÉxÉ) ¤ÉxÉÉB MÉB ½ é * BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ E É ¨ÉÖJªÉ =q ä„ªÉ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ºlÉÉxÉÉå ¨Éå ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ‡ºlɇiÉ +Éè® |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉåE É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ® hÉ E ® xÉÉ ½ è *

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 71: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

71Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ SÉÉ® ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉE Éå ªÉlÉÉ, ºÉ±¡ ® b É<Ç+ÉìCºÉÉ<b , xÉÉ<] ÅÉäVÉxÉ +ÉCºÉÉ<b , ±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÇ (BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É),+Éè® „´ÉºÉxÉÒªÉ ±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÇ (+É® BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É{ÉÒB¨É) E Ò {ɽ SÉÉxÉ ºÉ¦ÉÒ ºlÉÉxÉÉå {É® ‡xɪɇ¨ÉiÉ ° {É ºÉä ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ ® JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB E ÒMÉ<Ç ½ è * ´ÉɪÉÖ E É ´ÉäMÉ +Éè® ‡n „ÉÉ, ºÉÉ{ÉäIÉ +Ép ÇiÉÉ +Éè® iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ VÉèºÉä ¨ÉÉèºÉ¨É ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ |ÉSÉɱÉE Éå E Ò ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ E Éä ¦ÉÒ ´ÉɪÉÖ E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉE Ò ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò ºÉ¨Éä‡E iÉ E ® ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * |Én Ú¹ÉE Éå E Ò ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ SÉÉè¤ÉÒºÉ PÉÆ] ä VÉÉ® Ò ® ½ iÉÒ ½ è * |ÉiªÉäE SÉÉ® PÉÆ] ä {É® MÉèºÉÒªÉ|Én Ú¹ÉE Éå E Éä +Éè® |ÉiªÉäE +É` PÉÆ] ä {É® E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä xɨÉÚxÉä ‡±ÉB VÉÉiÉä ½ é * ½ ® ºÉ{iÉɽ n Éä ¤ÉÉ® +Éè® EÖ ±É ‡¨É±ÉÉE ® ´É¹ÉÇ ¦É® ¨Éå104 {É® ÒIÉhÉ ‡E B VÉÉiÉä ½ é * BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É E Ò ® ɹ] Å´ªÉÉ{ÉÒ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ {É® xÉWÉ® ® JÉxÉä Eä E É¨É ¨Éå Eä xp ÒªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhɇxɪÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç Eä IÉäjÉÒªÉ E ɪÉÉDZɪÉ, ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ® ÉVªÉÉå Eä |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç, Eä xp „ÉɇºÉiÉ |Én ä„ÉÉå E Ò |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iɪÉÉå,xÉÉMÉ{ÉÖ® ‡ºlÉiÉ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉƇjÉE Ò +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ (xÉÒ® Ò BxÉ<Ç<Ç+É® +É<Ç), ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ´ÉÒ (Eä xp ÒªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç)Eä ºÉÉlÉ VÉÖcä ½ ÖB ½ é * ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä +ÉÆE b Éå Eä ºÉÆE ±ÉxÉ ¨Éå ºÉÆMɇiÉ +Éè® BE ° {ÉiÉÉ ¤ÉxÉÉB ® JÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB <xÉBVÉ出ɪÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ¨Éx´ÉªÉxÉ E É E É¨É E ® iÉÉ ½ è +Éè® ¨ÉÉxÉÒ] Ë® MÉ Eä xp Éå Eä {ɇ® SÉɱÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB iÉE xÉÒE Ò +Éè® ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉ½ ɪÉiÉÉ |Én ÉxÉE ® iÉÉ ½ è *

´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ

´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä +ÉE ±ÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ Eä xp Éå E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <xÉE Éä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ® ÉVªÉÉå Eä |Én Ú¹ÉhɇxɪÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Éç (BºÉ{ÉÒ-ºÉÒ¤ÉÒ) B´ÉÆ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iɪÉÉå({ÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ +ÉÆE cÉå ºÉä ºÉֺɇVVÉiÉ E ® {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ b É] É ¤ÉéE Eä Vɇ® ªÉä Eä xp ÒªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç (ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ) Eä ´Éä¤ÉºÉÉ<] {É® b ɱÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ Eä ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ® ɹ] ÅҪɴÉɪÉÖ¨Éb ±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ® hÉE ® iÉÉ{É ‡´ÉtÖiÉ ºÉƪÉÆjÉÉå, ºÉÒ¨Éå] E É® JÉÉxÉÉå, ±ÉÉè½ B´ÉÆ <º{ÉÉiÉ =tÉäMÉ, +±ªÉÖ‡¨É‡xÉªÉ¨É =tÉäMÉ,{Éä] ÅÉä‡±ÉªÉ¨É iÉä±É „ÉÉävɇxɪÉÉå +ɇn VÉèºÉÒ +‡iÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉE É® Ò =tÉäMÉÉå Eä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò +‡vɺÉÚ‡SÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉÒ=q ä„ªÉ Eä ‡±ÉB xÉB +Éè® <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É Éå +É ® ½ ä Éɽ xÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÒ Éɽ xÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ ‡xÉE ɺÉÒ ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ‡xÉvÉÉÇ® hÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ ºÉƤÉÆvɨÉå xÉB Éɽ xÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ÉÉxÉE Éå (¦ÉÉ® iÉ º] äVÉ +Éè® ÉÉxÉE ) E Éä ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ ºiÉ® {É® ½ Ò ±ÉÉMÉÚ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è * <ÈvÉxÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ({Éä] ÅÉä±É,b ÒWɱÉ, vɨÉxÉ iÉä±É) Eä ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É ¦ÉÒ ‡xÉvÉÉÇ® hÉ E ® +‡vɺÉÚ‡SÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ SÉÖE É ½ è * +‡iÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉE É® Ò =tÉäMÉÉå E Ò 17 ¸Éä‡hɪÉÉå ºÉä½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉä ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ E Éä ‡xɪÉƇjÉiÉ E ® xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ÉÉxÉE Éå E É +xÉÖ{ÉɱÉxÉ ¦ÉÒ BºÉ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ +Éè® {ÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ½ Éä ® ½ É ½ è * <ºÉEä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò „´ÉºÉxÉÒªÉ ±É‡¨¤ÉiÉ E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä ‡±ÉB »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ (BºÉBBºÉ) n ä„É Eä 6 „ɽ ® Éå -- ‡n ±±ÉÒ, ¨ÉÖ ¤É<Ç, SÉäzÉ<Ç,E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ® , ¤ÉÆMɱÉÖ° +Éè® {ÉÖhÉä ¨Éå „ÉÖ° ½ Éä MɪÉÉ ½ è * U Éä] ä ºiÉ® {É® ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ¡è ±ÉÉxÉä ÉɱÉä =tÉäMÉÉå (VÉèºÉä <È] ¦É_ ä, º] ÉäxÉG „ɺÉÇ, º{ÉÆVɱÉÉè½ ºÉƪÉÆjÉ +ɇn ) Eä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÒ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉ´ÉÉ® hÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉå, ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„ÉÉå +Éè® ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉä {É® VÉÉä® ‡n ªÉÉ VÉÉ ® ½ ɽ è *

´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ½ äiÉÖ |ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ ±ÉIªÉ

BxÉBB¨É{ÉÒ Eä iɽ iÉ ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ Eä xp Éå E Ò ºÉÆJªÉÉ 11´ÉÓ {ÉÆSɴɹÉﻃ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ 342 ºÉä ¤Éf ÉÃE ® 700 E ® ‡n ªÉÉVÉÉBMÉÉ * ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò xɨÉÚxÉÉå E Ò =‡SÉiÉ ° {É ºÉä VÉÉÆSÉ-{É® JÉ E ® +ÉÆE cÉå E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Éä ¦ÉÒ ±ÉMÉÉiÉÉ® ºÉÖvÉÉ® xÉä E Ò |ɇG ªÉÉ VÉÉ® Ò ½ è *MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Eä |ɇiÉ ‡´É„´ÉÉºÉ ¤ÉxÉÉB ® JÉxÉä +Éè® MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ (CªÉÚBCªÉºÉÒ) Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ E ÉÇSÉɇ® ªÉÉå Eä |ɇ„ÉIÉhÉ +ɇn E Éä ¦ÉÒ|ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ® ½ É ½ è * E ɪÉÇG É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ, MÉƦÉÒ® ° {É ºÉä |Én Ú‡¹ÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ BE ±ÉÉJÉ ºÉä +‡vÉE +ɤÉÉn Ò ´ÉɱÉä„ɽ ® Éå ¨Éå ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±ÉÒªÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ xÉä] ÉEÇ ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ E ® xÉä E É |ɺiÉÉ´É ½ è *

n ä„ɦɮ ¨Éå EÖ ±É ‡¨É±ÉÉE ® 33 ºÉiÉiÉ ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ Eä xp (ºÉÒBBCªÉÚB¨ÉB) ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉä VÉÉ SÉÖEä ½ é * ªÉä Eä xp ‡n ±±ÉÒ(5), ¤ÉÆMɱÉÚ° (5), SÉäzÉ<Ç (5), „ÉÉä±ÉÉ{ÉÖ® (1), ½ èn ® ɤÉÉn (1), E Éä±ÉE ÉiÉÉ (2), ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç(2), SÉxp {ÉÖ® (1), n ÖMÉÉÇ{ÉÖ® (1), ½ ‡±n ªÉÉ (1),½ É´ÉcÉ(1), +½ Én ɤÉÉn (1), {ÉÖhÉä(1), MÉɇVɪÉɤÉÉn ( 1), +Éè® ¤Éb Éän ® É (1) Éä ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉä MÉB ½ é * BäºÉä ½ Ò +Éè® Eä xp ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ E ® xÉä

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 72: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

72Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

E Ò ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ½ è, ‡VÉxÉEä +ÉÆE cä, =ºÉÒ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ ´Éä¤ÉºÉÉ<] {É® b É±É ‡n ªÉä VÉÉBÆMÉä * MªÉÉ® ½ ÉÓ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ u É® É ‡Sɇ¼xÉiÉMÉƦÉÒ® ° {É ºÉä |Én Ú‡¹ÉiÉ IÉäjÉÉå +Éè® 59 Éä] ÅÉä „É½ ® Éå +Éè® ® ÉVªÉÉå E Ò ® ÉVÉvÉɇxɪÉÉå Éå ºÉÒBBCªÉÚB¨ÉBºÉ ºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB E n É =` ɪÉÉVÉÉxÉÉ |ɺiÉɇ´ÉiÉ ½ è * ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ E ® xÉä ´ÉɱÉä iÉÉ{É ‡´ÉtÖiÉ ºÉƪÉÆjÉÉå, º{ÉÆVÉ ±ÉÉè½ ºÉƪÉÆjÉÉå, º] xÉ G „ɺÉÇ, <È] ¦É_ Éå, E ÉäªÉ±ÉÉ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä ´ÉɱÉҦɇ^ ªÉÉå (E ÉäE +Éä´ÉxÉ {±ÉÉÆ] ºÉ), ±ÉÉè½ ‡¨É¸É vÉÉiÉÖ ºÉƪÉÆjÉÉå (¡ä ® É-B±ÉÉìªÉ {±ÉÉÄ] ºÉ) +ɇn ¨Éä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É |ɦÉÉ´ÉÒ f ÆMÉ ºÉäE ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ E É |ɺiÉÉ´É ¦ÉÒ ½ è * <ºÉÒ ºÉÆn ¦ÉÇ ¨Éå, ±ÉPÉÖ ºiÉ® {É® ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ¡è ±ÉÉxÉä ÉɱÉä =tÉäMÉÉå (º] ÉäxÉ G „ɺÉÇ, <È] ¦É] ä, ‡® -® Éä˱ÉMɇ¨É±ºÉ +ɇn ) ¨Éå ¦ÉÒ ¨ÉÉxÉE Éå E É +xÉÖ{ÉɱÉxÉ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ® ÉxÉä {É® ‡´É„Éä¹É vªÉÉxÉ ‡n ªÉÉ VÉÉ ® ½ É ½ è * JÉiÉ® xÉÉE ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉE Éå Eä ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ(BSÉB{ÉÒ) Eä E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä ‡G ªÉÉx´ÉªÉxÉ E Ò |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉäi{ÉÉn E iÉÉ Eä ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ E É ¦ÉÒ |ɺiÉÉ´É ½ è *

´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉɪÉå

´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ ¨Éå ºÉÖvÉÉ® E Ò E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ iÉèªÉÉ® E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB 16 xÉMÉ® Éå E Ò {ɽ SÉÉxÉ E Ò MÉ<Ç ½ é * <xɨÉå ºÉä ºÉÉiÉ xÉMÉ® Éå-+½ Én ɤÉÉn , E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ® , ºÉÉä±ÉÉ{ÉÖ® , ±ÉJÉxÉ> , ¤ÉÆMɱÉÖ° , SÉäzÉ<Ç +Éè® ½ èn ® ɤÉÉn E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Ò {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ (‡xÉ´ÉÉ® hÉ B´ÉƇxɪÉÆjÉhÉ) |ÉɇvÉE ® hÉ (<Ç{ÉÒºÉÒB) u É® É ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉ ® ½ Ò ½ è * E Éä±ÉE ÉiÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E É ºÉ¨¤ÉƇvÉiÉ =SSÉxªÉɪÉɱɪÉÉå® ÉVªÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb ÉÃç u É® É ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉ ® ½ Ò ½ è * „Éä¹É ºÉÉiÉ xÉMÉ® Éå--+ÉMÉ® É, Zɇ® ªÉÉ, ÉÉ® ÉhɺÉÒ, ¡ ® Òn ɤÉÉn , {É] xÉÉ,VÉÉävÉ{ÉÖ® +Éè® {ÉÖhÉä E Ò E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ +Éè® ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ E ® ® ½ É ½ è *

ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ xÉä ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ Eä ‡±ÉB ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„É |ÉE ɇ„ÉiÉ ‡E B ½ é * ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„ÉÉå ¨Éå ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉE Éå E Éä ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉäE Ò ‡´É‡vɪÉÉÆ, ºlÉ±É (±ÉÉäEä „ÉxÉ) ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ Eä xp Éå Eä ‡±ÉB {Ér ‡iɪÉÉå E É ‡´É´É® hÉ ‡n ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ |ÉhÉɱÉÒ ¨Éå BE ° {ÉiÉÉ ¤ÉxÉÉB® JÉxÉä ½ äiÉÖ ºÉ¦ÉÒ ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ BVÉ出ɪÉÉå E Éä ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„É VÉÉ® Ò ‡E B MÉB ½ é *

ºÉÉäºÉÇ B{ÉÉä„ÉÇxɨÉå] º] b Ò

»ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ (ºÉÉäºÉÇ B{ÉÉä„ÉÇxɨÉå] º] b Ò) iÉÆjÉ Eä =q 䄪ÉÉå ¨Éå =iºÉVÉÇxÉ iÉɇ±ÉE É, =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E Ò ° {É® äJÉÉ, ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉE Ò ‡xÉMÉ® ÉxÉÒ, +ÉÆE b Éå E É ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÆE xÉ +Éè® =xÉE Ò |ÉɨÉɇhÉE iÉÉ ‡ºÉr E ® xÉÉ iÉlÉÉ PÉ] E ‡´É„±Éä¹ÉhÉ +Éè® +‡vÉOÉɽ Ò |ÉÉn „ÉÇ E É <ºiÉä¨ÉɱÉE ® iÉä ½ ÖB ¤ÉÉ® ÒE {ÉÚhÉÇ+É® BºÉ{ÉÒB¨É E É »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ ºÉ‡¨¨É‡±ÉiÉ ½ è * +vªÉªÉxÉ Éå ® ɺÉɪɇxÉE {ɇ® ÉÉhÉ ºÉÆiÉÖ±ÉxÉ, +‡¦ÉOÉɽ Ò |ÉÉn „ÉÇ +Éè® +É<ÇBºÉºÉÒ ‡´ÉºÉVÉÇxÉ |ÉÉn „ÉÇ Eä ={ɪÉÉäMÉ E Éä ¦ÉÒ „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ªÉ½ +vªÉªÉxÉ ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ xÉMÉ® Éå Eä ‡±ÉB ={ɪÉÖH ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ|ɤÉÆvÉxÉ E Ò iÉE xÉÒE ‡xÉvÉÉLJ® iÉ E ® äMÉÉ +Éè® ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ´ÉɪÉÖMÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ E Éä ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä ¨Éå ‡n „ÉÉ-‡xÉn æ„É E É +ÉvÉÉ® iÉèªÉÉ® E ® äMÉÉ *

E ɤÉLJxÉE ® ºÉɪÉxÉ Eä E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä Sɇ® jÉ-‡SÉjÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BE +vªÉªÉxÉ +±ÉMÉ ºÉä ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ® ½ É ½ è * <ºÉEä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ, ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É¨Éå E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉç Eä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉå Eä ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ Eä |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ E É {ÉiÉÉ ±ÉMÉÉxÉä 6 „ɽ ® Éå Eä ´ÉɪÉÖ¨ÉÆb ±É ¨Éå ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn ¤ÉÉ® ÒE E hÉÒªÉ {Én ÉlÉÉçEä »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ (BºÉB) E É ‡´ÉºiÉÞiÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ ¦ÉÒ „ÉÖ° ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ Éå ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉå Eä ªÉÉäMÉn ÉxÉ E É ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ E ® xÉäEä ‡±ÉB +MɺiÉ, 2003 ¨Éå iÉä±É E Æ{ɇxɪÉÉå xÉä »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ E Ò {ɽ ±É E Ò lÉÒ * <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÉ® iÉÒªÉ iÉä±É ‡xÉMÉ¨É (+É<Ç+ÉäºÉÒ)+Éè® ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ +‡¦ÉªÉÉƇjÉE Ò +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ ºÉƺlÉÉxÉ (BxÉ<Ç<Ç+É® +É<Ç-xÉ® Ò) Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ‡n ±±ÉÒ ¨Éå +vªÉªÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB BE ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉYÉÉ{ÉxÉ {É® ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ lÉÉ * ¤ÉÉn ¨Éå <ºÉE É ‡´ÉºiÉÉ® E ® <ºÉ¨Éå ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ ºÉƺlÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ºÉÉlÉ U ½ +Éè® „ɽ ® Éå E Éä ¦ÉÒ „Éɇ¨É±ÉE ® ‡±ÉªÉÉ MɪÉÉ * <ºÉ ºÉ¨ÉÚSÉä E ɪÉÇ {É® 20 E ® Éäc ¯ {ɪÉä JÉSÉÇ ½ ÉäxÉä lÉä * <ºÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ E É ºÉ¨Éx´ÉªÉ Eä xp ÒªÉ {Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ ¤ÉÉäb Ç(úÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ) E ® ® ½ É ½ è *

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 73: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

73Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

PÉ] xÉÉ+ÉäÆ-VÉèºÉä ±ÉÚ SɱÉxÉä +Éè® ¦ÉÉ® Ò ´É¹ÉÉÇ ½ ÉäxÉä, E Ò +É´ÉÞ‡iiÉ, +´É‡vÉ +Éè® iÉÒµÉiÉÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤Én ±ÉÉ´É +ÉB ½ é* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä ¨ÉÉxɴɺ´ÉɺlªÉ E Éä ® ÉäMÉ´Éɽ E ÉäÆ (¨ÉSU ® +ɇn ) ºÉä ¡è ±ÉxÉä ÉɱÉÒ ¤ÉÒ¨Éɇ® ªÉÉäÆ E É JÉiÉ® É ¦ÉÒ ¤Ég VÉÉBMÉÉ* VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ E É ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ{É® ‡´É¹É¨ÉiÉÉ{ÉÚhÉÇ n Ö¹|ɦÉÉ´É {ÉcäMÉÉ +Éè® <ºÉºÉä º´ÉɺlªÉ IÉäjÉ, ¦ÉÉäVÉxÉ, º´ÉSU VÉ±É +Éè® +xªÉ ºÉƺÉÉvÉxÉÉäÆ iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨ÉäÆ {ɽ ±Éä ºÉäVÉÉ® Ò +ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉiÉÉBÆ +Éè® ¦ÉÒ ¤Ég VÉɪÉäÆMÉÒ* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä ¨ÉɨɱÉä ¨ÉäÆ ‡´É„Éä¹É iÉÉè® {É® MÉÆƦÉÒ® ° {É ºÉä ‡SÉƇiÉiÉ ½ è CªÉÉäƇE ´É½ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ E Ò o ‡¹] ºÉä +ÉVÉÒ‡´ÉE É Eä ‡±ÉB EÞ ‡¹É B´ÉÆ ¨ÉɇxÉE Ò VÉèºÉä IÉäjÉÉäÆ {É® ‡xɦÉÇ® ½ è, VÉÉä VɱɴÉɪÉÖ E Ò o ‡¹] ºÉä +iªÉÆiÉ ºÉÆ´Éän xÉ„Éұɽ è*

+vªÉªÉxÉ Eä n Éè® ÉxÉ ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ +Éè® ‡n Mn „ÉÇxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉ‡SÉ´É, ÉxÉ B´ÉÆ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ (<ÇBÆb B¡ ) E Ò +vªÉIÉiÉÉ ¨Éå ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® E Ò ºÉÆSÉɱÉxɺɇ¨É‡iÉ E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * iÉE xÉÒE Ò VÉÉxÉE É® Ò |Én ÉxÉ E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ Eä +vªÉIÉ E Ò +vªÉIÉiÉÉ ¨Éå BE iÉE xÉÒE Һɇ¨É‡iÉ E É MÉ` xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉEä ºÉn ºªÉÉå ¨Éå ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ iÉE xÉÒE Ò ºÉƺlÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® ºÉÆMÉ` xÉÉå Eä ‡´É„Éä¹ÉYÉÉå E Éä „Éɇ¨É±É ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è* iÉE xÉÒE Ò ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ xÉä ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ +vªÉªÉxÉÉå, ºÉ´É æIÉhÉÉå, o ‡¹] E ÉähÉ, E ɪÉLJ´É‡vÉ, E ɪÉÇ ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ +Éè® +xªÉ +É´É„ªÉE |ÉhÉɇ±ÉªÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB „ÉiÉÉçE É +xÉÖ¨ÉÉän xÉ E ® ‡n ªÉÉ ½ è *

ºÉÒ{ÉÒºÉÒ¤ÉÒ xÉä ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç, SÉäzÉ<Ç +Éè® E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ® Eä »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ Eä ‡±ÉB G É„É: xÉÒ® Ò (BxÉ<Ç<Ç+É® +É<Ç), +É<Ç+É<Ç] Ò-¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç +Éè® +É<Ç+É<Ç] Ò E ÉxÉ{ÉÖ® Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ Eä ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉä (B¨É+ÉäºÉÒ) {É® ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® E ® xÉä Eä ºÉÉlÉ ½ Ò Éɽ xÉÉå Eä +±ÉÉ´ÉÉ +xªÉ »ÉÉäiÉÉå E Ò ºÉÉäºÉÇ|ÉÉä¡ É<˱ÉMÉ Eä ‡±ÉB +É<Ç+É<Ç] Ò ¨ÉÖ ¤É<Ç Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉ¨ÉZÉÉèiÉÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è * ¦ÉÉ® iÉÒªÉ ´Éɽ xÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ BºÉÉ䇺ɪÉä„ÉxÉ (B+É® B+É<Ç), {ÉÖhÉä xÉä+vªÉªÉxÉ Éå +É´É„ªÉE VÉÉxÉE É® Ò Eä iÉÉè® {É® ´Éɽ xÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E É® E Éå {É® +vªÉªÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡xɹE ¹ÉÉçE É ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆE xÉ iÉE xÉÒE Ò ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ E ® äMÉÒ +Éè® +xiÉ® ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® E Ò ºÉ¨ÉE IÉ ºÉ‡¨É‡iÉ ºÉä <ºÉE Ò ºÉ¨ÉÒIÉÉ E ® ɪÉä VÉÉxÉä E É |ɺiÉÉ´É ½ è *<xÉ ={ÉɪÉÉå E É |ɺiÉÉ´É <ºÉ‡±ÉB ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è CªÉÉå‡E <ºÉ iÉ® ½ E É »ÉÉäiÉ |ɦÉÉVÉxÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå {ɽ ±ÉÒ ¤ÉÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è +Éè® <ºÉ +vªÉªÉxÉ E É ‡xɹE ¹ÉÇ ¦ÉÉ´ÉÒ xÉÒ‡iÉMÉiÉ ‡xÉhÉǪÉÉå E É +ÉvÉÉ® iÉèªÉÉ® E ® äMÉÉ *

´Éɽ xÉ-<ÈvÉxÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ

{Éä] ÅÉä‡±ÉªÉ¨É +Éè® |ÉÉEÞ ‡iÉE MÉèºÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ xÉä BE ´Éɽ xÉ <ÈvÉxÉ xÉÒ‡iÉ (+É] Éä {É> ªÉÚ±É {Éɇ±ÉºÉÒ) E É |ɇiÉ{ÉÉn xÉ ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è, ‡VɺÉE É =q 䄪ɴÉɽ xÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ =iºÉVÉÇxÉÉå, ´Éɽ xÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉå +Éè® ´Éɽ xÉ <ÈvÉxÉ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ E Ò ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ E É E É JÉSÉÇ {É® ´ªÉÉ{ÉE +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉOÉ ° {É ºÉä+vªÉªÉxÉ E ® xÉä Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ <ÈvÉxÉ +É{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ E Ò ºÉÖ® IÉÉ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ® xÉÉ ½ è* xÉÒ‡iÉ Eä =q 䄪ÉÉå ¨Éå <ÈvÉxÉ E Ò ºlÉɪÉÒ, ºÉÖ® ‡IÉiÉ, E ÉJÉSÉÔ±ÉÒ +Éè® ‡xɤÉÉÇvÉ +É{ÉÚ‡iÉÇ ºÉÖ‡xɇ„SÉiÉ E ® xÉÉ, E SSÉä iÉä±É +Éè® E SSÉä iÉä±É Eä =i{ÉÉn Éå Eä +ɪÉÉiÉ E Ò ºÉÆ® SÉxÉÉ E É +‡vÉE iÉ¨É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ,|ɺÉƺE ® hÉ +Éè® =i{ÉÉn xÉ, ¦ÉÆb É® hÉ +Éè® {ɇ® ɽ xÉ, ºÉÉ´ÉÇVɇxÉE º´ÉɺlªÉ E Ò o ‡¹] ºÉä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ +Éè® ´ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ +É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Ò¦ÉÉ´ÉÒ |É´ÉÞ‡kɪÉÉå E É +ÉE ±ÉxÉ iÉlÉÉ Éɽ xÉ =iºÉVÉÇxÉ Eä BäºÉä ÉÉxÉE Éå E Éä +{ÉxÉÉxÉÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ è, VÉÉä ÉɪÉÖ MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ {É® ‡xÉhÉÉǪÉE |ɦÉÉ´É b ɱɺÉEå * xÉÒ‡iÉ Éå xÉB ´Éɽ xÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨Éå E ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ºÉÉlÉ-ºÉÉlÉ <ºiÉä¨ÉÉ±É ½ Éä ® ½ ä ´Éɽ xÉÉå Eä =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ¨Éå ¦ÉÒ E ÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä E Ò° {É® äJÉÉ n Ò MÉ<Ç ½ è* <ºÉ¨Éå <ÈvÉxÉ E Ò MÉÖhÉ´ÉkÉÉ +Éè® +xªÉ ={ÉE ® hÉÉå Eä ‡±ÉB ¦ÉÒ ¨ÉÉxÉE ‡xÉvÉÉLJ® iÉ ‡E ªÉä MÉB ½ é *

¦ÉÚ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¡ Éä® É

¦ÉÉ® iÉ ÉäÆ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ ‡½ iÉvÉÉ® E ÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ E É ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB +Éè® ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ |ɇiɇxɇvɪÉÉäÆ E Éä ºÉ´ÉÉ ækÉɨÉ|ɇG ªÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä +É{ÉºÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤ÉÉÆ] E ® B´ÉÆ BE -n ںɮ ä iÉE {ɽ ÖÄSÉÉE ® BE ºÉÉlÉ E É¨É E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉäiºÉɇ½ iÉ E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ B´ÉÆ|ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ +Éè® ¦ÉÚ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ +Éè® BSÉ.BºÉ.¤ÉÒ.ºÉÒ. <Ƈb ªÉÉ xÉä "¦ÉÚ‡´ÉYÉÉxÉ ¡ Éä® É' Eä xÉÉ¨É ºÉä YÉÉiÉ BE ¡ Éä® É E É ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉE ® iÉä ½ ÖB ‡n ±±ÉÒ ÉäÆ BE ºÉ½ ɇiÉ {ÉjÉ {É® ½ ºiÉÉIÉ® ‡E ªÉÉ ½ è*<ºÉ ¡ Éä® É Eä iɽ iÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ xÉäiÉÞi´É {ɇ® ¹Én VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉE É E ÉäºÉÇ ¤ÉxÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB BE ´É¹ÉÇ ¨ÉäÆ E É ºÉä E É n Éä ¤ÉÉ® ‡¨É±ÉäMÉÉ +Éè® <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ =tÉäMÉ, ºÉ® E É® , ‡„ÉIÉÉ +Éè® MÉè® ºÉ® E É® Ò ºÉÆMÉ` xÉÉäÆ Eä

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 74: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

74Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

|ɇiɇxɇvÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ ÉäÆMÉä* „ɽ ® ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉɴɇvÉE =tÉäMÉ ‡´É‡„ɹ] VÉÉxÉE É® Ò E ɪÉÇ„ÉɱÉÉBÆ +ɪÉÉä‡VÉiÉ E Ò VÉÉBÆMÉÒ +Éè® ¨ÉÖJªÉ ±ÉIªÉ =iE ¹ÉÇhÉ=tÉäMÉ (iÉä±É, JÉxÉxÉ), ‡® ªÉ±É <º] ä] , ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò +Éè® B¡ .B¨É.ºÉÒ.VÉÒ. VÉèºÉä E ɤÉÇxÉ <Æ] Æä‡ºÉ´É =tÉäMÉ ½ ÉäÆMÉä*ªÉ½ ¡ Éä® É VɱɴÉɪÉÖ{ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ xÉäiÉÞi´É {ɇ® ¹Én E Ò E É® Ç ÉÉ<ªÉÉäÆ, +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ |ɤÉÆvÉÉäÆ, =tÉäMÉ ‡´É‡„ɹ] ‡xɨxÉ E ɤÉÇxÉ ® hÉxÉÒ‡iɪÉÉÆ, ‡´É¹ÉªÉ ´ÉºiÉÖ {ÉjÉÉäÆ +Éè® n ä„É E ÒVɱɴÉɪÉÖ ‡® {ÉÉä] Éç E É |ɺÉÉ® E ® äMÉÉ* <ºÉEä +‡iɇ® H ªÉ½ ¡ Éä® É +É¨É VÉxÉiÉÉ, ¤ÉSSÉÉäÆ B´ÉÆ ªÉÖ´ÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ¤ÉÒSÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® VÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ¤ÉÉiÉSÉÒiÉ E É ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ iÉèªÉÉ® E ® äMÉÉ*

VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ +xÉÖ ÉÉxÉÉäÆ ºÉä ºÉÆEä iÉ ‡¨É±ÉiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ {É® E <Ç iÉ® ½ Eä n Ö¹|ɦÉÉ´É {Éc ® ½ ä ½ é, ‡VÉxɨÉäÆ +‡iÉ´ÉÉn Ò

º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ

ºÉƪÉÖCiÉ ® ɹ] Å VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ £ä É´ÉEÇ E x´ÉäÆ„ÉxÉ (ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) ºÉä ºÉƤÉr CªÉÉä] Éä |ÉÉä] ÉäE Éä±É Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ(ºÉÒb ÒB¨É) ±ÉSÉÒ±Éä |ɤÉÆvÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉä BE ½ è* <ºÉ¨ÉäÆ ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„ÉÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºlÉɪÉÒ +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ +xÉÖEÚ ±É |ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉäÆ Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxÉ E ɺɨÉlÉÇxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è, +Éè® +ÉètÉä‡MÉE ® ɹ] ÅÉäÆ ºÉä =¨¨ÉÒn E Ò MɪÉÒ ½ è ‡E Éä ±ÉÉMÉiÉ ÉäÆ ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉ Eä ={ÉÉªÉ E ® iÉä ½ ÖB =iºÉVÉÇxÉ ÉäÆ E ÉÒ±ÉÉxÉä Eä +{ÉxÉä n ɇªÉi´ÉÉäÆ E Éä {ÉÚ® É E ® äÆMÉä* ¦ÉÉ® iÉ E Ò º´ÉSU ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ (ºÉÒb ÒB¨É) IɨÉiÉÉ ´É臄´ÉE ºÉÒb ÒB¨É ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® E É BE ¨É½ kÉ´É{ÉÚhÉÇ PÉ] E ½ è* 23 ¨É<Ç 2007 E Éä ºÉÒb ÒB¨É E ɪÉÇE É® Ò ¤ÉÉäb Ç u É® É {ÉÆVÉÒEÞ iÉ EÖ ±É 674 {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ¨ÉäÆ ºÉä 235 ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ºÉäºÉƤÉr ½ é* ªÉ½ ºÉÆJªÉÉ ‡´É„´É Eä ‡E ºÉÒ ¦ÉÒ +xªÉ n ä„É E Ò ºÉÒb ÒB¨É {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉä +‡vÉE ½ è* xÉä„ÉxÉ±É ºÉÒb ÒB¨É +ÉìlÉÉ䇮 ] Ò +¦ÉÒ iÉE 615 {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ¨ÉÆVÉÚ® Ò n ä SÉÖE É ½ è, ‡VÉxÉ {É® 54,536 E ® Éäc ¯ {ɪÉä ‡xÉ´Éä„É ‡E B VÉɪÉäÆMÉä* ªÉä {ɇ® ªÉÉäVÉxÉÉBÆ > VÉÉÇ Eä ‡E ¡ ɪÉiÉÒ<ºiÉä¨ÉɱÉ, <ÈvÉxÉ ¨ÉäÆ ¤Én ±ÉÉ´É, +ÉètÉä‡MÉE |ɇG ªÉÉ+ÉäÆ, „ɽ ® Eä ` ÉäºÉ E SÉ® ä +Éè® +IÉªÉ > VÉÉÇ »ÉÉäiÉÉäÆ ºÉä ºÉƤÉr ½ è*

+ÆiÉ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ

VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ {É® ºÉƪÉÖH ® ɹ] Å ={ɺÉƇvÉ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ +ÆiÉ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖn ÉªÉ ºÉä ªÉ½ +{ÉäIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è ‡E ´É½ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉE Éä ¦É® {ÉÚ® ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ n äMÉÉ* <ºÉ E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ Eä iɽ iÉ ¦ÉÉ® iÉ +{ÉxÉÒ |ɇiɤÉr iÉÉ n Éä½ ® ÉiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ´É½ "ºÉÉZÉÉ {É® ÆiÉÖ ´ÉMÉÔEÞ iÉ n ɇªÉi´ÉÉå ´É+{ÉxÉÒ +{ÉxÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ+ÉäÆ" Eä ‡ºÉr ÉÆiÉ Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä Eä ¤É½ ÖºiÉ® ÒªÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ ¨Éå +{ÉxÉÒ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉxÉä Eä ‡±ÉB iÉèªÉÉ® ½ è*

E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ¨Éå ªÉ½ º´ÉÒE É® ‡E ªÉÉ MɪÉÉ ½ è ‡E ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ E Ò n Éèc ¨Éå VÉÉä +lÉÇ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉBÆ VªÉÉn É E ɤÉÇxÉ E É =iºÉVÉÇxÉ E ® iÉÒ ½ é =ºÉä E ÉE ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò E Ò +½ É ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ½ è* <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB BäºÉä iÉÉè® iÉ® ÒE Éå +Éè® ® ɺiÉÉå E Éä JÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ ‡VÉxÉEä Vɇ® B |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE ÒBE ½ ÉlÉ ºÉä n ںɮ ä ½ ÉlÉ ¨Éå VÉÉ ºÉEä * <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB =‡SÉiÉ vÉxÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ E Ò VÉ° ® iÉ ½ è* <ºÉEä +±ÉÉ´ÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ E Éä ºÉÉ¡ ® JÉxÉä Eä ={ÉÉªÉ E ® xÉä ½ ÉåMÉä +Éè® ‡´ÉE ɺɄÉÒ±É n ä„É E Ò +´É„ÉÉä¹ÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ ¤Éf ÉÃxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* E ɤÉÇxÉ Eä ¤ÉÉVÉÉ® Éå EÖ U ºÉÖvÉÉ® E ® xÉä ½ ÉåMÉä VÉèºÉä ¤ÉÆb ˱ÉMÉ´É |ÉÉäOÉɨÉè‡] E ºÉÒb ÒB¨É E Éä n Ö¯ ºiÉ E ® xÉÉ ¦ÉÒ VÉ° ® Ò ½ è +Éè® <ºÉä ¤É½ ÖºiÉ® {É® ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉxÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ*

={ɪÉÖH +xÉÖEÚ ±ÉxÉ ={ÉɪÉÉå Eä Vɇ® B VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä xÉE É® Éi¨ÉE |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉå E Éä E É E ® xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ªÉÚBxÉB¡ ºÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ Eä E ɪÉÉÇx´ÉªÉxɨÉå iÉäVÉÒ ±ÉÉxÉä Eä ´ÉɺiÉä +ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ E Éä |ɪÉÉºÉ E ® xÉÉ SÉɇ½ B* ªÉä |ɪÉÉºÉ E É® Ç´ÉÉ<ǪÉÉå ´É ={ÉɪÉÉå Eä ºÉÆn ¦ÉÇ ¨Éå <ǨÉÉxÉn É® ÉxÉÉ ´É¤É® ɤɮ Ò Eä +ÉvÉÉ® {É® ½ ÉäxÉä SÉɇ½ B* <ºÉEä ‡±ÉB ‡´ÉE ‡ºÉiÉ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä ‡´ÉkÉÒªÉ ¨Én n ¤É® ɤɮ n äxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B +Éè® +xªÉ n ä„ÉÉå E Éä|ÉÉètÉä‡MɇE ªÉÉÄ ºÉºiÉÒ n ® Éå {É® ={ɱɤvÉ E ® ÉxÉÒ SÉɇ½ B*¦ÉÉ® iÉ E Ò VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ E ɪÉǪÉÉäVÉxÉÉ ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE ´É iÉE xÉÒE Ò

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 75: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

75Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

YÉÉxÉ {É® +ÉvÉɇ® iÉ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* ªÉ½ ¤É½ ÖºiÉ® ÒªÉ VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ ‡xɪɨÉÉå Eä +xÉÖ° {É ½ ÉäMÉÒ ‡VɺɨÉå +ÆiÉ® Éǹ] ÅÒªÉ ºÉ½ ªÉÉäMÉ E Ò ¤ÉÉiÉ ¦ÉÒ „Éɇ¨É±É½ è*

M±ÉÉä¤É±É ´Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ

´ÉèYÉɇxÉE Éå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ ¨Éå ¨ÉÉèVÉÚn OÉÒxɽ É=ºÉ MÉèºÉå ±ÉÉè] xÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ +‡iɇ® H =¹¨ÉÉ E Éä ºÉÉäJÉ ® ½ Ò ½ è, ‡VɺɺÉä vÉ® iÉÒ E Ò ºÉiɽ E É iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ¤Éf ® ý É ½ è * BäºÉÒ +É„ÉÆE É ½ è ‡E 21´ÉÓ ºÉn Ò Eä ¤ÉÒiÉiÉä-¤ÉÒiÉiÉä {ÉÞl´ÉÒ Eä +ÉèºÉiÉ iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ¨Éå 1.1 ºÉä 6.4 ‡b OÉÒ ºÉå] ÒOÉäb E Ò ¤Éf ÉÃäiÉ® Ò ½ Éä VÉÉBMÉÒ * ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå ¤ÉÆMÉÉ±É E Ò JÉÉcÒ Eä +ɺÉ{ÉÉºÉ ªÉ½ ´ÉÞ‡r 2 ‡b OÉÒ iÉE ½ ÉäMÉÒ, VɤɇE ‡½ ÉɱɪÉÒ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå {ÉÉ® É 4‡b OÉÒ iÉE SÉf VÉÃÉBMÉÉ * ºÉÚJÉÉ, +‡iÉ´ÉÞ‡¹] , SÉG ÉÉiÉ +Éè® ºÉ¨ÉÖp Ò ½ ±ÉSɱÉÉå E Éä ´ÉèYÉɇxÉE iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ´ÉÞ‡r E É xÉiÉÒVÉÉ ¤ÉiÉÉiÉä ½ é *´ÉèYÉɇxÉE Éå Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ´ÉÞ‡r Eä E É® hÉ ºÉ¨ÉÖp ºiÉ® ¨Éå VÉÉä ´ÉÞ‡r ½ ÉäMÉÒ ´É½ n Ö‡xɪÉÉ Eä iÉ] ÒªÉ <±ÉÉE Éå ¨Éå E ½ ® ¤É® {ÉÉ n äMÉÒ *B‡„ɪÉÉ ¨É½ Éu Ò{É <ºÉ‡±ÉB ºÉ´ÉÉLJvÉE |ɦÉɇ´ÉiÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ ‡E <ºÉ ¨É½ Éu Ò{É ¨Éå iÉ] ÒªÉ <±ÉÉE Éå ¨Éå ® ½ xÉä ´ÉɱÉä ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Ò ºÉÆJªÉÉ ¤É½ ÖiÉ +‡vÉE ½ è*SÉÒxÉ, ¦ÉÉ® iÉ, ¤ÉÉÆM±ÉÉn ä„É, ‡´ÉªÉiÉxÉɨÉ, <Æb ÉäxÉ䇄ɪÉÉ +Éè® VÉÉ{ÉÉxÉ ¨Éå ºÉ´ÉÉLJvÉE VÉxÉ-vÉxÉ E Ò ½ ɇxÉ ½ ÉäMÉÒ* iÉ] ÒªÉ IÉäjÉÉå ºÉ‡½ iÉ ‡´É‡¦ÉzÉ IÉäjÉÉå{É® VɱɴÉɪÉÖ {ɇ® ÉiÉÇxÉ Eä |ɦÉÉ´ÉÉå {É® {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ B´ÉÆ ´ÉxÉ ¨ÉÆjÉÉ±ÉªÉ u É® É E ® ÉB MÉB BE +vªÉªÉxÉ Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® ºÉ¨ÉÖp -ºiÉ® ¨Éå BE ¨ÉÒ] ® ´ÉÞ‡r ºÉä ¦ÉÉ® iÉ Eä 5764 ´ÉMÉÇ ‡E ±ÉÉä¨ÉÒ] ® iÉ] ÒªÉ IÉäjÉ b Ú¤ÉxÉä E Ò ºÉƦÉÉ´ÉxÉÉ ½ è,‡VɺɺÉä +xÉÖ¨ÉÉxÉiÉ: 7.1 ‡¨É‡±ÉªÉxÉ ±ÉÉäMÉ ‡´ÉºlÉɇ{ÉiÉ ½ ÉåMÉä*

M±ÉÉä¤É±É ´Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ Eä ¤Éf iÉÃä JÉiÉ® ä ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä Eä ‡±ÉB ¤ÉéE ÉìE ¨Éå 120 n ä„ÉÉå E Ò ¤Éè` E ½ Ö<Ç * <Æ] ® MÉ´ÉxÉÇ Éå] ±É {ÉèxÉ±É +ÉìxÉ C±ÉÉ<¨Éä] SÉåVÉ(+É<Ç{ÉÒºÉÒºÉÒ) E Ò ‡® {ÉÉä] Ç Eä +xÉÖºÉÉ® +MÉ® n Ö‡xɪÉÉ E Ò EÖ ±É +ɨÉn xÉÒ E É iÉÒxÉ |ɇiÉ„ÉiÉ ‡½ ººÉÉ ¦ÉÒ M±ÉÉä¤É±É Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ ºÉä ‡xÉ{É] xÉä {É® JÉSÉLJE ªÉÉ VÉÉB iÉÉä 2030 iÉE iÉÉ{ɨÉÉxÉ ´ÉÞ‡r E Éä n Éä ‡b OÉÒ ºÉ䇱ºÉªÉºÉ iÉE ºÉÒ‡¨ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è*

¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É

<ºÉ vÉ® iÉÒ {É® +¤É iÉE xÉ VÉÉxÉä ‡E iÉxÉÒ ½ Ò ºÉ¦ªÉiÉÉBÆ =‡n iÉ +Éè® xɹ] ½ Ö<Ç,<ºÉE É ¤ªÉÉè® É ¦ÉÒ +¦ÉÒ iÉE ¨ÉxÉÖ¹ªÉ xɽ Ó f ÚÆf {ÉɪÉÉ ½ è*½ É =xÉ ºÉ¦ªÉiÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä f ÚÆf iÉä-f ÚÆf iÉä º´ÉªÉÆ ¦ÉÒ =ºÉÒ ® ɺiÉä {É® SÉ±É ® ½ ä ½ é* {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉÒªÉVÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ ‡„ÉIÉÉ ¨Éå ´ªÉÉ{ÉE SÉäiÉxÉÉ ±ÉÉxÉä ¨Éå ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ ¦ÉÒ =±±ÉäJÉxÉÒªÉ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è * {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ xÉÒ‡iɪÉÉå Eä ‡xÉvÉÉÇ® hÉ +Éè® ‡xɪÉÉäVÉxÉ ¨Éå VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ E Ò ºÉ½ ¦ÉɇMÉiÉÉ iɦÉÒ |ɦÉÉ´ÉÒ ½ Éä ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è VÉ¤É =x½ å {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ ¨ÉÖq Éå E Ò {ɪÉÉÇ{iÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ B´ÉÆVÉÉxÉE É® Ò ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® n Ò VÉÉB * ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ ºÉä +{ÉäIÉÉ E Ò VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è ‡E ´Éä ´É臄´ÉE , IÉäjÉÒªÉ B´ÉÆ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ ºiÉ® {É® ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ ½ ÉäxÉä ´ÉɱÉÒ{ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ PÉ] xÉÉ+ÉäÆ, ºÉ¨ÉÉSÉÉ® Éå +Éè® ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ iÉE <ºÉ f ÆMÉ ºÉä {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉB ‡E ´Éä iÉlªÉÉå E É ºÉ½ Ò ‡´É„±Éä¹ÉhÉ E ® +{ÉxÉÒ® ÉªÉ ¤ÉxÉÉ ºÉEå * ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ E É ±ÉIªÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ Eä ‡xÉ® ÉE ® hÉ Eä =q ä„ªÉ ºÉä ´ªÉ‡H E Éä ºÉ¨ÉZÉ, ‡´É´ÉäE , ´ªÉɴɽ ɇ® E -YÉÉxÉ,E Éè„É±É |Én ÉxÉ E ® xÉÉ ½ ÉäxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B * ªÉ‡H , ºÉ¨ÉÉVÉ, n ä„É B´ÉÆ ® ɹ] Å Éå {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ xÉ Eä É±É VÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ, SÉäiÉxÉÉ B´ÉÆ ‡SÉ VÉÉMÉÞiÉE ® xÉÉ ½ ÉäxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B ¤É‡±E {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ Eä |ɇiÉ |É䇮 iÉ E ® xÉÉ ¦ÉÒ ½ ÉäxÉÉ SÉɇ½ B *

Ë|É] ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É: Ë|É] ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ (¨ÉÖ‡p iÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É) {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ VÉxɺÉÆSÉÉ® E É BE ºÉ„ÉH +Éè® ´ªÉÉ{ÉE ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½ è * ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå19 |ɨÉÖJÉ ¦ÉɹÉÉ+ÉäÆ ºÉ‡½ iÉ 100 ºÉä +‡vÉE ¦ÉɹÉÉ+ÉäÆ +Éè® ¤ÉÉ䇱ɪÉÉå ¨Éå ºÉ¨ÉÉSÉÉ® {ÉjÉ-{ɇjÉE ÉBÆ |ÉE ɇ„ÉiÉ ½ Éä ® ½ Ò ½ é * ªÉ½ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É±ÉÉäE iÉÉƇjÉE ´ªÉ´ÉºlÉÉ Eä +xÉÖ° {É ºÉ´ÉÉLJvÉE VÉÒ´ÉxiÉ ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½ è* {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ ¨Éå <xÉE Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ¨É½ i´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ½ Éä ºÉE iÉÒ ½ é ¤É„ÉiÉ æ ‡E ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉE ÉÔ =q 䄪É{É® E o ‡¹] E ÉähÉ +{ÉxÉÉBÆ * <ºÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É Eä u É® É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ɺÉÉ® hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ ½ äiÉÖ +xÉÖEÚ ±É´ÉÉiÉÉ´É® hÉ E É ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉÉSÉÉ® Éå, E ɪÉÇG ÉÉå, ±ÉäJÉÉå, ¡ ÒSÉ® Éå, ºÉÉIÉÉiE É® Éå E É |ÉE É„ÉxÉ VÉxɨÉiÉ ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ E ® xÉä ¨Éå ºÉ½ ɪÉE ‡ºÉr ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½ é* {ÉÉäº] ® Éå +Éè® ‡SÉjÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ, ½ ÉÉ® É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ¤ÉSÉÉ+Éä, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ Eä |ɇiÉ |Éä¨É, {Éäc

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 76: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

76Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

±ÉMÉÉ+Éä, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ +Éè® |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ +ɇn ºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ ºÉƇIÉ{iÉ ‡E xiÉÖ |ɦÉÉ´É„ÉɱÉÒ ºÉÆn ä„ÉÉå E Éä VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ Eä ¨ÉvªÉ ºÉ¨|É䇹ÉiÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉɺÉE iÉÉ ½ è *

<±ÉäC] ÅɇxÉE ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É: <±ÉäC] ÅɇxÉE ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ Eä +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ® ä‡b ªÉÉä, ] ä±ÉÒ‡´ÉVÉxÉ, ‡¡ ±¨É, ¨É±] Ò ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ +Éè® +Éì‡b ªÉÉä-´ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉä,º±ÉÉ<b , ‡xÉ+ÉäxÉ ºÉÉ<xÉ +ÉiÉä ½ é *

® ä‡b ªÉÉä Eä ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉxÉÉä® ÆVÉxÉ ºÉ¨|É䇹ÉiÉ ½ ÉäiÉÉ ½ è* <ºÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ VÉxÉ iÉE {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ,{ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´É ºÉÖ® IÉÉ B´ÉÆ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ, {Éäc ±ÉMÉÉ+Éä +‡¦ÉªÉÉxÉ E ɪÉÇG ÉÉå ºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ VÉÉxÉE É® Ò +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä¦ÉäVÉÒ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ é * ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå ¨ÉÖ¨¤É<Ç ¨Éå ® ä‡b ªÉÉä C±É¤É u É® É VÉÚxÉ, 1923 ¨Éå |ÉlÉ¨É ¤ÉÉ® |ɺÉÉ® hÉ ½ Ö+É lÉÉ * +ÉE É„É´ÉÉhÉÒ ºÉä ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ|ÉE É® Eä |ɺÉÉ® hÉ ‡E B VÉÉiÉä ½ é, ‡VÉxɨÉå ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ, ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ¨ÉxÉÉä® ÆVÉxÉ B´ÉÆ ´ªÉÉ{Éɇ® E ‡´ÉYÉÉ{ÉxÉ +ɇn ¨ÉÖJªÉ ½ è * ½ ‡® iÉ G ÉƇiÉ E Éä +ÉMÉä¤Éf ÉÃxÉä ¨Éå ® ä‡b ªÉÉä |ɺÉÉ® hÉÉå xÉä ¨É½ i´ÉÚhÉÇ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ<Ç lÉÒ * {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ ® ɹ] ÅÒªÉ xÉÒ‡iɪÉÉå B´ÉÆ E ɪÉÇG ÉÉå, |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xÉ´ÉÉ® hÉEä ={ÉɪÉÉå, EÞ ‡¹É +Éè® +ÉètÉä‡MÉE ‡´ÉE ɺÉ, ºÉiÉiÉ ‡´ÉE ÉºÉ +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ VÉÉMɯ E iÉÉ B´ÉÆ ‡„ÉIÉÉ E ɪÉÇ +ɇn ºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ ºÉÆn ä„ÉÉå E ÉäVÉxÉ-VÉxÉ iÉE {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉxÉä ¨Éå ® ä‡b ªÉÉä E Ò +{ÉxÉÒ ºÉ„ÉH ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ½ è *

n Ú® n „ÉÇxÉ E É ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå 15 ‡ºÉiɨ¤É® , 1959 E Éä „ÉèIɇhÉE =q 䄪ÉÉå Eä ºÉÉlÉ +É® Æ¦É ½ Ö+É * n Ú® n „ÉÇxÉ VÉxÉiÉÉ Eä ¤É½ ÖiÉ E ® Ò¤É ½ è *{ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ ºÉ¨ÉºªÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä E É E ® xÉä ¨Éå <ºÉE Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É E É¡ Ò ½ n iÉE ºÉ½ ɪÉE ½ Éä ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è * E SÉ® ä B´ÉÆ +{ɇ„ɹ] E É |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ,|Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ, ºÉɨÉɇVÉE ÉɇxÉE Ò, ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ, EÞ ‡¹É ‡´ÉE ɺÉ, VÉ±É +Éè® ¦ÉÚ‡¨É Eä ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ iÉlÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ Eä E ÉxÉÚxÉÉåE É n Ú® n „ÉÇxÉ B´ÉÆ +xªÉ ] ä±ÉÒ‡´ÉVÉxÉ SÉèxɱÉÉå Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä |ɺÉÉ® hÉ u É® É ¨É½ i´É{ÉÚhÉÇ ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡xɦÉÉ<Ç VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è *

M±ÉÉä¤É±É ´Éɇ¨ÉÈMÉ +ÉVÉ BE SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ Eä ° {É ¨Éå ¨ÉxÉÖ¹ªÉ Eä ºÉ¨¨ÉÖJÉ JÉcÒ ½ è* <ºÉ SÉÖxÉÉèiÉÒ E Éä º´ÉÒE É® E ® iÉä ½ ÖB ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ +É¨É VÉxÉ ¨ÉåVÉÉMɯ iÉÉ {Éèn É E ® xÉä E É |ɪÉÉºÉ E ® ® ½ É ½ è *

‡¡ ±¨É VÉMÉiÉ E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É ‡¡ ±¨É =tÉäMÉÉå E É <‡iɽ ÉºÉ 100 ´É¹ÉÇ {ÉÖ® ÉxÉÉ ½ è* ‡¡ ±¨Éå VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ E Éä ‡„ÉIÉÉ, ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉxÉÉä® ÆVÉxÉ|Én ÉxÉ E ® xÉä E É BE +SU É ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½ è * ‡¡ ±¨É +Éè® SɱɇSÉjÉ Eä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ, ½ ÉÉ® ä {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ, ´ÉxÉ B´ÉÆ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´É ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ +ɇn E Ò VÉÉxÉE É® Ò +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä n Ò VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÒ ½ è * {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉ {É® b ÉìCªÉÚ¨Éå] ÅÒ B´ÉÆ ¡ ÒSÉ® ‡¡ ±¨Éå ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉxÉÉ<Ç VÉÉiÉÒ½ é * {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ, {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ, ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´É ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ +ɇn ‡´É¹ÉªÉÉå ºÉä ºÉƤÉƇvÉiÉ +‡vÉE ºÉä +‡vÉE ‡¡ ±¨ÉÉå Eä ‡xɨÉÉÇhÉ E Ò+É´É„ªÉE iÉÉ ½ è iÉɇE VÉxɺÉɨÉÉxªÉ E Éä ºÉÉlÉÇE VÉÉxÉE É® Ò B´ÉÆ YÉÉxÉ |Én ÉxÉ ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉEä *

ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É

¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå <Æ] ® xÉä] E É VÉx¨É 15 +MɺiÉ, 1995 ¨Éå ½ Ö+É lÉÉ * iÉ¤É ºÉä ±ÉäE ® ={ɪÉÉäMÉE iÉÉÇ+ÉäÆ E Ò ºÉÆJªÉÉ ¨Éå ‡xÉ® ÆiÉ® ´ÉÞ‡r ½ Éä ® ½ Ò ½ è* {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ Eä IÉäjÉ Éå <Æ] ® xÉä] E É ={ɪÉÉäMÉ ‡´É„´É´ªÉÉ{ÉÒ iÉlªÉÉi¨ÉE VÉÉxÉE É® Ò |Én ÉxÉ E ® xÉä E Ò o ‡¹] ºÉä ={ɪÉÉäMÉÒ ½ è * {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉEä ‡´É‡´ÉvÉ {ÉIÉÉå E Ò VÉÉxÉE É® Ò B´ÉÆ +ÉÆE cä <x] ® xÉä] {É® +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ ‡E B VÉÉ ºÉE iÉä ½ é * {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ +xÉÖºÉÆvÉÉxÉ, ‡xɪÉÉäVÉxÉ+Éè® |ɤÉÆvÉxÉ ¨Éå <ºÉºÉä |ÉÉ{iÉ VÉÉxÉE É® Ò +iªÉÆiÉ ={ɪÉÉäMÉÒ ‡ºÉr ½ ÉäMÉÒ*

ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ |ÉÉètÉä‡MÉE Ò E É BE xɪÉÉ IÉäjÉ ¨É±] Ò¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉ¨Éå ±ÉäJÉxÉ ºÉɨÉOÉÒ, v´É‡xÉ, ´ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉä, ‡u +ɪÉɨÉÒ ªÉÉ ‡jÉ+ɪÉɨÉÒ OÉɇ¡ CºÉ +Éè®

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Page 77: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

77Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

BxÉÒ¨Éä„ÉxÉ „Éɇ¨É±É ½ é * <ºÉE É =q ä„ªÉ ±ÉÉäMÉÉå E Éä BE ‡xɪÉƇjÉiÉ f ÆMÉ ºÉä VÉÉxÉE É® Ò, ‡„ÉIÉÉ +Éè® ¨ÉxÉÉä® ÆVÉxÉ |Én ÉxÉ E ® xÉÉ ½ è * <ºÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä VÉè´É ‡´É‡´ÉvÉiÉÉ B´ÉÆ ´ÉxªÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ {É® VÉÉxÉE É® Ò ¨ÉxÉÉä® ÆVÉE Eä ºÉÉlÉ ºÉÉlÉ ‡„ÉIÉÉ|Én ¦ÉÒ ¤ÉxÉ VÉÉiÉÒ ½ è * <ºÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä ªÉ½ ±ÉÉ¦É ½ ÉäiÉÉ ½ è ‡E ªÉ‡n ´Éɺiɇ´ÉE o „ªÉÉå {É® ‡¡ ±¨É ¤ÉxÉÉ<Ç VÉÉB iÉÉä ±ÉÉMÉiÉ E <Ç MÉÖxÉÉ +ÉiÉÒ ½ è, VɤɇE ɱ] Ò¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ ºÉä ªÉ½ E ɪÉÇ ºÉºiÉä¨Éå B´ÉÆ ºÉ® ±ÉiÉÉ ºÉä ºÉ¨{ÉzÉ ½ Éä VÉÉiÉÉ ½ è *

{É® {É® ÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨ÉÉå E Ò ¦ÉÚ‡¨ÉE É

{É® {É® ÉMÉiÉ ÉÉvªÉ¨É ªÉÉ ±ÉÉäE ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨ÉÉå E Ò VÉcå OÉɨÉÒhÉ B´ÉÆ +ɇn ÉɺÉÒ IÉäjÉÉå ¨Éå Mɽ ® Ò {Éè` Ò ½ é * <xÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä xÉ Eä É±É OÉɨÉÒhÉ VÉxÉVÉÒ´ÉxÉ E Ò ºÉɨÉɇVÉE -ºÉÉƺEÞ ‡iÉE +‡¦É´ªÉ‡H ½ ÉäiÉÒ ½ è ¤É‡±E ªÉä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ +Éè® {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ SÉäiÉxÉÉ Eä |ɺÉÉ® ¨Éå ¦ÉҺɽ ɪÉE ½ Éä ºÉE iÉä ½ é* ±ÉÉäE MÉÒiÉ, ±ÉÉäE ºÉÆMÉÒiÉ, ±ÉÉäE xÉÞiªÉ, xÉÉè] ÆE Ò, E {ÉÖiɱÉÒ +ɇn ±ÉÉäE ÉÉvªÉ¨É Eä ºÉÉvÉxÉ ½ é * ªÉä ÉÉvªÉ¨É ÉÉäiÉÉ+ÉäƺÉä ºÉÒvÉÉ ºÉ¨{ÉEÇ ¤ÉxÉÉiÉä ½ é +iÉ: <xÉEä ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ºÉä {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉÒªÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉÉ +Éè® ºÉÆn ä„É |ɦÉÉ´ÉÒ f ÆMÉ ºÉä ºÉ¨|É䇹ÉiÉ ½ Éä VÉÉiÉä ½ é* <xÉE É ={ɪÉÉäMÉxÉMÉ® Éå E Ò +{ÉäIÉÉ MÉÉÆ´ÉÉå ¨Éå +ɺÉÉxÉÒ ºÉä ‡E ªÉÉ VÉÉ ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è CªÉÉå ‡E ªÉä =xÉE Ò {É® {É® ÉMÉiÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ±ÉÉäE ºÉƺEÞ ‡iÉ E Ò +‡¦É´ªÉ‡H Eä ºÉ„ÉH ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É ½ ÉäiÉä ½ é *

{ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ Eä |ɇiÉ ºÉ¨ÉªÉ-ºÉ¨ÉªÉ {É® ‡E B MÉB |ɪÉɺÉÉå Eä ¡ ±Éº´É° {É ‡{ÉU ±Éä ´É¹ÉÉç ¨Éå ¦ÉÉ® iÉ ¨Éå E <Ç {ɪÉÉÇ É® hÉÒªÉ +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉÉå E ÉVÉx¨É ½ Ö+É * ¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ xÉä <xÉ +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉÉå E Éä ´ªÉÉ{ÉE ºlÉÉxÉ ‡n ªÉÉ +Éè® <xÉEä =q 䄪ÉÉå ºÉä VÉxÉiÉÉ E Éä +´ÉMÉiÉ E ® ɪÉÉ * ªÉä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ ½ é- ‡SÉ{ÉE Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, xɨÉÇn É ¤ÉSÉÉ+Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, ] ä½ ® Ò ¤ÉÉÆvÉ ‡´É® ÉävÉÒ +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, ÉÚE PÉÉ] Ò, B‡{{ÉE Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ, ¦ÉÉä{ÉÉ±É MÉèºÉ jÉɺÉn Ò, ‡´É¹hÉÖ|ɪÉÉMÉ ¤ÉÉÆvÉ, ‡Sɇ±ÉE É +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ B´ÉÆ {ÉÉxÉÒ ¤ÉSÉÉ+Éä +ÉÆn Éä±ÉxÉ +Éè® ‡n ±±ÉÒ E É ´ÉɪÉÖ |Én Ú¹ÉhÉ ‡xɪÉÆjÉhÉ +ɇn * ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ E Éä ªÉ½ ¤ÉÉiÉ vªÉÉxɨÉå ® JÉxÉÒ ½ ÉäMÉÒ ‡E ´Éä +{ÉxÉÒ ¤ÉÉiÉ ºÉ¨ÉÉVÉ Eä ‡E ºÉ ´ÉMÉÇ E Éä ‡E ºÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨É Eä Vɇ® B {ɽ ÖÆSÉÉ ® ½ ä ½ é * =x½ å Vɽ ÉÆ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB ¤ÉxÉÉB MÉB ‡xɪɨÉÉå E Ò +´É½ ä±ÉxÉÉ E ® xÉä ÉɱÉÒ PÉ] xÉÉ+ÉäÆ E Éä ºÉɨÉxÉä ±ÉÉxÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ, ɽ Ó VÉÉä ºÉƺlÉÉBÆ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉÆ® IÉhÉ Eä ‡±ÉB +SU ÉE É¨É E ® ® ½ Ò ½ é =xÉEä E ɪÉÉç E Éä ¦ÉÒ =VÉÉMÉ® E ® xÉÉ ½ ÉäMÉÉ * ªÉ½ ‡xɇ´ÉÇ´ÉÉn ºÉiªÉ ½ è ‡E E ÉxÉÚxÉ, ={Én ä„É +Éè® n ¤ÉÉ´É E Ò iÉÖ±ÉxÉÉ ¨Éå¨ÉÒ‡b ªÉÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É® hÉ ºÉƤÉÆvÉÒ VÉxÉSÉäiÉxÉÉ VÉMÉÉxÉä E Ò o ‡¹] ºÉä E É¡ Ò E É® MÉ® ‡ºÉr ½ Éä ºÉE iÉÉ ½ è *

Section -1 (Hindi Article : Climate Change)

Advertise yourBusiness Here

Contact Us Online:http://upscportal.com/store/contact

Page 78: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

78Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Take Online Quiz and

get results instantlyhttp://upscportal.com/civilservices/QUIZ

Page 79: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

79Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

The Arihant class submarines are nuclear-poweredballistic missile submarines of the Indian navy. Thelead vessel of the class, INS Arihant, was launchedon July 26, 2009. The Arihant Class of submarinesmay carry the Sagarika submarine-launched ballisticmissile (SLBM)or the BrahMossupersonic cruisemissile.

The Arihant classvessels were de-signed as a partof the AdvancedTechnology Ves-sel project,India's US$2.9 billion project to design and buildnuclear-powered submarines. The Arihant class isIndia's first indigenously designed and built subma-rine. 3 submarines of the class are expected to be incommission with the Indian navy by 2015.

Evolution

The Arihant class submarines were designed andconstructed as a part of the Indian navy's AdvancedTechnology Vessel (ATV) project. The ATV projectstarted with the intent to design nuclear-powered fastattack submarines, though over time the project wasre-aligned towards the design of a ballistic missilesubmarine in order to complete India's nuclear triad.The vessels are powered by an 80 MW pressurizedwater reactor (PWR) with enriched uranium fuel. Theinitial design of the miniaturized naval-version of thereactor developed by the Bhabha atomic researchcentre (BARC) had technical challenges, after whichRussian help was sought to resolve the designglitches. The final production version of the reactorwas built at the Indira Gandhi center for atomic re-search (IGCAR) at Kalpakkam.

The hulls for this class are built by L&T’s Hazirashipbuilding facility. Tata power built the controlsystems for the submarine. The systems for the steamturbine integrated with the PWR were supplied byWalchandnagar Industries. Reports have suggested

Arihant Class SubmarineIndian Navy’s Advanced Technology Vessel

that the hulls for two more vessels were completedat the L&T facility at Hazira and will be transportedto Visakhapatnam as INS Arihant has been movedfrom the dry dock.

Inside Information

The Arihant class maypossibly be armed with the750 km Sagarika, subma-rine-launched ballistic mis-sile and Agni-3(missile),an SLBM under develop-ment.

The Arihant class hull features twin flank-array so-nars. Although it was widely speculated, the subma-rine does not sport either a "bulb" like towed arraysonar, or a low blended sail. This lays rest to theassumption that the design was inspired by the Rus-sian Akula (NATO) subs. The glimpses of the sub-marine provided to the media seems to indicate adesign closer to the Charlie I class, with a blendedhump behind the sail for the vertical launchers. Theclass also features a broadband expendable anti-tor-pedo countermeasures developed by RAFAEL ofIsrael. It is likely that the vertical launchers, 4 in num-ber, will be fitted with 3 K-15 missiles each, makingthe submarine capable of carrying a total of 12 weap-ons. The larger and longer ranged Agni III SLBM isunder development, of which the Arihant will carry4.

Description

A nuclear-powered submarine is a much more com-plex platform than any other vessel and India build-ing one on its own is a great achievement. What en-hances the scale of the achievement is that INSArihant, India’s nuclear-powered submarine, will befitted with India’s own K-15 ballistic missiles thatcan be launched from under water. The K-15 mis-siles, which are already under production, can carryboth conventional and nuclear warheads. They havea range of 700 km. They are 10.4 metres tall andweigh 6.3 tonnes each.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine)

Page 80: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

80Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

It means India can launch missiles with nuclear war-heads from ground, drop nuclear bombs from air andalso fire them now from under water.A nuclear-pow-ered submarine bestowed on India the status of anation possessing a blue-water navy because the boatcan travel far and wide. While the Navy designedINS Arihant, the Bhabha Atomic Research Centre(BARC) built the mini-nuclear reactor that powersthe submarine, the DRDO developed the K-15 mis-siles. The K-15 missiles have been test-fired severaltimes from submerged pontoons off the coast ofVisakhapatnam. A missile emerging from the waterwithout losing its fire was a technology in itself.A distinct advantage of a nuclear-powered subma-rine is that while it can remain under water for a longduration, a diesel-fired submarine has to rise to thesurface every day for ejecting the carbon-dioxideproduced by the diesel-generator. Otherwise, theboat’s crew will face problem.

In a nuclear-energy system used in a submarine, thereis no emission of carbon-dioxide. It is a clean formof energy. The turbine operating on enriched ura-nium in INS Arihant is a clean system. But a diesel-generator emits carbon-dioxide. It is can not dis-charge it into the water. So the submarine has to bebrought up to the surface every day to eject the car-bon-dioxide into the atmosphere.

India, now joined a select group of five countries,which possess the capability to build a nuclear-pow-ered submarine. That the construction of a subma-rine was a highly demanding task in itself was known,but for a country to develop its first nuclear subma-rine was a special achievement.

The formal launch for sea trials of the platform calleda cryptic ‘S2’ lifted the secrecy around the AdvancedTechnology Vessel Project cleared for implementa-tion by Indira Gandhi in 1984 and whose first step insteel cutting commenced in 1998. To date the projectis estimated to have cost Rs. 30,000 crore.

Indian Current Capabilities

The Indian Navy currently deploys 16 submarines,which are based at Vishakhapatnam on the east coastand Mumbai on the west coast. A third base is beingbuilt on the west coast at Karwar as well. The mostmodern vessels are four Shishumar-class Type 209/1500 units designed by Howaldtswerke-DeutscheWerft(HWD). Ten Sindhugosh-class Type 877EMvessels form the backbone of the submarine forceand are being upgraded to launch Klub/3M-54E Alfacruise missiles. Two aging Foxtrot-class boats are inthe process of being decommissioned and will bereplaced with six Scorpène-class boats. India expectsto float a tender on six more diesel submarines in2009.

For the past two decades, India has also been work-ing on the development of an indigenous nuclear-propelled submarine, referred to as the advancedtechnology vessel (ATV). The ATV submarine, workon which began in the 1970s, is a complex projectthat has faced multiple difficulties. Although therehave been few signs of progress as of late, one ves-sel is reportedly now under construction at MazagonDocks Ltd., with sea trials expected in 2009.Somesources indicate that construction of as many as fivenuclear submarines is planned. For the time being, itremains unclear whether the ATV will be fitted withballistic or cruise missiles; India’s submarine-launchedmissile program includes development of both.

The Indian Navy's area of operation includes theArabian Sea, the Indian Ocean, and the Bay of Ben-gal. These waters include numerous sea lines of com-munication (SLOC) chokepoints, such as the Straitof Hormuz, Bab El Mandeb, and the MalaccaStraits. Almost 97% of India's foreign trade by vol-ume and 60% of the world's sea-borne trade andenergy resources are transported through these stra-tegic bottlenecks. This share of critical global tradeis likely to be amplified by the growing energy de-mands and industrial exports of East and SoutheastAsia.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine)

Page 81: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

81Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Consequently, one of the Indian Navy's fundamentaltasks involves the establishment of sea control toprotect its vital SLOCs. It has traditionally paid par-ticular attention to Pakistani Navy developments, asIndia and Pakistan have had numerous hot and coldconflicts over the years. Gradually, though, the fo-cus of the Indian Navy is shifting to the Chinese Navy,as acknowledged in the recently publicized IndianMaritime Doctrine. This document reiterates earliercalls for a stronger deterrent capability against for-eign intervention by non-littoral navies. With this inmind, India has been modernizing its fleet and hasbeen continually interested in procuring nuclear at-tack and diesel submarines, establishing two aircraftcarrier groups, and developing new cruise missiles.Indian officials have repeatedly indicated their con-cerns over China’s progress on nuclear submarineconstruction. Deterrence against non-littoral naviesis not limited to China, however. The recent andplanned acquisitions of naval vessels by a number ofASEAN nations are also mentioned in the doctrine.In addition, the deployment of a US carrier task forceto the Bay of Bengal during the 1971 Indo-Pakistaniwar is unlikely to have been forgotten. As such, thecontinued US presence at Diego Garcia and Bahrainmay represent a concern to the Indian Navy as well.Aside from sea control and denial roles, the IndianNavy executes counter-terrorism, anti-drug traffick-ing, and anti-piracy operations within its area of in-terest. These roles are complicated not only by thegreat amount of shipping traffic, but also by the sizeof India's exclusive economic zone of 2.02 millionsquare kilometers, to which 1.5 million square kilo-meters will be added in 2004 in accordance with in-ternational treaties. The aforementioned chokepoints, in particular, represent attractive targets forpotential terrorist attacks.

India's ambitions for a sea-based nuclear deterrentwere acknowledged in 1998. After executing a num-ber of nuclear tests, the government declared that itsfuture minimum nuclear deterrent (MND) would bebased on a triad: a combination of airborne, naval,and land-based platforms. The recently released mari-time doctrine clarifies this still further, calling spe-cifically for the establishment of a submarine-basedMND. The triad could be completed with the suc-

cessful conclusion of India's ATV program, with alease of nuclear submarines, or perhaps, to a lesserextent, with the acquisition of air-independent pro-pulsion (AIP) submarines. India has had experienceleasing a nuclear-powered submarine: from 1988 to1991 it leased a Project 670 Skat (NATO nameCharlie I) class nuclear-powered cruise missile sub-marine from the Soviet Union, the K-43 (renamedChakra while in Indian service). The reactors wereoperated by a Soviet crew and the vessel was re-turned to the Soviet Union. Press reports have indi-cated since 1999 that Russia and India have beennegotiating lease of a Project 971 Shchuka B (NATOname Akula II) submarine, likely the K-152 Nerpa,as a follow-on to the K-43 lease.

Given the various tasks and increasing role assignedto the Indian Navy, an earlier strategic review andProject 75, a 30-year procurement plan, have alleg-edly called for the procurement of 24 submarines to"maintain adequate operational force levels." Theseboats should be comprised of two locally built sub-marine classes. On October 6, 2005, India signed acontract with France's Armaris (a joint venture be-tween France's DCN and Spain's Navantia, formerlyIzar) for six Scorpène-class vessels with an optionfor an additional six units, to be constructed at theMazagon Shipyard in Mumbai. The first boat is tobe delivered in 2012, with the rest following overthe course of five years. India is reportedly consid-ering the installation of MESMA, the French AIPsystem, beginning with the third boat/It has beensuggested that the second main production line couldbe a version of the Russian Amur-class; six to eightAmur-1650s are on the Indian Navy's list of pro-spective acquisitions as part of its 30-year subma-rine procurement plan.

Types of Submarines

Diesel Submarines: The Indian Navy currently main-tains a fleet of 16 diesel powered submarines. Theseare primarily of Russian and German origin. Indiasigned a deal for six Scorpene submarines withMESMA air-independent propulsion, and construc-tion has begun. These submarines will join the In-dian Navy from 2010-11 onwards. The Indian Navy

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine)

Page 82: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

82Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

may arm its Kilo class submarine fleet with theBrahMos cruise missiles after successfully complet-ing test launches from the submarine. India will is-sue request for proposals for another six submarinesin financial year 2008-09.

Unmanned Submarines: The National Institute ofOceanography has developed the Autonomous Un-derwater Vehicle(AUV) that has applications in thefield of Oceanographic research. Also an Autono-mous Surface Vehicle (ASV) has been developed.Nuclear Powered Submarines: In January 1988 In-dia leased for three years an ex-Soviet Charlie classnuclear powered guided missile submarine with eightAmetist (SS-N-7 Starbright) anti-shipping missilelaunchers. In the Indian Navy, the ship was chris-tened INS Chakra, and the submarine was mannedby an Indian crew. Upon expiration of the ship leas-ing term in 1991, the submarine was returned toRussia and joined the Pacific Fleet of the RussianNavy. India's indigenously designed and built nuclear-powered ballistic missile submarines of the Arihantclass are expected to be commissioned starting in2011.

Planned Acquisitions

The Navy is in negotiations with Russia to acquirethe Kiev class aircraft carrier Admiral Gorshkov(INSVikrmaditya), however negotiations are stalled dueto escalating price demands from Russia.

the Indian Navy is also negotiating with Russia forthe acquisition of an Negotiations are also under-way for the acquisition of an updated version ofTalwar class frigates, and the Scorpène class subma-rines.

India started a program in 1985 to develop indig-enous technologies for building a nuclear-poweredsubmarine, known as the Advanced Technology Ves-sel (ATV) project .The first Advanced TechnologyVessel is called INS Arihant, was launched on July26, 2009. The hull for the vessel has been built byLarsen& Toubro at its A naval version of a nuclearreactor has been developed at the Indira GandhiCentre For Atomic Research , Kalpakkam, and will

be deployed on the submarine's hull after miniatur-ization. The Prototype Testing Centre (PTC) will beused to test the submarine's turbines and propellers.A similar facility is operational at Vishakhapatnamto test the main turbines and gear box.

Once the vessel is completed, it may be equippedwith Sagarika/Agni-3 ballistic missiles and advancedIndian made sonar systems. According to defensesources, the ATV is expected to be launched in 2009and commissioned in 2010. Each unit will cost onebillion U.S. dollars. Government has given approvalfor constructing the follow on SSBN's which will belarger than the Arihant class submarines. Approvalhas also been given for the construction of SSN'swhich will escort the SSBN's.

India is reportedly paying two billion dollars for thecompletion of two Akula-2 class submarines whichwere 40-60% completed. Three hundred Indian Navypersonnel are being trained in Russia for the opera-tion of these submarines. India has finalized a dealwith Russia, in which at the end of the lease of thesesubmarines, it has an option to buy them. Accordingto report, the first submarine will be commissionedinto the Indian Navy in September, 2009. The firstsubmarine will be named INS Chakra, it is currentlyundergoing trials in the Pacific ocean.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Arihant Class Submarine)

Page 83: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

83Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Bank Statement: A record, usually sent to the ac-count holder once per month, summarizing all trans-actions in an account during the time from the previ-ous statement to the current statement. The openingbalance from the prior month combined with the netof all transactions during the period should result inthe closing balance for the current statement.

Consumers shouldcarefully reviewtheir bank state-ments and retainthem for their ownrecords. In recon-ciling their ownrecord of transac-tions with thebank's records, ac-count holdersshould be on thelookout for incor-rect or transposednumbers as well asu n a u t h o r i z e dtransactions. Discrepancies should be reported assoon as possible, in writing if possible.

Bankruptcy: A legal proceeding involving a personor business that is unable to repay outstanding debts.The bankruptcy process begins with a petition filedby the debtor (most common) or on behalf of credi-tors (less common). All of the debtor's assets aremeasured and evaluated, whereupon the assets areused to repay a portion of outstanding debt. Uponthe successful completion of bankruptcy proceed-ings, the debtor is relieved of the debt obligationsincurred prior to filing for bankruptcy.

Banknote: A negotiable promissory note issued bya bank and payable to the bearer on demand. Theamount payable is stated on the face of the note.Banknotes are considered legal tender, and, alongwith coins, make up the bearer forms of all modernmoney.

Economy SpecialTerminology and Concept

Also known as a "bill" or a "note." Originally, objectssuch as gold and silver were used to pay for goodsand services. Eventually, they were replaced by pa-per money and coins that were backed by preciousmetals.

Currently, banknotes are backed only by the govern-ment. Although in earlier times commercial bankscould issue banknotes, the Federal Reserve Bank is

now the only bank in the UnitedStates that can create banknotes.

Promissory Note: A written, datedand signed two-party instrumentcontaining an unconditional prom-ise by the maker to pay a definitesum of money to a payee on demandor at a specified future date. Theonly difference between a promis-sory note and a bill of exchange isthat the maker of a note pays thepayee personally, rather than order-ing a third party to do so.

When a bank is the maker promising to repay moneyit has received plus interest, the promissory note iscalled a certificate of deposit (CD).

Treasury Note: A marketable U.S. government debtsecurity with a fixed interest rate and a maturity be-tween one and 10 years. Treasury notes can be boughteither directly from the U.S. government or througha bank.

When buying Treasury notes from the government,you can either put in a competitive or noncompeti-tive bid. With a competitive bid, you specify the yieldyou want; however, this does not mean that your bidwill be approved. With a noncompetitive bid, youaccept whatever yield is determined at auction. Trea-sury notes are extremely popular investments as thereis a large secondary market that adds to their liquid-ity. Interest payments on the notes are made everysix months until maturity. The income for interestpayments is not taxable on a municipal or state levelbut is federally taxed.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 84: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

84Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Hard Currency: A currency, usually from a highlyindustrialized country, that is widely accepted aroundthe world as a form of payment for goods and ser-vices. A hard currency is expected to remain rela-tively stable through a short period of time, and tobe highly liquid in the forex market. Another crite-rion for a hard currency is that the currencymust come from a politically and economically stablecountry. The U.S. dollar and the British pound aregood examples of hard currencies.

Hard Loan: A foreign loan that must be paid in thecurrency of a nation that has stability and a reputa-tion abroad for economic strength (a hard currency).For example, a loan agreement between a Braziliancompany and an Argentinean company where thedebt is to be paid in U.S. dollars.

Hard Money: 1. Funding by a government or orga-nization that is repetitive, rather than a one-timegrant. Examples include ongoing government daycaresubsidies or firms that pay annual scholarships topost-secondary students.

2. Describes gold/silver/platinum (bullion) coins. Agovernment that uses a hard money policy backs thevalue of the currency it uses with a hard, tangibleand lasting material that will retain its relative valueover time.

Governments and organizations prefer hard moneybecause it provides a predictable stream of funds. Forexample, in the early 1900s, the U.S. dollar wasbacked by the value of gold. Today, most countriesuse fiat money, which is made legal tender by gov-ernment decree but has no intrinsic value of its own.

Gold Standard: A monetary system in which acountry's government allows its currency unit tobe freely converted into fixed amounts of gold andvice versa. The exchange rate under the gold stan-dard monetary system is determined by the economicdifference for an ounce of gold between twocurrencies. The gold standard was mainly used from1875 to 1914 and also during the interwar years. Theuse of the gold standard would mark the first use offormalized exchange rates in history. However, the

system was flawed because countries needed to holdlarge gold reserves in order to keep up withthe volatile nature of supply and demand for cur-rency. After World War II, a modified version of the goldstandard monetary system, the Bretton Woods mon-etary system, was created as its successor. Thissuccessor system was initially successful, but becauseit also depended heavily on gold reserves, it was aban-doned in 1971 when U.S president Nixon "closedthe gold window".

Bullion: Gold and silver that is officially recognizedas high quality (at least 99.5% pure), and is in theform of bars rather than coins.Traditionally, bullion has been a good hedge againstinflation.

Inflation: The rate at which the general level of pricesfor goods and services is rising, and, subsequently,purchasing power is falling. Central banks attemptto stop severe inflation, along with severe deflation,in an attempt to keep the excessive growth of pricesto a minimum. As inflation rises, every dollar willbuy a smaller percentage of a good. For example, ifthe inflation rate is 2%, then a $1 pack of gum willcost $1.02 in a year.

Most countries' central banks will try to sustain aninflation rate of 2-3%.

Consumer Price Index – CPI:Ameasure that examines the weighted average ofprices of a basket of consumer goods and services,such as transportation, food and medical care. TheCPI is calculated by taking price changes for eachitem in the predetermined basket of goods and aver-aging them; the goods are weighted according to theirimportance. Changes in CPI are used to assessprice changes associated with the cost of living.

Sometimes referred to as "headline inflation".The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics measures twokinds of CPI statistics: CPI for urban wage earnersand clerical workers (CPI-W), and the chained CPIfor all urban consumers (C-CPI-U). Of the two types

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 85: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

85Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

of CPI, the C-CPI-U is a better representation of thegeneral public, because it accounts for about 87%of the population.

CPI is one of the most frequently used statistics foridentifying periods of inflation or deflation. Thisis because large rises in CPI during a short period oftime typically denote periods of inflation and largedrops in CPI during a short period of timeusually mark periods of deflation.

Consumer Price Index For All Urban Consumers(CPI-U): A measure that examines the changes inthe price of a basket of goods and services purchasedby urban consumers. The urban consumer popula-tion is deemed by many as a better representativemeasure of the general public because most of thecountry's population lives in highly populated areas,which represent close to 90% of the total popula-tion. CPI is the most frequently used statistic foridentifying inflation or deflation. The CPI-U onlyconsiders the prices paid for goods and services bythose that live in urban areas. Rising CPI-U figuresmeans that the prices of goods/services within theurban population are becoming more expensiveand can be a sign of rising inflation.

All variants of the CPI are similar to cost of livingindexes as they assess prices in the market based onthe goods and services needed to achieve a givenstandard of living. Different measures of CPI differfrom cost of living indexes because they do not ac-count for changes in other facets of standard of liv-ing, such as changes in environmental factors.

Deflation: A general decline in prices, often causedby a reduction in the supply of money orcredit. Deflation can be caused also by a decrease ingovernment, personal or investment spending. Theopposite of inflation, deflation has the side effect ofincreased unemployment since there is a lower levelof demand in the economy, which can lead to an eco-nomic depression. Central banks attempt to stop se-vere deflation, along with severe inflation, in an at-tempt to keep the excessive drop in prices to a mini-mum.

The decline in prices of assets, is often known asAsset Deflation.Declining prices, if they persist, generally create avicious spiral of negatives such as falling profits, closing factories, shrinking employment and incomes,and increasing defaults on loans by companies andindividuals. To counter deflation, the Federal Reserve(the Fed) can use monetary policy to increase themoney supply and deliberately induce risingprices, causing inflation. Rising prices provide anessential lubricant for any sustained recovery becausebusinesses increase profits and take some of the de-pressive pressures off wages and debtors of everykind.

Deflationary periods can be both short or long, rela-tively speaking. Japan, for example, had a period ofdeflation lasting decades starting in the early 1990's.The Japanese government lowered interest rates totry and stimulate inflation, to no avail. Zero interestrate policy was ended in July of 2006.

Disinflation: A slowing in the rate of price inflation.Disinflation is used to describe instances when theinflation rate has reduced marginally over the shortterm. Although it is used to describe periods of slow-ing inflation, disinflation should not be confused withdeflation. Disinflation is commonly used by the Fed-eral Reserve to describe situations of slowing infla-tion. Instances of disinflation are not uncommon andare viewed as normal during healthy economic times.Although sometimes confused with deflation,disinflation is not considered to be as problematicbecause prices do not actually drop anddisinflation does not usually signal the onset of aslowing economy.

Reflation: A fiscal or monetary policy, designed toexpand a country's output and curb the effects ofdeflation. Reflation policies can include reducingtaxes, changing the money supply and lowering in-terest rates.

The term "reflation" is also used to describe the firstphase of economic recovery after a period of con-traction. Reflation policy has been used by Ameri-can governments, to try and restart failed businessexpansions since the early 1600s. Although almost

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 86: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

86Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

every government tries in some form or another toavoid the collapse of an economy after a recent boom,none have ever succeeded in being able to avoid thecontraction phase of the business cycle. Many aca-demics actually believe government agitation onlydelays the recovery and worsens the effects.

Price Inflation: An increase in the price of a stan-dardized good/service or a basket of goods/servicesover a specific period of time (usually one year).Because the nominal amount of money available inan economy tends to grow larger every year relativeto the supply of goods available for purchase, thisoverall demand pull tends to cause some degree ofprice inflation. Price inflation can also be seen in aslightly different form, where the price of a good isthe same year over year, but the amount of the goodreceived gradually decreases. For example, youmay notice this in low-cost snack foods such as po-tato chips and chocolate bars, where the weight ofthe product gradually decreases, while the price re-mains the same.

Reflation:A fiscal or monetary policy, designed toexpand a country's output and curb the effects ofdeflation. Reflation policies can include reducingtaxes, changing the money supply and lowering in-terest rates.

The term "reflation" is also used to describe the firstphase of economic recovery after a period of con-traction. Reflation policy has been used by Ameri-can governments, to try and restart failed businessexpansions since the early 1600s. Although almostevery government tries in some form or another toavoid the collapse of an economy after a recent boom,none have ever succeeded in being able to avoid thecontraction phase of the business cycle. Many aca-demics actually believe government agitation onlydelays the recovery and worsens the effects.

Stagflation: A condition of slow economic growthand relatively high unemployment - a time of stagna-tion - accompanied by a rise in prices, or inflation.Stagflation occurs when the economy isn't growingbut prices are, which is not a good situation for acountry to be in. This happened to a great extent

during the 1970s, when world oil prices rose dra-matically, fueling sharp inflation in developed coun-tries. For these countries, including the U.S., stag-nation increased the inflationary effects.Stagnation: A period of little or no growth in theeconomy. Economic growth of less than 2-3% isconsidered stagnation. Sometimes used to describelow trading volume or inactive trading in securities.A good example of stagnation was the U.S. economyin the 1970s.

Acquisition Loan: A loan given to a company topurchase a specific asset or to be used for purposesthat are laid out before the loan is granted. The ac-quisition loan is typically only able to be used for ashort window of time, and only for specific purposes.

Once repaid, funds available through an acquisitionloan cannot be reborrowed as with a revolving lineof credit at a bank. Acquisition loans are soughtwhen a company wants to complete an acquisitionfor an asset but doesn't have enough liquid capital todo so. The company may be able to get more favor-able terms on an acquisition loan because the assetsbeing purchased have a tangible value, as opposedto capital being used to fund daily operations or re-lease a new product line.

Producer Price Index – PPI: A family of indexesthat measures the average change in selling pricesreceived by domestic producers of goods and ser-vices over time. PPIs measure price change from theperspective of the seller. The PPI looks at three ar-eas of production: industry-based, commodity-based,and stage-of-processing-based companies.

Hyperinflation: Extremely rapid or out of controlinflation. There is no precise numerical definition tohyperinflation. Hyperinflation is a situation wherethe price increases are so out of control that, theWhen associated with depressions, hyperinflationoften occurs when there is a large increase in themoney supply not supported by gross domestic prod-uct (GDP) growth, resulting in an imbalance in thesupply and demand for the money. Left uncheckedthis causes prices to increase, as the currency losesits value.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 87: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

87Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

When associated with wars, hyperinflation often oc-curs when there is a loss of confidence in a currency'sability to maintain its value in the aftermath. Becauseof this, sellers demand a risk premium to accept thecurrency, and they do this by raising their prices.

One of the most famous examples of hyperinflationoccurred in Germany between January 1922 andNovember 1923. By some estimates, the averageprice level increased by a factor of 20 billion, dou-bling every 28 hoursoncept of inflation is meaning-less.

Agflation: An increase in the price of food that oc-curs as a result of increased demand from humanconsumption and use as an alternative energy re-source. While the competitive nature of retail super-markets allows some of the effects of agflation to beabsorbed, the price increases that agflation causes arelargely passed on to the end consumer. The term isderived from a combination of the words "agricul-ture" and "inflation".

Interest in alternative energies contributes toagflation. In order to produce biofuel (such asbiodiesel and ethanol), manufacturers need to usefood products such soybeans and corn. This createsmore demand for these products, which causes theirprices to increase.

Unfortunately, these price increases spread to othernon-fuel related grains (such as rice and wheat) asconsumers switch to less expensive substitutes forconsumption. Furthermore, agflation will also affectnon-vegetative foods (eggs, meat and dairy) as theprice increases for grain will make livestock feed moreexpensive as well.

Retail Price Index – RPI: An index that gathers theprices of several retail goods in outlets across theUnited States in order to give an indication of therate of inflation. This is similar to the CPI and PPIreports that are released each month. An index thatmeasures and tracks the changes in price of goods inthe stages before the retail level. Wholesale price in-dexes (WPIs) report monthly to show the averageprice changes of goods sold in bulk, and they are a

group of the indicators that follow growth in theeconomy.

Although some countries still use the WPIs as ameasure of inflation, many countries, including theUnited States, use the producer price index (PPI)instead.

Macroeconomics: The field of economics that stud-ies the behavior of the aggregate economy.Macroeconomics examines economy-wide phenom-ena such as changes in unemployment, national in-come, rate of growth, gross domestic product, infla-tion and price levels. Macroeconomics is focused onthe movement and trends in the economy as a whole,while in microeconomics the focus is placed on fac-tors that affect the decisions made by firms and indi-viduals. The factors that are studied by macro andmicro will often influence each other, such as thecurrent level of unemployment in the economy as awhole will affect the supply of workers which an oilcompany can hire from, for example.

Microeconomics: The branch of economics that ana-lyzes the market behavior of individual consumersand firms in an attempt to understand the decision-making process of firms and households. It is con-cerned with the interaction between individual buy-ers and sellers and the factors that influence thechoices made by buyers and sellers. In particular,microeconomics focuses on patterns of supply anddemand and the determination of price and output inindividual markets (e.g. coffee industry).

Green Economics: A methodology of economicsthat supports the harmonious interaction between hu-mans and nature and attempts to meet the needsof both simultaneously. The green economictheories encompass a wide range of ideas all dealingwith the interconnected relationship between peopleand the environment. Green economists assert thatthe basis for all economic decisions should be in someway tied to the ecosystem.

Green economists perceive nature as being extremelyvaluable and seek to maintain it. Supporters of thisbranch of economics are concerned with the envi-

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 88: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

88Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ronment and believe that actions should be taken toprotect nature and encourage the positive co-exist-ence of both humans and nature. Emphasis is placedon creating value through quality rather than on ac-cumulating material items and money.The field ofeconomics is broken down into two distinct areas ofstudy: microeconomics and macroeconomics.Microeconomics looks at the smaller picture andfocuses more on basic theories of supply and demandand how individual businesses decide how much ofsomething to produce and how much to charge forit. People who have any desire to start their ownbusiness or who want to learn the rationale behindthe pricing of particular products and services wouldbe more interested in this area.

Macroeconomics, on the other hand, looks at thebig picture (hence "macro"). It focuses on the na-tional economy as a whole and provides a basicknowledge of how things work in the business world.For example, people who study this branch of eco-nomics would be able to interpret the latest GrossDomestic Product figures or explain why a 6% rateof unemployment is not necessarily a bad thing. Thus,for an overall perspective of how the entire economyworks, you need to have an understanding of eco-nomics at both the micro and macro levels.

Gross Domestic Product – GDP: The monetary valueof all the finished goods and services produced withina country's borders in a specific time period, thoughGDP is usually calculated on an annual basis. It in-cludes all of private and public consumption, gov-ernment outlays, investments and exports less im-ports that occur within a defined territory.

GDP = C + G + I + NX

where:"C" is equal to all private consumption, or consumerspending, in a nation's economy

"G" is the sum of government spending

"I" is the sum of all the country's businesses spend-ing on capital

"NX" is the nation's total net exports, calculated as

total exports minus total imports. (NX = Exports -Imports).

GDP is commonly used as an indicator of the eco-nomic health of a country, as well as to gauge acountry's standard of living. Critics of using GDP asan economic measure say the statistic does not takeinto account the underground economy - transac-tions that, for whatever reason, are not reported tothe government. Others say that GDP is not intendedto gauge material well-being, but serves as a mea-sure of a nation's productivity, which is unrelated.

Gross National Product – GNP: An economicstatistic that includes GDP, plus any income earnedby residents from overseas investments, minus in-come earned within the domestic economy by over-seas residents. GNP is a measure of a country's eco-nomic performance, or what its citizens produced(i.e. goods and services) and whether they producedthese items within its border.

Black Market : A type of economic activity thattakes place outside of government-sanctioned chan-nels. Black-market transactions typically occur as away for participants to avoid government price con-trols or taxes, conducting transactions 'under thetable'. The black market is also the means by whichillegal substances or products - such as illicit drugs,firearms or stolen goods - are bought and sold. Whilethe black market is commonly associated with crimi-nal activities involving drugs or weapons, it also hasa financial component: black currency-exchange markets almost always appear when gov-ernment controls on exchange rates prevent the useof natural exchange rates in the global marketplace.

Gross National Product – GNP: An economicstatistic that includes GDP, plus any income earnedby residents from overseas investments, minus in-come earned within the domestic economy by over-seas residents. GNP is a measure of a country's eco-nomic performance, or what its citizens produced(i.e. goods and services) and whether they producedthese items within its borders.

Real Economic Growth Rate: A measure

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 89: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

89Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

of economic growth from one period to another ex-pressed as a percentage and adjusted for inflation(i.e. expressed in real as opposed to nominal terms).The real economic growth rate is a measure of therate of change that a nation's gross domestic prod-uct (GDP) experiences from one year to another.Gross national product (GNP) can also be used if anation's economy is heavily dependent on foreignearnings.

The real economic growth rate builds onto the eco-nomic growth rate by taking into account the effectthat inflation has on the economy. The real economicgrowth rate is a "constant dollar" and is therefore amore accurate look at the rate of economic growthbecause it is not distorted by the effects of extremeinflation or deflation.

Real Gross DomesticProduct (GDP): This in-flation-adjusted measurethat reflects the value ofall goods and servicesproduced in a given year,expressed in base-yearprices. Often referred to as"constant-price", "infla-tion-corrected" GDP or"constant dollar GDP".

Unlike nominal GDP, realGDP can account forchanges in the price level,and provide a

more accurate figure.Let's consider an example. Sayin 2004, nominal GDP is $200 billion. However, dueto an increase in the level of prices from 2000 (thebase year) to 2004, real GDP is actually $170billion. The lower real GDP reflects the price changeswhile nominal does not.

Nominal GDP: A gross domestic product (GDP)figure that has not been adjusted for inflation.

Also known as "current dollar GDP" or "chaineddollar GDP". It can be misleading when inflation isnot accounted for in the GDP figure because the GDPwill appear higher than it actually is. The same con-cept that applies to return on investment (ROI)

applies here. If you have a 10% ROI and inflationfor the year has been 3%, your real rate of returnwould be 7%. Similarly, if the nominal GDP figurehas shot up 8% but inflation has been 4%, the realGDP has only increased 4%.

Nominal Interest Rate: The interest rate unadjustedfor inflation. Not taking into account inflation givesa less realistic number.

Real Interest Rate: An interest rate that has beenadjusted to remove the effects of inflation to reflectthe real cost of funds to the borrower, and the realyield to the lender. The real interest rate of aninvestment is calculated as the amount by which thenominal interest rate is higher than the inflation rate.Real Interest Rate = Nominal Interest Rate - Infla-tion (Expected or Actual).The real interest rate isthe growth rate of purchasing power derived froman investment. By adjusting the nominal interest rateto compensate for inflation, you are keeping the pur-chasing power of a given level of capital constantover time.

Blended Rate: 1. An interest rate charged on a loan,which is in between a previous rate and the new rate.Blended rates are usually offered through the refi-nancing of previous loans, and charge a rate that ishigher than the old loan's rate but lower than the rateon a new loan.

2. A rate that is calculated for accounting purposes tobetter understand the debt obligation for several loanswith different rates or the revenue from streams ofinterest income. The blended rate is used to calcu-late the pooled cost of funds.

Banks use a blended rate to retain customers andincrease loan amounts to proven, creditworthy cli-ents. For example, if a customer currently holds a 7%interest, $75,000 mortgage and wishes to refinance,and the current rate is 9%, the bank might offer ablended rate of 8%. The borrower could then decideto refinance for $145,000 with a blended rate of 8%.He or she would still pay 7% on the initial $75,000,but only 8% on the additional $70,000. The blendedrate is used in cost-of-funds accounting to quantifyliabilities or investment income on a balance sheet.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 90: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

90Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

For example, if a company had two loans, one for$1,000 at 5% and the other for $3,000 at 6% andpaid the interest off every month, the $1,000 loanwould charge $50 after one year and the $3,000 loanwould charge $180. The blended rate would there-fore be (50+180)/4000 or 5.75%.

Refinance: 1. When a business or person revises apayment schedule for repaying debt.

2. Replacing an older loan with a new loan offeringbetter terms.

When a business refinances, it typically extends thematurity date. When individuals change their monthlypayments or modify the rate of interest on their loans,it usually involves a penalty fee.

GDP Gap: The forfeited output of a country'seconomy resulting from the failure to create suffi-cient jobs for all those willing to work. A GDP gapdenotes the amount of production that is irretriev-ably lost. The potential for higher production levelsis wasted because there aren't enough jobs supplied.

Frictional Unemployment :Unemployment that isalways present in the economy, resulting from tem-porary transitions made by workers and employersor from workers and employers having inconsistentor incomplete information. For example, a first-timejob seeker may lack the resources or efficiency forfinding the company that has the job that is availableand suitable for him or her. As a result this persondoes not take other work, temporarily holding outfor the better-paying job.

Another example of when frictional employmentoccurs is when a company abstains from hiring be-cause it believes there are not enough qualified indi-viduals available for the job, when in actuality thereis.

Natural Unemployment :The lowest rate of unem-ployment that an economy can sustain over the longrun. Keynesians believe that a government can lowerthe rate of unemployment (i.e. employ more people)if it were willing to accept a higher level of inflation

(the idea behind the Phillips Curve). However, crit-ics of this say that the effect is temporary and thatunemployment would bounce back up but inflationwould stay high. Thus, the natural, or equilibrium,rate is the lowest level of unemployment at whichinflation remains stable. Also known as the "non-accelerating inflation rate of unemployment"(NAIRU).

When the economy is said to be at full employment,it is at its natural rate of unemployment. Economistsdebate how the natural rate might change. For ex-ample, some economists think that increasing labor-market flexibility will reduce the natural rate. Othereconomists dispute the existence of a natural ratealtogether!Okun's Law :A relationship between an economy'sGDP gap and the actual unemployment rate.The relationship is represented by a ratio of 1 to 2.5.Thus, for every 1% excess of the natural unemploy-ment rate, a 2.5% GDP gap is predicted.

Phillips Curve :An economic concept developed byA. W. Phillips stating that inflation and unemploy-ment have a stable and inverse relationship. Accord-ing to the Phillips curve, the lower an economy's rateof unemployment, the more rapidly wages paid tolabor increase in that economy. The theory states thatwith economic growth comes inflation, which in turnshould lead to more jobs and less unemployment.However, the original concept has been somewhatdisproven empirically due to the occurrence ofstagflation in the 1970s, when there were high levelsof both inflation and unemployment.

Structural Unemployment :Unemployment result-ing from changes in the basic composition of theeconomy. These changes simultaneously open newpositions for trained workers. An example of struc-tural unemployment is the technological revolution.Computers may have eliminated jobs, but they alsoopened up new positions for those who have the skillsto operate the computers.

Cyclical Unemployment :A factor of overall un-employment that relates to the cyclical trends ingrowth and production that occur within the busi-

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 91: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

91Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ness cycle. When business cycles are at their peak,cyclical unemployment will be low because total eco-nomic output is being maximized. When economicoutput falls, as measured by the gross domestic prod-uct (GDP), the business cycle is low and cyclicalunemployment will rise.

Economists describe cyclical unemployment as theresult of businesses not having enough demand forlabor to employ all those who are looking for work.The lack of employer demand comes from a lack ofspending and consumption in the overalleconomy. Cyclical unemployment is one of fiveclasses of unemployment as recognized by econo-mists. Other types include structural, frictional, clas-sical and Marxian. In most cases, several types ofunemployment exist at the same time. With the ex-ception of cyclical unemployment, the other classescan be occurring even at the peak ranges of businesscycles, when the economy is said to be at or near“full employment”.

Coincident Indicator :An economic factor that var-ies directly and simultaneously with the businesscycle, thus indicating the current state of theeconomy. Some examples include nonagriculturalemployment, personal income and industrial produc-tion.

Lagging Indicator :1. A measurable economic fac-tor that changes after the economy has already be-gun to follow a particular pattern or trend.

2. A technical indicator that trails the price action ofan underlying asset and is used by traders to gener-ate transaction signals or to confirm the strength ofa given trend. Since these indicators lag the price ofthe asset, a significant move will generally occur be-fore the indicator is able to provide a signal.

Lagging indicators confirm long-term trends, but theydo not predict them. Some examples are unemploy-ment, corporate profits and labor cost per unit ofoutput. Interest rates are another good lagging indi-cator; rates change after severe market changes.

An example of a lagging indicator is a moving aver-

age crossover, because it occurs after a certain pricemove has already happened. Technical traders use ashort-term average crossing above a long-term av-erage as confirmation when placing buy orders sinceit suggests an increase in momentum. The drawbackof using this method is that a significant move mayhave already occurred, resulting in the trader enter-ing a position too late.

Leading Indicator :A measurable economic factorthat changes before the economy starts to follow aparticular pattern or trend. Leading indicators areused to predict changes in the economy, but are notalways accurate. Bond yields are typically a goodleading indicator of the market because traders an-ticipate and speculate trends in the economy.Business Cycle :The recurring and fluctuating lev-els of economic activity that an economy experiencesover a long period of time. The five stages of thebusiness cycle are growth (expansion), peak, reces-sion (contraction), trough and recovery. At one time,business cycles were thought to be extremely regu-lar, with predictable durations, but today they arewidely believed to be irregular, varying in frequency,magnitude and duration.

Since the World War II, most business cycles havelasted three to five years from peak to peak. Theaverage duration of an expansion is 44.8 months andthe average duration of a recession is 11 months. Asa comparison, the Great Depression - which saw adecline in economic activity from 1929 to 1933 -lasted 43 months.

Hard Landing :A term used to describe an economygoing into recession as the government attempts toslow down inflation. The Fed will try to avoid a hardlanding by raising interest rates only enough to slowthe economy down without putting it into recession(a soft landing).

Overheated Economy :When a prolonged periodof good economic growth and activity causes highlevels of inflation (from increased consumer wealth)and inefficient supply allocations as producers over-produce and create excess production capacity in anattempt to capitalize on the high levels of wealth.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 92: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

92Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Unfortunately, these inefficiencies and inflation willeventually hinder the economy's growth and cause arecession. Rising rates of inflation are typically oneof the first signs that an economy is overheating. Asa result, governments and central banks will usuallyraise interest rates in an attempt to lower the amountof spending and borrowing.

Between June 2004 and June 2006, the Federal Re-serve Board increased the interest rate 17 times as agradual means of slowing America's overheatedeconomy.

Full Employment :A situation in whichall available labor resources are being used in themost economically efficient way. Full employmentembodies the highest amount of skilled and unskilledlabor that could be employed within an economy atany given time. The remaining unemployment is fric-tional. Frictional unemployment is the amount ofunemployment that results from workers who are inbetween jobs, but are still in the labor force. Fullemployment is attainable within any economy, butmay result in an inflationary period. The inflationwould result from workers, as a whole, having moredisposable income, which would drive prices upward.

Many economists have estimated the amount of fric-tional unemployment, with the number ranging from2-7% of the labor force.

Cyclical Unemployment : A factor of overall un-employment that relates to the cyclical trends ingrowth and production that occur within the busi-ness cycle. When business cycles are at their peak,cyclical unemployment will be low because total eco-nomic output is being maximized. When economicoutput falls, as measured by the gross domestic prod-uct (GDP), the business cycle is low and cyclicalunemployment will rise.

Economists describe cyclical unemployment as theresult of businesses not having enough demand forlabor to employ all those who are looking for work.The lack of employer demand comes from a lack ofspending and consumption in the overalleconomy. Cyclical unemployment is one of fiveclasses of unemployment as recognized by econo-

mists. Other types include structural, frictional, clas-sical and Marxian. In most cases, several types ofunemployment exist at the same time. With the ex-ception of cyclical unemployment, the other classescan be occurring even at the peak ranges of businesscycles, when the economy is said to be at or near“full employment”.

Pale Recession : A phrase used in May 2008 byformer Federal Reserve Board Chairman AlanGreenspan to describe an economic environment inwhich recession has not yet hit all the areas of theeconomy. In particular, Greenspan was speaking ofthe U.S. employment numbers at the time, which hadnot yet seen as significant of a decline as would beexpected in a full recessionary environment, whichis generally marked by a broad decline in economicactivity across the economy.

Greenspan used this term in a television interviewwith Bloomberg on May 4, 2008. When askedwhether the U.S. was in a recession he responded,"We're in a recession ... but this is an awfully palerecession at the moment. The declines in employ-ment have not been as big as you'd expect to see."

Fiscal Policy :Government spending policies thatinfluence macroeconomic conditions. These policiesaffect tax rates, interest rates and government spend-ing, in an effort to control the economy. Since the1980s, most western countries have held a "tight"policy, limiting public expenditure.

Money Supply :The entire quantity of bills, coins,loans, credit and other liquid instruments in acountry's economy. Money supply is divided intomultiple categories - M0, M1, M2 and M3 - accord-ing to the type and size of account in which the in-strument is kept. The money supply is important toeconomists trying to understand how policies willaffect interest rates and growth.

Discount Rate : 1. The interest rate that an eligibledepository institution is charged to borrow short-term funds directly from a Federal Reserve Bank.

2. The interest rate used in determining the present

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 93: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

93Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

value of future cash flows.

This type of borrowing from the Fed isfairly limited. Institutions will often seek other meansof meeting short-term liquidity needs.

Prime Rate : The interest rate that commercial bankscharge their most credit-worthy customers.Generally a bank's best customers consist of largecorporations. Default risk is the main determiner ofthe interest rate a bank will charge a borrower. Be-cause a bank's best customers have little chance ofdefaulting, the bank can charge them a rate that islower than the rate that would be charged to a cus-tomer who has a higher likelihood of defaulting on aloan.

Bull :An investor who thinks the market, a specificsecurity or an industry will rise.

Bulls are optimistic investors who are presently pre-dicting good things for the market, and are attempt-ing to profit from this upward movement. For ex-ample if you are bullish on the S&P 500 you will at-tempt to profit from a rise in the index by going longon it. Bulls are the exact opposite of the market'sbears, who are pessimistic and believe that a particu-lar security, commodity or entity will suffer a declinein price.

Bullishness does not necessarily apply only to thestock market; you could for example be bullish onjust about anything, including commodities like soybeans, crude oil or even peanuts.

Bear : An investor who believes that a particularsecurity or market is headed downward. Bears at-tempt to profit from a decline in prices. Bears aregenerally pessimistic about the state of a given mar-ket. For example, if an investor were bearish on theS&P 500 they would attempt to profit from a de-cline in the broad market index. Bearish sentimentcan be applied to all types of markets including com-modity markets, stock markets and the bond mar-ket.

Although you often hear that the stock market is

constantly in a state of flux as the bears and theiroptimistic counterparts, "bulls", are trying to takecontrol, do remember that over the last 100 years orso the U.S. stock market has increased an average11% a year. This means that every single long-termmarket bear has lost money.

Bull Market : A financial market of a group of se-curities in which prices are rising or are expected torise. The term "bull market" is most often used torefer to the stock market, but can be applied to any-thing that is traded, such as bonds, currencies andcommodities.

Bull markets are characterized by optimism, inves-tor confidence and expectations that strong resultswill continue. It's difficult to predict consistentlywhen the trends in the market will change. Part ofthe difficulty is that psychological effects and specu-lation may sometimes play a large role in the mar-kets.

The use of "bull" and "bear" to describemarkets comes from the way the animals attack theiropponents. A bull thrusts its horns up into the airwhile a bear swipes its paws down. These actions aremetaphors for the movement of a market. If thetrend is up, it's a bull market. If the trend is down,it's a bear market.

Bear Market: A market condition in which the pricesof securities are falling, and widespread pessimismcauses the negative sentiment to be self-sustaining.As investors anticipate losses in a bear market andselling continues, pessimism only grows. Althoughfigures can vary, for many, a downturn of 20% ormore in multiple broad market indexes, such as theDow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) or Standard& Poor's 500 Index (S&P 500), over at least a two-month period, is considered an entry into a bearmarket.

A bear market should not be confused with a correc-tion, which is a short -term trend that has aduration of less than two months. While correctionsare often a great place for a value investor to find anentry point, bear markets rarely provide great entry

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 94: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

94Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

points, as timing the bottom is very difficult to do.Fighting back can be extremely dangerous becauseit is quite difficult for an investor to make stellar gainsduring a bear market unless he or she is a short seller.

Recession: A significant decline in activity acrossthe economy, lasting longer than a few months. It isvisible in industrial production, employment, real in-come and wholesale-retail trade. The technical indi-cator of a recession is two consecutive quarters ofnegative economic growth as measured by a country'sgross domestic product (GDP); although the NationalBureau of Economic Research (NBER) does notnecessarily need to see this occur to call a recession.Recession is a normal (albeit unpleasant) part of thebusiness cycle; however, one-time crisis events canoften trigger the onset of a recession.

A recession generally lasts from six to 18 months,and interest rates usually fall in during these monthsto stimulate the economy by offering cheap rates atwhich to borrow money.

Boom: A period of time during which sales or busi-ness activity increases rapidly.

In the stock market, booms are associated with bullmarkets. Conversely, busts are associated with bearmarkets. The cyclical nature of the market and theeconomy in general suggests that every bull marketin history has been followed by a bear market.

The internet technologies boom in the late '90s wasone of the largest booms in history (followed by oneof the biggest busts in history).

Public-Private Investment Program – PPIP: Aplan designed to value and remove troubled assetsfrom the balance sheet of troubled financial institu-tions in the U.S. Essentially, the Public-Private In-vestment Program's goal is to create partnershipswith private investors to buy toxic assets. Theprogram is designed to increase liquidity in the mar-ket and to serve as a price-discovery tool for valuingtroubled assets.

Zero-Investment Portfolio: A group ofinvestments which, when combined, create a zero net

value. Zero-investment portfolios can be achieved bysimultaneously purchasing securities and sellingequivalent securities. This will achieve lower risk/gains compared to only purchasing or selling the samesecurities.

Arbitrage: The simultaneous purchase and sale ofan asset in order to profit from a difference in theprice. It is a trade that profits by exploiting pricedifferences of identical or similar financial instru-ments, on different markets or in different forms.Arbitrage exists as a result of market inefficiencies;it provides a mechanism to ensure prices do not de-viate substantially from fair value for long periods oftime.

Asset Allocation: An investment strategy that aimsto balance risk and reward by apportioning aportfolio's assets according to an individual's goals,risk tolerance and investment horizon.The three main asset classes - equities, fixed-income,and cash and equivalents - have different levels of riskand return, so each will behave differently over time.

Portfolio: A grouping of financial assets such asstocks, bonds and cash equivalents, as well as theirmutual, exchange-traded and closed-fund counter-parts. Portfolios are held directly by investors and/or managed by financial professional

Security: An instrument representing ownership(stocks), a debt agreement (bonds) or the rights toownership (derivatives).

Corporation: A legal entity that is separate and dis-tinct from its owners. Corporations enjoy most ofthe rights and responsibilities that an individual pos-sesses; that is, a corporation has the right to enterinto contracts, loan and borrow money, sue and besued, hire employees, own assets and pay taxes.

The most important aspect of a corporation is lim-ited liability. That is, shareholders have the right toparticipate in the profits, through dividends and/orthe appreciation of stock, but are not held person-ally liable for the company's debts.

Corporations are often called "C Corporations".

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 95: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

95Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Fortune 500: An annual list of the 500 largest com-panies in the United States. The list is compiled us-ing the most recent figures for revenue.

Index: A statistical measure of change in an economyor a securities market. In the case of financial mar-kets, an index is an imaginary portfolio of securitiesrepresenting a particular market or a portion of it.Each index has its own calculation methodology andis usually expressed in terms of a change from a basevalue. Thus, the percentage change is more impor-tant than the actual numeric value.

Stock and bond market indexes are used to constructindex mutual funds and exchange-traded funds(ETFs) whose portfolios mirror the components ofthe index.

Market Capitalization: The total dollar marketvalue of all of a company's outstandingshares. Market capitalization is calculated by multi-plying a company's shares outstanding by the currentmarket price of one share. The investmentcommunity uses this figure to determining acompany's size, as opposed to sales or total assetfigures.

Frequently referred to as "market cap".

Hedge: Making an investment to reduce the risk ofadverse price movements in an asset. Normally, ahedge consists of taking an offsetting position in arelated security, such as a futures contract.

Hedge Fund :An aggressively managed portfolio ofinvestments that uses advanced investment strategiessuch as leveraged, long, short andderivative positions in both domestic and interna-tional markets with the goal of generating high re-turns (either in an absolute sense or over a specifiedmarket benchmark).

Legally, hedge funds are most often set up as privateinvestment partnerships that are open to a limitednumber of investors and require a verylarge initial minimum investment. Investments

in hedge funds are illiquid as they often require in-vestors keep their money in the fund for at least oneyear.

Short Selling: The selling of a security that the sellerdoes not own, or any sale that is completed by thedelivery of a security borrowed by the seller. Shortsellers assume that they will be able to buy the stockat a lower amount than the price at which they soldshort.

Buyback: The repurchase of outstanding shares (re-purchase) by a company in order to reduce the num-ber of shares on the market. Companies will buy backshares either to increase the value of shares still avail-able (reducing supply), or to eliminate any threatsby shareholders who may be looking for a control-ling stake.

Short Covering: Purchasing securities in order toclose an open short position. This is done by buyingthe same type and number of securities that weresold short. Most often, traders cover their shortswhenever they speculate that the securities willrise. In order to make a profit, a short seller mustcover the shorts by purchasing the security belowthe original selling price.

Also referred to as "buy to cover" or "buyback".

Nasdaq: A computerized system that facilitates trad-ing and provides price quotations on more than 5,000of the more actively traded over the counter stocks.Created in 1971, the Nasdaq was the world's firstelectronic stock market.

Stocks on the Nasdaq are traditionally listed underfour or five letter ticker symbols. If the company isa transfer from the New York Stock Exchange, thesymbol may be comprised of three letters.

Over-The-Counter – OTC: A security traded insome context other than on a formal exchangesuch as the NYSE, TSX, AMEX, etc. The phrase"over-the-counter" can be used to refer tostocks that trade via a dealer network as opposedto on a centralized exchange. It also refers to debtsecurities and other financial instruments such as

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 96: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

96Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

derivatives, which are traded through a dealernetwork.

Derivative: A security whose price is dependentupon or derived from one or more underlyingassets. The derivative itself is merely a contract be-tween two or more parties. Its value is determined byfluctuations in the underlying asset. The most com-mon underlying assets include stocks,bonds, commodities, currencies, interest rates andmarket indexes. Most derivatives are characterizedby high leverage.

Penny Stock: A stock that trades at a relatively lowprice and market capitalization, usually outside ofthe major market exchanges. These types of stocksare generally considered to be highly speculative andhigh risk because of their lack of liquidity, large bid-ask spreads, small capitalization and limited follow-ing and disclosure. They will often trade over thecounter through the OTCBB and pink sheets.

Automated Clearing House - ACH :An electronicfunds-transfer system run by the National AutomatedClearing House Association. This payment systemdeals with payroll, direct deposit, tax refunds, con-sumer bills, tax payment, and many more paymentservices.

Commercial Bank: A financial institution that pro-vides services such as a accepting deposits and giv-ing business loans.

Commercial banking activities are different than thoseof investment banking, which include underwriting,acting as an intermediary between an issuer of secu-rities and the investing public, facilitating mergersand other corporate reorganizations, and also actingas a broker for institutional clients.

Electronic Check: A form of payment made via theinternet that is designed to perform the same func-tion as a conventional paper check. Because thecheck is in an electronic format, it can be processedin fewer steps and has more security features than astandard paper check. Security features providedby electronic checks include authentication, publickey cryptography, digital signatures and encryption,

among others.

Also referred to as an "echeck".

Wire Transfer: An electronic transfer of funds acrossa network administered by hundreds of banks aroundthe world. Wire transfers allow people in differentgeographic locations to easily transfer money. Out-side of North America, wire transfers are sometimesreferred to as a 'telegraphic transfer' or t/t.

Clearing: The procedure by which an organizationacts as an intermediary and assumes the role of abuyer and seller for transactions in order to recon-cile orders between transacting parties.

Clearing is necessary for the matching of all buy andsell orders in the market. It provides smoother andmore efficient markets, as parties can make transfersto the clearing corporation, rather than to each indi-vidual party with whom they have transacted.

Clearing House: An agency or separate corpora-tion of a futures exchange responsible for settlingtrading accounts, clearing trades, collecting and main-taining margin monies, regulating delivery and re-porting trading data. Clearing houses act as thirdparties to all futures and options contracts - as a buyerto every clearing member seller and a seller to everyclearing member buyer.

Cash Market: The market for a cash commodity oractual, as opposed to the market for its futures con-tract. A cash market may take the following forms:self-regulated centralized markets, such as commod-ity exchanges; decentralized over-the-counter mar-kets where private transactions may occur; or local-ized community organizations, such as grain eleva-tors. At these locations, you can purchase the actualphysical commodity rather than just the futures con-tract.

Buyer's Market: A market condition characterizedby an abundance of goods available for sale. When abuyer's market exists in commodities, the buyer isable to be selective in purchasing contracts, as thereare many individuals wishing to sell. Furthermore,these buyers will generally be able to purchase con-

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 97: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

97Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

tracts at lower prices than those that were previouslyprevalent.

Forward Contract :A cash market transaction inwhich delivery of the commodity is deferred untilafter the contract has been made. Although the de-livery is made in the future, the price is determined onthe initial trade date. Most forward contracts don'thave standards and aren't traded on exchanges. Afarmer would use a forward contract to "lock-in" aprice for his grain for the upcoming fall harvest.

Hybrid Security: A security that combines two ormore different financial instruments. Hybrid securi-ties generally combine both debt and equity charac-teristics. The most common example is a convertiblebond that has features of an ordinary bond, but isheavily influenced by the price movements of thestock into which it is convertible.Often referred to as "hybrids".New types of hybridsecurities are being introduced all the time to meetthe needs of sophisticated investors. Some of thesesecurities get so complicated that it's tough to definethem as either debt or equity.

Commodity: 1. A basic good used in commerce thatis interchangeable with other commodities of thesame type. Commodities are most often used as in-puts in the production of other goods or services.The quality of a given commodity may differ slightly,but it is essentially uniform across producers. Whenthey are traded on an exchange, commodities mustalso meet specified minimum standards, also knownas a basis grade.

2. Any good exchanged during commerce, whichincludes goods traded on a commodity exchange.

The basic idea is that there is little differentiationbetween a commodity coming from one producer andthe same commodity from another producer - a bar-rel of oil is basically the same product, regardless ofthe producer. Compare this to, say, electronics, wherethe quality and features of a given product will becompletely different depending on the producer.Some traditional examples of commodities includegrains, gold, beef, oil and natural gas. More recently,the definition has expanded to include financial prod-

ucts such as foreign currencies and indexes.

Technological advances have also led to new typesof commodities being exchanged in the market-place: for example, cell phone minutes and band-width.The sale and purchase of commodities is usually car-ried out through futures contracts on exchanges thatstandardize the quantity and minimum quality of thecommodity being traded. For example, the ChicagoBoard of Trade stipulates that one wheat contract isfor 5,000 bushels and also states what grades of wheat(e.g. No. 2 Northern Spring) can be used to satisfythe contract.

Diversification: A risk management technique thatmixes a wide variety of investments within a portfo-lio. The rationale behind this technique contends thata portfolio of different kinds of investments will, onaverage, yield higher returns and pose a lower riskthan any individual investment found within the port-folio.

Diversification strives to smooth out unsystematicrisk events in a portfolio so that thepositive performance of some investmentswill neutralize the negative performance of others.Therefore, the benefits of diversification will holdonly if the securities in the portfolio are not perfectlycorrelated.

Active Bond :A term used to describe fixed-incomesecurities that trade frequently on the floor of theNYSE.These are typically corporate debt instrumentsand convertible bonds issued by well established com-panies on the NYSE.

Maturity: 1. The length of time until the principalamount of a bond must be repaid.

2. The end of the life of a security.In other words, the maturity is the date the borrowermust pay back the money he or she borrowed throughthe issue of a bond.

Government Security: A government debt obliga-tion (local or national) backed by the credit and tax-

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Page 98: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

98Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ing power of a country with very little risk of default. This includes short-term Treasury bills, medium-termTreasury notes, and long-term Treasury bonds.

Sovereign Bond: A debt security issued by a national government within a given country and denominated in aforeign currency. The foreign currency used will most likely be a hard currency, and may represent significantlymore risk to the bondholder.

Section -2 (Hot Topics : Economy Special)

Advertise yourBusiness Here

Contact Us Online:http://upscportal.com/store/contact

NEW BOOK ArrivalsGeography : A Comprehensive Study for Pre and Main Exams by Mahesh Kumar Barnwal

The author is successful candidate of civil services 1997 batch and has the experience of teaching geography at Cosmos IAS Academy Delhi for the last 11 years.

The present book 'Geography : A Comprehensive Study' is the english edition of his very popular book in Hindi 'Bhugol : A Samagra Addhyan' among the civil services aspirants. The book is emprenated with all relevant concepts and information needed for the general studies as well as Geography optional.

Author : Mahesh Kumar BarnwalMedium : EnglishPublisher: Cosmos PublicationNo. of Pages : 388ISBN : 819081741 - 8Price: 225.00 Rs.

About The Author :

Book Description :

BUY ONLINE:http://upscportal.com/store/Book/Cosmos-Publication/Geography/Geography-A-Comprehensive-Study-for-Pre-and-main-Exams-of-Union-and-State-PSC

ADVERTISEMENT

Page 99: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

99Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

UPSCPORTAL Provides following content free of cost to all its members :- Daily GS Dose- Study Material- Previous Year Papers- Current Affairs- Topper Interviews- Online Forum- Tips & Tricks- Books Information- Exams Syllabus- Online Results- Free Downloads- Coaching Center Information- Live Community Chat and much much more...

Http://upscportal.comRegister Online Now!

WHY REGISTER?at www.upscportal.com

Page 100: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

100Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

» Farah Pandith has appointed to head the new Of-fice of the United States Special Representative toMuslim Communities. Special Representative FarahPandith and her staff (S/SRMC) will be responsiblefor executing theAdministration’s efforts to en-gage with Muslims around theworld on a people-to-peopleand organizationallevel.Pandith was the senioradviser on Muslim engagementin the European and Eurasianregion at the State Department.The position was created forthe first time in the US history.Prior to the State Department,she served on the National Se-curity Council at the WhiteHouse where she worked onMuslim engagement and com-bating extremism. She workedat the U.S. Agency for Inter-national Development in theearly 1990s and again in 2003. She also served inKabul, Afghanistan in 2004.

Pandith, a Muslim, immigrated to the United Stateswith her parents from Srinagar, India. She grew upin Massachusetts with a diversity of faiths, ethnicitiesand perspectives.

» Renowned Hindustani classical vocalist GangubaiHangal died at the Lifeline Emergency Care Centrein Hubli, Karnataka on July 21, 2009. She was 97-year-old. She was born in 1913 at Dharwad toChikkurao Nadiger, an agriculturist and Ambabai, acelebrated vocalist of Carnatic music. Her familyshifted to Hubli in 1928. Initially, she learned classi-cal music from Krishnacharya and Dattopant Desaibefore studying under Sawai Gandharva. She startedperforming in local celebrations and Ganeshotsavasin Mumbai as a teenager. She is probably the last ofthe titans to be representing the purity of Hindustaniclassical music.

Current Affairs» Gangubai was the recipient of several prestigiousawards like the Karnataka Sangeet Nritya AcademyAward, in the year 1962, the Padma Bhushan in 1971,Padma Vibhushan in 2002 and the Sangeet Natak

Akademi Award in the year1973.

» The journalist-turned-politi-cian Jadranka Kosor becameCroatia's first woman primeminister on July 6, 2009 vow-ing to revive the country's bidto join the European Union andtackle the economic crisis.Hercentre-right cabinet were ap-proved by 83 deputies in a votein the 153-member parliament.Forty-five voted against, noone abstained while the remain-ing were not present.She suc-ceeded Ivo Sanader who, afterholding Croatia's most power-ful political position for the past

six years, shocked the nation by resigning in Junelast pushing the country into political turmoil. The56-year-old Jadranka Kosor took up the mantle amiddeep economic woes that have the country facing itsworst crisis since its war of independence from theformer communist Yugoslavia in the early 1990s.Herappointment is seen as controversial, but she pledgedto tackle Croatia's economic struggles and its stalledbid to become the European Union's 28th memberby 2011. » Mauritania's former military ruler Gen. MohamedOuld Abdel Aziz took oath of office as the nation'snew civilian president on August 6, 2009. His politi-cal opponents are still challenging the outcome oflast month's election. Earlier he was declared the vic-tor in the presidential election with more than 50percent of the vote following a well-organized cam-paign that portrayed him as the "President of thePoor" on July 19, 2009. Former general Mohamed

Section -3 (Current Relevant Facts)

Page 101: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

101Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Ould Abdel Aziz was sworn in as president a yearafter taking power in a military coup that toppledthe nation's first freely-elected leader.

» He encouraged greater cooperation betweenMauritania and Mali in the fight against terrorism.Al-Qaeda's North Africa affiliate has been active inthe area, attacking government troops and kidnap-ping foreign tourists. While Mauritania's leadingpolitical opponents say they will not cooperate withthe new Aziz government, members of the Interna-tional Crisis Group are hoping there will eventuallybe some reconciliation. African Union Ambassadorto Belgium Mohamed Sale Nadif was part of the In-ternational Crisis Group that negotiated the transi-tional government that led to last month's vote.

» Syed Abdullah Bukhari, the grand old Shahi Imamof Delhi's historic Jama Masjid and for long one ofIndia's most outspoken Muslim leaders, died in NewDelhi on July 8, 2009 after a long illness. He was 87.The elderly Bukhari, who anointed his son SyedAhmed Bukhari as the Shahi Imam in 2000 but con-tinued to retain the title was named the Naib ShahiImam in 1946, a year before India's independence.Belonging to a family originally hailing from CentralAsia, the Bukharis were invited to Delhi by Mughalemperors to preside over the Jama Masjid. AbdullahBukhari, born in Rajasthan and educated in Delhi,was the 12th Shahi Imam. Bukhari took keen inter-est in the social and economic issues linked toMuslims.He took to the streets following communalviolence in Delhi's Kishanganj area in 1974, leadingto his jailing for 18 days in early 1975. The eventtriggered widespread protests. He rose to nationalprominence in March 1977 when he joined nationalpoliticians in mobilising people to vote out the Con-gress government of Indira Gandhi, accusing it ofdisplacing the poor from their homes and forcing theirmenfolk to undergo vasectomy. The senior Bukharialso played an active role in support of the BabriMasjid in Ayodhya but his appeal started to waneafter mobs destroyed the mosque in 1992, creatingthe worst Hindu-Muslim fissures since 1947.

» Music director and sitarist Bhaskar Chandavarkardied at age of 73 early this morning. He was suffer-

ing from cancer. Bhaskar Chandavarkar blended In-dian classical and Western music in his work. He wasa disciple of Pandit Ravi Shankar. He composed themusical scores for about 40 films in Hindi, Marathi,and Malayalam. He won acclaim for the innovativemusic he composed for the landmark Marathi playGhashiram Kotwal, written by Vijay Tendulkar anddirected by Jabbar Patel in the early 1970s. He alsotaught music at the Film and Television Institute ofIndia (FTII) for 15 years. A recipient of the SangeetNatak Akademi Award in 1988, Chandavarkar alsoscored the music in many offbeat films like AmolPalekar’s Aakrit and Jabbar Patel’s Saamna andSinhasan. His other films include Thodasa RumaaniHo Jaye, Kairi, Raosaheb, and Mati Mai.

» Music director and sitarist Bhaskar Chandavarkardied at age of 73 early this morning. He was suffer-ing from cancer. Bhaskar Chandavarkar blended In-dian classical and Western music in his work. He wasa disciple of Pandit Ravi Shankar. He composed themusical scores for about 40 films in Hindi, Marathi,and Malayalam. He won acclaim for the innovativemusic he composed for the landmark Marathi playGhashiram Kotwal, written by Vijay Tendulkar anddirected by Jabbar Patel in the early 1970s. He alsotaught music at the Film and Television Institute ofIndia (FTII) for 15 years. A recipient of the SangeetNatak Akademi Award in 1988, Chandavarkar alsoscored the music in many offbeat films like AmolPalekar’s Aakrit and Jabbar Patel’s Saamna andSinhasan. His other films include Thodasa RumaaniHo Jaye, Kairi, Raosaheb, and Mati Mai.

» Formerly the Rajmata of Jaipur and one of the lastof India's surviving royalty, Maharani Gayatri Devidied Wednesday, July 29, after a ten-day illness. Shewas 90 years old. Born in 1919 into the royal familyof Cooch Behar, in 1939 Devi married MaharajaSawai Man Singh II of Jaipur, becoming his thirdwife. She ran for parliament in 1962 as a member ofthe Swatantra Party, winning her constituency witha then-record 78% of the vote. Gayatri Devi wonreelection twice, but she ran afoul of tax laws afterthe abolition of privy purses in 1971 and was jailedfor five months. After her release from prison, shewithdrew from politics and published an autobiog-

Section -3 (Current Relevant Facts)

Page 102: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

102Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

raphy, A Princess Remembers, in 1976; the 1997 filmMémoires d'une princesse des Indes (Memoirs of aHindu Princess) was based around her life.

» Famous painter Tyeb Mehta died in his house atMumbai on july 2,2009. He was 84. He is survivedby wife and two children.

» Mr. Mehta who was born in 1925 in Gujarat, startedhis career in the film industry. In 1952, he obtained adiploma from the JJ College of Arts. He hit the head-lines in the art world when his painting‘Celebration&rsquo; was sold for a whopping Rs.1.5 crores. In 2005, his picture ‘Kali’ was sold forRs. 1 crore. In 2007, his picture ‘Christine' was soldin an auction for 2 billion dollars.In 2007, Indiangovernment honoured him with Padmasri.

» Hawaii was chosen as the site for the world's big-gest telescope, a device so powerful that it will al-low scientists to see some 13 billion light years awayand get a glimpse into the early years of the universeon july 20,2009.

» The telescope's mirror stretching almost 100 feetin diameter, or nearly the length of a Boeing 737'swingspan, will be so large that it should be able togather light that will have spent 13 billion years trav-eling to earth. This means astronomers looking intothe telescope will be able to see images of the firststars and galaxies forming - some 400 million yearsafter the Big Bang.

» The telescope, expected to be completed by 2018,will be located atop a dormant volcano that is popu-lar with astronomers because its summit sits wellabove the clouds at 13,796 feet, offering a clear viewof the sky above for 300 days a year.Hawaii's iso-lated position in the middle of the Pacific Ocean alsomeans the area is relatively free of air pollution. Fewcities on the Big Island mean there aren't a lot ofman-made lights around to disrupt observations.Theother finalist candidate site for the Thirty Meter Tele-scope was Chile's Cerro Armazones mountain.The common man can now view sharper pictures ofany part of the world on their personal computerusing satellite images with ISRO unveiling 'Bhuvan',

its version of Google Earth on august 12,2009.Minister of State in the PMO Prithviraj Chavanlaunched the beta version of the geoportalwww.bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in at a day-long workshop ofthe Astronautical Society of India on "21st CenturyChallenges in Space -- Indian Context."The new web-based tool allows users to have a closer look at anypart of the subcontinent barring sensitive locationssuch as military and nuclear installations.

» The degree of resolution showcased is based onpoints of interest and popularity, but most of the In-dian terrain is covered upto at least six meters ofresolution with the least spatial resolution being 55meters.

» Bhuvan uses images taken at least a year ago byISRO's seven remote sensing satellites, includingCartosat-1 and Cartosat-2. These eyes in the sky cancapture images of objects as small as a car on theroad to build three-dimensional map of the world.

» The pictures are expected to be sharper than thoseon Google Earth as Bhuvan uses 10 meter resolu-tion images as against 200 meter resolution photosoffered by others.Unlike in Google Earth, users willnot be able to download images from Bhuvan andwill be able to browse content like on any website.

Section -3 (Current Relevant Facts)

(IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Re-sults, Notification Alerts on Email.

Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form be-low. you will get a confirmation email within10 min.

Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on thelink in the email. (check Inbox and Spam fold-ers)

Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alertson your email.

Page 103: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

103Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Useful Links

UPSC Papers: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/PAPERSUPSC Tips: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/TIPSFREE CHAT: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/CHATUPSC Toppers: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/TOPPERSUPSC Interviews: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/interviewsUPSC QUIZ: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/QUIZCurrent Affairs: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/current-affairsOnline Forum: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/forumUPSC Books: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/BOOKSFree NCERT Books: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/ncert_booksUPSC Syllabus: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/SyllabusUPSC Results: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/ResultsUPSC Coaching: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/coaching/civil-services-coaching-center-listGOVT Jobs: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/JOBSNotification: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/ias-civil-services-india/notifications

Civil Services

IAS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/IASIES: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/IESIPS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/IPSIFS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/IFS

NDA: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/nda-national-defence-academy-naval-academy-examination

CDS: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/cds-combined-defence-services-examinationSSC: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/ssc

SCRA: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/scra-special-class-railway-apprentices-examina-tion

RRB: http://upscportal.com/civilservices/tag/upsc-services/rrb

Page 104: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

104Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Asian Carrom Championship: India retained themen and women team titles in the third Asian CarromChampionship in Pune on August 12, 2009.Defend-ing champion India blanked Sri Lanka by identical3-0 margin in both Men andWomen's team finals.In thewomen's section, Parimala Devidefeated Roshita Joseph 25-8,25-24. World Champion IIllavazhaki faced tough chal-lenge from Yashika Rahubaddeof Sri Lanka when she lost thefirst game 16-25 but recoveredquickly to win the next twogames 25-0, 25-3. ReigningAsian Champion RashmiKumari out-pointed NayanaWickramasinghe at 25-6, 25-2.

» In the men's section, National champion BRadhakrishnan routed Viraj Fernando 25-9, 25-2,while World Champion Yogesh Pardeshi was madeto fight before emerging winner against ChamilCoorey 25-9, 14-25, 25-18. Hidyat Ansari defeatedseasoned campaigner D Nishanta Fernando 25-16,25-17.

Wimbledon 2009

Men's Singles: Roger Federer of Switzerland wonhis Sixth Grand Slam in Wimbledon after defeatingAndy Roddick on a tiresome 5 sets with 14-16 scoreon the last set in favor of Roger Federer. It was hisrecord 15th Grand Slam title. It was the 6th GrandSlam of Roger Federer’s 7 consecutive final appear-ance while it was Andy Roddick’s 3rd finals appear-ance in Wimbledon which all of his 3 final appear-ance fall in the hands of Roger Federer. Rafael Nadalwho won the 2008 Grand Slam in Wimbledon, whodefeated Federer on 5 grueling sets did not play forthe said tournament because of an injury. RogerFederer had 15 ‘major’ in his possession, one morethan Pete Sampras.The Swiss reached his sixth titleand regain the ‘number one’.

SPORTSWomen's Singles: In the fourth all-Williams final atWimbledon, Serena beat her sister Venus 7-6 (3), 6-2 on July 4, 2009 and won her third title and 11thGrand Slam championship. Serena beat Venus in the

2002 and '03 finals, beforeVenus prevailed in 2008championship match. Venuswas trying to become the firstwoman since Steffi Graf in1991-93 to win Wimbledonthree years in a row.

Serena became the secondplayer in the Open era to winthe Wimbledon women's titleafter overcoming a matchpoint, having done so in thesemifinals against ElenaDementieva. The only other

player to do it was Venus, who saved one in the 2005final against Lindsay Davenport.

Women's Doubles: Serena Williams and Venus Wil-liams of US won women’s doubles title beatingRennae Stubbs and Samantha Stosur of Australia 7-6(4), 6-4 on July 5, 2009. Serena Williams won apair of Grand Slam titles at Wimbledon, just like hersister Venus did in 2008.It was their fourthWimbledon title together, part of their haul of nineGrand Slam women’s doubles championships.

Men's Doubles: Daniel Nestor of Canada and NenadZimonjic of Serbia won their second straightWimbledon men’s doubles title, beating top-seededAmerican twins Bob and Mike Bryan 7-6(7), 6-7(3),7-6(3), 6-3.

Mixed Doubles: Mark Knowles (BAH) and Anna-Lena Groenefeld of GERmany won.Boys' Singles: Andrey Kuznetsov of RussiaGirls' Singles: Noppawan Lertcheewakarn of Thai-landBoys' Doubles: Kevin Krawietz (GER) and Pierre-Hugues Herbert (FRA)Girls' Doubles: Noppawan Lertcheewakarn (THA)

Section -4 (SPORTS)

Page 105: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

105Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

and Sally Peers (AUS).

ITF Lexington Challenger Title: Second seededSania Mirza defeated top-seed Frenchwoman JulieCoin 7-6 (7/5), 6-4 to lift the International TennisFederation (ITF) Lexington Challenger title. The 22-year-old Hyderabadi girl clinched the victory win-ning the 50,000 dollar title. With this win, she climbedup three places in the latest WTA singles rankings.She now stands the 80th.

Bangladesh- West Indies Test series: Bangladeshwon the test series beating the West Indies in thesecond and final Test on July 21, 2009. The victorywas Bangladesh's first Test series win away fromhome - admittedly against a weakened and inexperi-enced West Indies side after senior players boycottedthe series over a pay dispute - and the first time theyhave won two successive Tests. Bangladeshi stand-in captain Shakib Al Hasan was given the man-of-the-series award.

Bangladesh- West Indies One-day series: Half-centuries from Junaid Siddique and Mahmudullah ledBangladesh to a three-wicket victory, and a 3-0cleansweep of the One-Day International series overWest Indies. Siddique struck six fours in 55 from 73balls, and Mahmudullah, who was named man-of-the-match, hit two fours and one six in an unbeaten51 from 70 balls to help Bangladesh overhaul a vic-tory target of 249 in the third and final ODI at WarnerPark. Bangladesh won the opening match inDominica by 52 runs, and the second match at thesame venue by three wickets. Their ODI series vic-tory followed a cleansweep of the preceding two-Test series against a home side decimated by a playerboycott.

Section -4 (SPORTS)

Page 106: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

106Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

PATA Awards

The tourism ministry of India was given two presti-gious Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA) goldawards for 2009 on August 3. Itwas declared the winner of twoawards in the marketing media -Travel Advertisement BroadcastMedia and Travel Poster category.PATA aims to promote the sustain-able development of tourism in theAsia Pacific region. Kerala Tour-ism was chosen for 2009 PacificAsia Travel Association (PATA)Gold Award in the marketing des-tination category

It was selected as "best inclass" from amongst 236 entriesworldwide. The award ceremony will take place Sep25 during the PATA Travel Mart 2009 in Hangzhou,China. Kerala Tourism also won national recogni-tion, bagging the CNBC awards for Best TravelDestination and Best State Tourism Board, based ona survey conducted across 12 cities in the country.

UNESCO Literacy Prizes

King Sejong Literacy Prizes: A newspaper pro-duced entirely by women in rural India “KhabarLahariya” was among the winners of year 2009 KingSejong Literacy Prizes awarded by the United Na-tions Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-tion (UNESCO) for innovative programs designedto teach marginalized populations how to read andwrite. One of two awards of the UNESCO KingSejong Literacy Prize, supported by the Republic ofKorea, goes to Tin Tua’s Literacy and Non-FormalEducation Programme in eastern Burkina Faso. TheNGO’s name means “let’s help ourselves develop”in the Gulimancema language.

It has achieved excellent results by using participants’primary language, producing reading material locally,

Awardsand focusing on gender and sustainable communitydevelopment. The second award of the UNESCOKing Sejong Literacy Prize goes to the NGONirantar’s project “Khabar Lahariya” - “news waves”- in Uttar Pradesh, northern India. It has created a

rural fortnightly newspaper entirelyproduced and marketed by “lowcaste” women, distributed to morethan 20,000 newly literate readers.Its well-structured method of train-ing newly literate women as jour-nalists and democratizing informa-tion production provides an easilyreplicated model of transformativeeducation.

The UNESCO Confucius Prize:The UNESCO Confucius Prize forLiteracy, supported by the People’sRepublic of China, also has two

awards. The first was given to the Pashai LanguageDevelopment Project implemented by SERVE Af-ghanistan, a British NGO. The community-ownedinitiative provides meaningful literacy, livelihood,public health and nutrition education to about 1,000Pashai ethnic minority men and women annually.

The second award of the UNESCO Confucius Prizefor Literacy goes to the Municipal Literacy Coordi-nating Council, Municipality of Agoo, La Union,Philippines, for its Continuing Education and Life-long Learning Programme, which makes available avast array of education and training opportunities tothe entire population, including the neediest. Themunicipal authority’s leadership in coordinating ac-tivities is a key factor in eliminating illiteracy andsustaining lifelong learning in the area’s 49 villages.The Jury commended the project’s joint funding bythe government, NGOs, the private sector and inter-national donors as exemplary.

The UNESCO International Literacy Prizes areawarded every year in recognition of excellence andinnovation in literacy throughout the world. Com-plying with the United Nations Literacy Decade

Section -5 (AWARDS)

Page 107: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

107Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

(UNLD) thematic calendar, the theme for year 2009Prizes was “Literacy and Empowerment”. The awardceremony will take place at UNESCO in Paris onthe occasion of the celebration of International Lit-eracy Day, September 8. The King Sejong LiteracyPrize was created in 1989 through the generosity ofthe Government of the Republic of Korea. Each lau-reate is awarded US $20,000. The UNESCOConfucius Prize for Literacy was established in 2005through the generosity of the Government of thePeople’s Republic of China. Each laureate is awardedUS $20,000.

The Greg Urwin Awards

Secretary General of the Pacific Islands Forum Sec-retariat Tuiloma Neroni Slade announced the namesof the first five recipients of an award of talent in theregion on August 5. The five award winners are fromFiji, Kiribati, Samoa, Tonga and Papua New Guinea. They are currently undertaking higher level academicstudies as part of the Australian Leadership Awardsscholarship program. The inaugural awards will sup-port vocational placements in a range of areas in-cluding, heath policy, oncology, education, law andengineering. The award winners will begin taking uptheir placements in 2010.

The Greg Urwin Awards were established in 2008in memory of the late Secretary General of the Fo-rum and are awarded to emerging Pacific Islanderleaders in a range of fields by the Forum annually.

Idea Filmfare Awards 2008 for the South

56th Idea Filmfare Awards 2008 for the South washeld at Hyderabad International Convention Centre(HICC) on July 31st night in a grand manner. Re-cipients of important category are following:

Tamil

» Best Film- Subramaniapuram» Best Director- Sasikumar (Subramaniapuram)» Best Actor- Suriya (Vaaranam Aayiram)» Best Actress- Parvathy (Poo)

» Best Music director- Harris Jayaraj (VaaranamAayiram)

Telugu

» Best Film: Gamyam» Best Director: Radha Krishna Jagarlamudi(Gamyam)» Best Actor (Male): Allu Arjun (Parugu)» Best Actor (Female): Swathi (Ashta Chemma)» Best Music: Micky J Mayor (Kotha BangaruLokam)

Malayalam

» Best Film: Thirakkatha» Best Director: Ranjith (Thirakkatha)» Best Actor (Male): Lal (Thalappavu)» Best Actor (Female): Priyamani (Thirakkatha)

Kannada

» Best Film: Moggina Manasu» Best Director: Shashank (Moggina Manasu)» Best Actor (Male): Ganesh (Gaalipata)» Best Actor (Female): Radhika Pandit (MogginaManasu)» Best Music: Harikrishna (Gaalipata)»Life time achievement award: VeturiSundararama murthy

World Young Reader Prize

Malayala Manorama, a leading newspaper fromKerala, won the World Young Reader Prize for itsproject SAVE (Serve as a Volunteer for Energy)which was aimed at reducing power consumption inKerala through students' activities. The project wasorganised as a joint venture of Manorama and KeralaPower Department. The World Young Reader Prizewas instituted by the World Association of Newspa-pers and News Publishing (WAN-IFRA).

Section -5 (AWARDS)

Page 108: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

108Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

World Press Photo Contest Prize

Mexican photographer Carlos Cazalis was one of thewinners in World Press Photo contest 2009. Thephotographer was given first prize in the Contem-porary Issues section. Other winners from LatinAmerica included Lissette Lemus of El Salvador, whowon first prize for daily life with this image aboutgang violence in her country, and Luiz Vasconcelosof Brazil, who impressed the judges with this shot ofa woman resisting a police eviction of squatters fromprivate land near the city of Manaus, in the Brazilianstate of Amazonas. The photo-of-the-year prize wentto American photographer Anthony Suau. His win-ning image shows Det.

Rashtriya Khel Puraskar 2009

Beijing Olympic Games bronze medal-winners SushilKumar and Vijender Singh along with Four-timeworld champion pugilist (woman boxer ) MC MaryKom were chosen for coveted Rajiv Gandhi KhelRatna award. Twice in the past the Khel Ratna awardwas shared, once for a team event (yachtsmen HomiMotiwala and P. K. Garg in 1994) and on anotheroccasion between an athlete and a shooter (K.M.Beenamol and Anjali Bhagwat in 2002). But neverbefore had the award been given to threesportspersons. These awards were announced by theUnion Sports Ministry on July 29.

Category wise award winner followings:

Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna: M.C. Mary Kom(women’s boxing), Vijender Singh (boxing) andSushil Kumar (wrestling).

Arjuna Award: Mangal Singh Champia (archery),Sinimole Paulose (athletics), Saina Nehwal (badmin-ton), L. Sarita Devi (women’s boxing), Tania Sachdev(chess), Gautam Gambhir (cricket), Ignace Tirkey(hockey), Surinder Kaur (women’s hockey), PankajNavnath Shirsat (kabaddi), Satish Joshi (rowing),Ronjan Sodhi (shooting), Poulomi Ghatak (table ten-nis), Yogeshwar Dutt (wrestling), Girdhari Lal Yadav(yachting) and Parul D. Parmar (badminton, dis-

abled).

Dronacharya Award: P. Gopi Chand (badminton),Jaydev Bisht (boxing), Baldev Singh (hockey) andSatpal (wrestling).

Dhyan Chand Award: Ishar Singh Deol (athletics)and Satbir Singh Dahya (wrestling).

Rashtriya Khel Protsahan Puraskar: Tata SteelLimited (two awards, community sports identifica-tion and nurturing of budding talent and establish-ment and management of sports academies); Rail-way Sports Promotion Board (employment ofsportspersons and sports welfare measures).

FACTS TO BE REMEMBERED

» Each Khel Ratna awardee would receive Rs. 7.5lakh, the enhanced cash component of the award,apart from a medal and a citation.

» The Arjuna, Dronacharya and Dhyan Chandawardees will get Rs. 5 lakh each in year2009, en-hanced from the previous Rs. 3 lakh, apart from statu-ettes and citations while the newly-introducedRashtriya Khel Protsahan Puraskar winners will re-ceive trophies and citations.

» The awards will be presented by the President,Partibha Patil, at the Rashtrapati Bhawan, on Au-gust 29.

From the year 2009 onwards the award would beknown by the year in which it is awarded.Ramon Magsaysay Award 2009

» Six individuals from Burma, China, India, the Phil-ippines, and Thailand were declared winners of Asia’spremier prize, the Ramon Magsaysay Award, for theyear 2009. Established in 1957, the RamonMagsaysay Award is Asia’s highest honor and iswidely regarded as the region’s equivalent of theNobel Prize. It celebrates the memory and leader-

Section -5 (AWARDS)

Page 109: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

109Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

ship example of the third Philippine President, and isgiven every year to individuals or organizations inAsia who manifest the same sense of selfless servicethat ruled the life of the late and beloved Filipinoleader.

The six 2009 Magsaysay awardees join 271 otherlaureates who have received Asia’s highest honor todate. This year’s Magsaysay Award winners will eachreceive a certificate, a medallion bearing the likenessof the late President, and a cash prize. They will beformally conferred the Magsaysay Award during thePresentation Ceremonies to be held on Aug. 31, 2009at the Cultural Center of the Philippines, to whichthe public is cordially invited. Winners are Follow-ing:

» Krisana Kraisintu, from Thailand. She is being rec-ognized for “her placing pharmaceutical rigor at theservice of patients, through her untiring and fearlessdedication to producing much-needed generic drugsin Thailand and elsewhere in the developing world.”

» Deep Joshi, from India. He is being recognizedfor “his vision and leadership in bringing profession-alism to the NGO movement in India, by effectivelycombining ‘head’ and ‘heart’ in the transformativedevelopment of rural communities.”

» Yu Xiaogang, from China. He is being recognizedfor “his fusing the knowledge and tools of social sci-ence with a deep sense of social justice, in assistingdam-affected communities in China to shapethe development projects that impact their naturalenvironment and their lives.”

» Antonio Oposa, Jr., from the Philippines. He isbeing recognized for “his pathbreaking and passion-ate crusade to engage Filipinos in acts of enlight-ened citizenship that maximize the power of law toprotect and nurture the environment for themselves,their children, and generations still to come.”

» Ma Jun, from China. He is being recognized for“his harnessing the technology and power of infor-mation to address China’s water crisis, and mobiliz-

ing pragmatic, multisectoral, and collaborative ef-forts to ensure sustainable benefits for China’s envi-ronment and society.”

» Ka Hsaw Wa, from Burma. He is being recog-nized for “his auntlessly pursuing non violent yet ef-fective channels of redress, exposure, and educationfor the defense of human rights, the environment,and democracy in Burma.”

Section -5 (AWARDS)

Page 110: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

110Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Buy Jawahar Publisher Books at Online StoreJawahar Book Centre and Publishers

62/1, Ber Sarai, Opp. J.N.U. Old CampusNew Delhi-110 016

http://upscportal.com/store/tag/jawahar-publishers1. (General Studies) INDIAN POLITY, CONSTITUTION AND PARLIAMENT by Jawahar Publication2. (Miscellaneous) PHYSICS (FOR PRELIMS) by Jawahar Publication3. (Miscellaneous) SOUTH AFRICA : RETROSPECT & PROSPECT by Jawahar Publication4. (Miscellaneous) MANDAL COMMISSION REVISITED by Jawahar Publication5. (Miscellaneous) THE PUBLIC SERVICE IN CANADA & INDIA by Jawahar Publication6. (Miscellaneous) OPEN & DISTANCE EDUCATION by Jawahar Publication7. (Miscellaneous) BIOTECHNOLOGY ADMISSION GUIDE by Jawahar Publication8. (Miscellaneous) DISASTER MANAGEMENT by Jawahar Publication9. (Miscellaneous) KNOWLEDGE BOOK OF SCIENCE: WHAT, HOW & WHY by Jawahar Publication10. (Miscellaneous) BUDDHA by Jawahar Publication11. (Miscellaneous) COMMERCE (FOR PRELIMS) by Jawahar Publication12. (Miscellaneous) THE INDIAN KALEIDOSCOPE by Jawahar Publication13. (Miscellaneous) EMINENT MODERN INDIAN POLITICAL THINKERS by Jawahar Publication14. (Miscellaneous) JAWAHAR GATE COMPUTER SCIENCE by Jawahar Publication15. (Book) JAWAHAR'S UGC/NET/SLET - MADE SIMPLE by Jawahar Publication16. (English) UGC NET ENGLISH: A CRITICAL HANDBOOK OF LITERATURE IN ENGLISH by Jawahar Publication17. (Maths) UGC NET/SLET MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE by Jawahar Publication18. (Book) UGC NET/SLET COMPUTER SCIENCE by Jawahar Publication19. (General Studies) GENERAL SCIENCE: OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS by Jawahar Publication20. (General Studies) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY IN INDIA by Jawahar Publication21. (General Studies) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF GENERAL STUDIES by Jawahar Publication22. (General Studies) GENERAL STUDIES QUESTION BANK by Jawahar Publication23. (Political Science) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF INDIAN POLITY by Jawahar Publication24. (Political Science) ESSAYS ON INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS: A Continuing Review25. (Economics) LIBERALISATION & GLOBLISATION : WHEN & WHERE by Jawahar Publication26. (Economics) INDIAN ECONOMY by Jawahar Publication27. (Economics) CONCISE HANDBOOK OF INDIAN ECONOMY by Jawahar Publication28. (Economics) THE URUGUAY ROUND by Jawahar Publication29. (Sociology) A MASTER KEY SOCIOLOGY - PART TWO by Jawahar Publication30. (Sociology) SOCIOLOGY: AN INTRODUCTION by Jawahar Publication31. (Sociology) SOCIAL DEMOGRAPHY:A SYSTEMATIC EXPOSITION by Jawahar Publication32. (Sociology) FUNDAMENTALS OF SOCIOLOGY by Jawahar Publication33. (Sociology) STUDY OF INDIAN SOCIETY by Jawahar Publication34. (Publicaion Administration) ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT by Jawahar Publication35. (Public Administration) BETWEEN ANTHROPOLOGY & SOCIOLOGY by Jawahar Publication36. (Public Administration) INTRODUCING SOCIAL-CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY by Jawahar Publication37. (Public Administration) GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY by Jawahar Publication38. (Public Administration) INDIAN SOCIETY & CULTURE: CONTINUITY AND CHANGE by Jawahar Publication39. (Public Administration) PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION QUESTION BANK by Jawahar Publication40. (Public Administration) SOCIAL THEORY, DEVELOPMENT ADMINISTRATION & DEVELOPMENT ETHICS by Jawahar Publication41. (Public Administration) RESTRUCTURING PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: ESSAYS IN REHABILITATION by Jawahar Publication42. (Public Administration) ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR by Jawahar Publication43. (Public Administration) NEW HORIZONS OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION44. (Geography) EXPECTED QUESTIONS ON GEOGRAPHY45. (Geography) GEOGRAPHY (FOR PRELIMS)46. (Geography) PRACTICAL GEOGRAPHY47. (Geography) POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY & GEOPOLITICS : A Bibliography48. (Geography) ENVIRONMENTECOLOGY & NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT49. (Geography) OCEANOGRAPHY50. (Geography) CLIMATOLOGY(General & Applied)51. (Public Administration) RESTRUCTURING PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION: ESSAYS IN REHABILITATION by Jawahar Publication52. (Public Administration) ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR by Jawahar Publication53. (Public Administration) NEW HORIZONS OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION54. (Geography) EXPECTED QUESTIONS ON GEOGRAPHY55. (Geography) GEOGRAPHY (FOR PRELIMS)56. (Geography) PRACTICAL GEOGRAPHY57. (Geography) POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY & GEOPOLITICS : A Bibliography58. (Geography) ENVIRONMENTECOLOGY & NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT59. (Geography) OCEANOGRAPHY60. (Geography) CLIMATOLOGY(General & Applied)

http://upscportal.com/store/tag/jawahar-publishers

ADVERTISEMENT

Page 111: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

111Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Time Allowed: Three HoursMaximum Marks: 300

INSTRUCTIONS:Candidates should attempt all question strictly in ac-cordance with the instructions given under each ques-tions. The number of marks carried by each questionis indicated at the end of the question

1. Write notes on any two of the following (an-swer to each question should be in about 150words): 2x30=60(a) Where and when was the meeting between thePrime Ministers of India and Pakistan held in 2009?

What were the main decisions taken and how muchit important for initiating the dialogue process withPakistan?

Why opposition parties are against of it?(b) India-France relations(c) India and Chile

2. Write about the following (answer to each ques-tion should be in about 20 wordS): 2x5= I 0(a) INS Arihant(b) Afghan President Karzai’s visit to India(c) Indo-Sri Lankan Economic Cooperation(d) Strategic Partnership between India andKazakhstan(e) India and Nepal

We are doing our best to provide you material for IAS main examination. Withother topics, model paper cum study notes for GS second paper has been pro-vided in this volume. Model paper cum study notes for GS first paper was al-ready given to you in volume-4. Model cum study notes is new idea, which ismore appropriate for understanding and keeping in mind for a long time andreproducing at the examination. In this process the our answers may be longand not followed the word limit. Its objective is to make easy to understand thewhole issue and topic with associated facts. So read it carefully and do notforget to follow the word limit in examination hall…

Civil Services (Main) Examination-2009Solved Cum Study Notes Model Paper

(General Studies)

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

3. Write about the following (answer to each ques-tion should be in about 20 words) : 2x5=10(a) Mini Pravasi Bharatiya Divas(b) Global Indian Network of Knowledge(c) Overseas Indian Facilitation Center (OIFC)(d) Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC)(e) Indian council of Overseas Employment (ICOE)(f) Indian Diaspora in Australia

4. Answer anyone of the following (in about 250words): 30(a) What steps IMF recently has taken to supportlow-income countries during crisis?(b) Discuss the situation of Foreign Direct Invest-ment (FDI) equity inflows in India and government’sefforts.

5. Discuss any two of the following topics (an-swer each question in about 150 words)(a). A Challenge fund for Export Promotion Activi-ties(b). India and Global Meltdown(c). India- MERCOSUR Preferential Trade Agree-ment

6. Write about the following (answer to each ques-tion in about 20 words) : 5x2 = 10(a) Structural Adjustment Facility (SAF)(b) Rights Accumulation Program (RAP)(c) Green Box(d) NTMs(e). ICSID

Page 112: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

112Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

7. Write on any one of the following (answer inabout 150 words): 15(a) BRICS’ Joint Statement on Global Food Secu-rity(b) Ethnic Violence in Xinjiang

8. Briefly write about the following (in about 20words each): 2x5 = 10(a) G-5 and G-14(b) Indo-Japan Mutual Trade(c) Second World Conference Against Racism(d) Lebanese Parliamentary Elections(e) India as a political Force in East Asia

9. Write about the following by expanding andexplaining the objectives (in about 20 Wordseach): 2x5=10(a) ESCAP(b) APEC(c) NAM(d) BIMSTEC(e) INTERPOL

10. Answer any one of the following in about 250words: 30(a). Give the brief account of India’s achievements inSpace Programme in recent years.(b). What are the main uses of nanotechnology andits position in India?

11. Explain any three of the following (in about150 words each) : 3x15=45(a) Quantum Compute.(b) Virtually Engineering Power Plants(c) Param Sheersh Supercomputing facility(d) Tele-medicine facility for Rural India

12. Write brief notes on all the five (in about 20words each) below: 5x2=10(a) NAT(b) Robotic Therapy(c) Induced Pluripotent Stem Cell(d) WinZIP(e) H1N1

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

(IMP) Get UPSCPORTAL , Jobs, Re-sults, Notification Alerts on Email.

Step-1: Fill Your Email address in form be-low. you will get a confirmation email within10 min.

Step-2: Varify your email by clicking on thelink in the email. (check Inbox and Spam fold-ers)

Step-3: Done! Now you will regular Alertson your email.

Page 113: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

113Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Ans.1. (a)

The Prime Minister of India Dr. Manmohan Singh and the Prime Minister of Pakistan Syed Yusuf Raza Gilanimet on July 16, 2009 in the Egyptian resort city of Sharm-el-Sheikh, on the sidelines of the Non-Aligned Move-ment (NAM) Summit. The two Prime Ministers had a cordial and constructive meeting. They considered theentire gamut of bilateral relations with a view to charting the way forward in India - Pakistan relations. Bothleaders agreed that terrorism is the main threat to both countries. Both leaders affirmed their resolve to fightterrorism and to cooperate with each other to this end. Indian Prime Minister reiterated the need to bring theperpetrators of the Mumbai attacks to justice. Prime Minister Gilani assured that Pakistan will do everything inits power in this regard. He said that Pakistan has provided an updated status dossier on the investigations of theMumbai attacks and had sought additional information/evidence. Prime Minister Singh said that the dossier isbeing reviewed.

Both leaders agreed that the two countries will share real time, credible and actionable information on any futureterrorist threats. Prime Minister Gilani mentioned that Pakistan has some information on threats in Balochistanand other areas. Both Prime Ministers recognised that dialogue is the only way forward. Action on terrorismshould not be linked to the Composite Dialogue process and these should not be bracketed. Prime MinisterSingh said that India was ready to discuss all issues with Pakistan, including all outstanding issues. Dr ManmohanSingh reiterated India’s interest in a stable, democratic, Islamic Republic of Pakistan.Both leaders agreed that the real challenge is development and the elimination of poverty. They are resolved toeliminate those factors which prevent our countries from realizing their full potential. They agreed to work tocreate an atmosphere of mutual trust and confidence. Both leaders reaffirmed their intention to promote regionalcooperation. Both Foreign Secretaries should meet as often as necessary and report to the two Foreign Ministerswho will be meeting on the sidelines of the forthcoming UN General Assembly.

The peace process started in September 2004 and came to a halt after four rounds of talks. Both sides claimedsubstantial progress on the eight subjects that came under the ambit of the composite dialogue, including Kash-mir, Siachen Glacier, confidence-building measures, Sir Creek, Wullar Barrage and terrorism and related sub-jects. Both sides admit that the dialogue process, which came to a halt yet again, in November 2008, has helpedmake a lot of progress towards resolving the contentious issues of Sir Creek and Siachen. The two sides re-sumed the process, which had been suspended following the terror attacks on the Mumbai suburban train net-work in July 2006, after the Prime Minister met Pakistan’s President, Pervez Musharraf, at the NAM Summit inHavana. The joint statement in Havana agreed not to link terrorism concerns to other key issues that were partof the designated composite dialogue process. The statement also announced the creation of an India-Pakistaninstitutional anti-terror mechanism to identify and implement counter-terrorism measures and initiatives.

While in Pakistan the joint statement was received as a diplomatic victory and Gilani was hailed as a hero, inIndia Prime Minister Manmohan Singh was blamed for capitulating to Pakistan and has received widespreadcriticism for the compromises. He came under flak for deviating from India’s stated position on terrorism andcomposite dialogue since Pakistan has not taken any “credible and visible” action against the perpetrators of the26/11 Mumbai attack. But Dr. Manmohan Singh said few hours after the release of the statement, that the peacetalks would remain on hold until Islamabad took action against the perpetrators of the Mumbai attacks. “If actsof terrorism continue to be perpetrated, there is no question of dialogue, let alone a composite dialogue,”Manmohan Singh told the Indian media in Sharm-el-Sheikh.

For a proper evaluation of the Joint Statement, the issues involved have to be looked at in a balanced perspec-

ANSWERS

Page 114: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

114Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

tive. Actually India did not gave a diplomatic blank cheque to Pakistan either on the “delinking” issue or on theinclusion of Balochistan. Pakistan has already submitted a dossier on action–taken-so-far, howsoever inad-equate and half-hearted, against the terrorists involved in the Mumbai attack. The use of Pakistani territory andthe involvement of Pakistan nationals have been admitted; the role of the Lashkar-e-Taiba has been acknowl-edged; five Lashkar operatives have been arrested and would be charge-sheeted, including the commander of theMumbai attack, Zakiur Rahman Lakhvi. The Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) chief has been in consultation withIndian High Commission officials in Islamabad on the action being taken in relation to the Mumbai case. Toproceed further, Pakistan is seeking more information from India. Delinking in no way means that the compositedialogue would continue irrespective of Pakistan not doing anything regarding the Mumbai case or allowing asimilar attack on India again. The joint statement is a political document and not a legally binding, unconditionalinternational commitment.

The criticism from the non-Left opposition parties and the Congress party’s lukewarm reception to the jointstatement do not bode well for an early resumption of the dialogue process. Senior Congress functionariessniped at the Prime Minster for agreeing to sign on to the statement. While the Congress formally supported thePrime Minister’s statement in Parliament, “off-the-record” leaks by senior Congressmen were critical of thealleged concessions given to Pakistan.

The Bharatiya Janata Party was strident in its criticism of the Sharm-el-Sheikh statement just as it was of theHavana statement. Leader of the Opposition L.K. Advani was among the most vociferous critics of the Sharm-el-Sheikh statement. He led a walkout of BJP members in Parliament after describing the statement as “capitu-lation”. He later said the statement evoked “intense disquiet and concern among all thinking Indians, includingsections of the Congress party”. He accused the Prime Minister of having surrendered India’s “diplomatic ad-vantage over Pakistan” by delinking acts of terrorism from the composite dialogue process and the mention ofthe “Balochistan” issue.

Ans 1 (b)

Indian Prime Minister Manmohan Singh was chief guest on the occasion of Bastille Day march on July 14, 2009.On this day a detachment of 400 Indian soldiers proudly led the Bastille Day parade on the Champs-Elysées.ndian soldiers to participate in the Bastille Day march for the first time, French President Nicolas Sarkozywanted to emphasize France's special relationship with India. Sarkozy is keen to help India elevate its role on theinternational scene by endorsing its candidacy to become a permanent member of the U.N. Security Council. Hehas bullishly asserted the need for expanding the G8 to the G14 by inviting emerging powers like India to join theelite club, and giving them a greater role in setting the global economic and geopolitical agenda.

France enjoys a longstanding relationship with India. In the midst of the 18th century, the French Empire wasclose to conquering the entire subcontinent when Governor Dupleix was called back to France by the Compagniedes Indes (which had established a trade presence in India well ahead of its British rival, the East India Com-pany).

France is keen to have full civil nuclear cooperation, including transfer of enrichment and reprocessing technol-ogy, with India, notwithstanding the G-8 declaration which vows to curb sharing of such knowhow with non-NPT nations.India had raised the issue of the nuclear cooperation against the backdrop of G-8 resolution withFrench President Nicolas Sarkozy during his visit to Paris. The Group of 8 industrialised nations, which includesFrance, had in a declaration committed to curb transfer of ENR technology and items to countries that have notsigned the Non-Proliferation Treaty. India is among the countries which have not signed NPT. Earlier India and

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 115: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

115Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

France had entered into an accord for supplying reactors and fuel consequent to the Undo-US nuclear deal, the123 agreement and clearance by the NSG to enable New Delhi to have full-scale civil nuclear cooperation.As a first step, Department of Atomic Energy had entered into a contract with French Nuclear supplier AR EVANC for the supply of 300 tonnes of uranium ore concentrate and 60 tonnes were released under the first consign-ment which has been received by the NFC.

India has received the first consignment of 60 tonnes of uranium from France for use as fuel to power its nuclearreactors following a clearance by the 45-member Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG). The uranium ore would nowbe processed at the Nuclear Fuel Complex (NFC) here for use in safeguarded pressurized heavy water reactors(Phews). France is a leading world exporter of civilian nuclear technology.

Reports say the deal includes providing India with France's latest model of the European Pressurised Reactor aswell as other civilian nuclear material. The deal was good news for India - which is desperately short of energyto fuel its booming economy - and places it firmly as a world nuclear power. The deal in effect ends a ban whichprevented countries from engaging in civilian nuclear trade with Delhi. The ban was imposed in 1974 when Indiaused its civilian programme to produce and successfully test an atomic bomb. France is the world's secondlargest producer of nuclear energy after the United States. France and India have instituted a high-level, Strate-gic Dialogue at the level of National Security Advisors which provides both sides an opportunity to review theevolution of the overall global security situation and emerging challenges in various parts of the world. The 20thround of Strategic Dialogue took place in New Delhi on17th January, 2009. Annual consultations between thetwo foreign ministries are held at the level of Foreign Secretaries. The Foreign Office Consultations took placein Paris on 5th February, 2009. A special Joint Working Group on Terrorism has been established to aid coopera-tion in the fight against terrorism. A High Level Committee

for Defence at the level of Defence Secretaries, working through its three specialized sub-committees, dealswith issues related to our defence cooperation. The last meeting was held in Paris on 25th – 26th November,2008. A Joint Committee for Economic and Technical Cooperation at the level of Ministers of Commerce, dealswith issues related to commerce and trade. The last meeting was held in New Delhi on 16th -17th September,2008. The erstwhile Indo-French Forum brought together eminent personalities and opinion makers of twocountries from the fields of art, culture & technology, business and academia. The 11th Plenary Session of theIFF was held in Paris on 27th October, 2006. The 5th Coordinators’ Meeting of the IFF was held in New Delhion 2nd April, 2007. During President Sarkozy’s visit to India in January, 2008, it was decided to convert the IFFinto the CEOs’ Forum. The list of members from both sides has been exchanged. The first preliminary session ofthe CEOs Forum is scheduled for 26th June, 2009 in Paris.

Economic and Commercial Relations: France is the 6th largest economy of the world and an important memberof the G-8. Its technological strengths make it the leader in sectors such as aviation, space, food processing,transport, railways and agricultural research. However, France’s business interaction with India is not mmensuratewith its intrinsic economic capacity. France is ranked 5th in the list of India’s trading partners among EU coun-tries (after the UK, Belgium, Germany and Italy). Indo-French bilateral trade has been growing over the years.Indo-French trade, at € 6.78 billion, is still below the potential.In the Joint Statement issued at the conclusion ofPresident Sarkozy’s visit to India in January 2008, it was decided to double the two-way trade by 2012, i.e. toincrease from the then level of € 6.14 billion to almost € 12 billion. This was reiterated during PM ManmohanSingh’s visit to France in September, 2008. 13. French exports to India comprise mainly of aeronautical & spaceconstruction products, iron & steel products, electrical equipment and apparatus, measuring and process controlequipment, organic chemical products, mechanical products, etc. Indian exports to France consist of a widerange of goods and services spread over a large base of Indian companies, especially from the small and medium

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 116: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

116Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

sector. While traditional items such as garments & textiles constitute a major share of India's exports to France,a number of newly developed non-traditional items such as food products, organic chemicals, refined petroleumproducts, etc. are showing promising growth.Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) approved from France from 1991 to October, 2008 is of the order of US$ 1.9billion out of which the actual inflow is of the order of US$ 103 billion. The number of technical and financialcollaborations approved with France is 952. France is the 9th largest foreign investor in the period August 1991to October, 2008. During President Sarkozy’s visit to India, French interlocutors indicated that investments bymajor French companies were planned in the energy, automobile, aerospace, food processing and other sectors.Indian investments in France have also been growing. Indian companies are active in IT, pharmaceuticals, plasticindustry and auto-parts etc. in France. In 2007, Indian companies invested around € 0.42 billion in France.French companies have recorded interest of investment of Euros 10 billion during 2007-2012. France shouldcapitalize on the Indian community that already lives on its own soil—much as the U.S. and Britain have donevia organizations like Silicon Valley's TiE (The Indus Entrepreneurs). This French minority group boasts 60,000bilingual Franco-Indians who can act as sociocultural intermediaries to forge tight, knowledge-rich economicties between the 65 million French and 1.15 billion Indians. The result could lift both countries.

Ans 1 (c)

Michelle Bachelet, President of the Republic of Chile paid a state visit to India from 16-20 March 2009, at theinvitation of the President of India.The visit assumes special significance as it coincides with the 60th Anniver-sary of the establishment of diplomatic relations between India and Chile. The anniversary was marked by theholding of a special concert in New Delhi on 16th March 2009 at which both Indian and Chilean artists per-formed in the presence of the Presidents of both countries. During this visit both sides reviewed the state ofbilateral relations and expressed satisfaction at the pace at which mutually beneficial cooperation is progressing.As democratic nations, Chile and India share values such as, respect for human rights and fundamental freedomsincluding religious, rule of law and tolerance. Prime Minister Singh and President Bachelet underlined the im-portance of enhancing trade and economic relations. They noted that the Preferential Trade Agreement [PTA]between Chile and India, in force since August 2007, has facilitated the growth in bilateral trade which reachedUS$ 2.3 billion in 2008. They welcomed the growing and dynamic trade relations and agreed that the PTA hasopened new avenues for cooperation and investment for Chilean and Indian companies. Both Leaders evincedinterest in exploring the feasibility of entering into a Free Trade Agreement and expressed satisfaction that theprocess of broadening and deepening of the existing PTA has already been initiated. It was also agreed toenhance the periodic exchanges of business missions and participation in each other’s trade fairs to facilitatepromotion of their respective countries’ products and services. Both sides agreed to endeavour to double bilat-eral trade in the next five years. The two Leaders expressed interest in strengthening cooperation in new areassuch as Information Technology (IT) and bio-technology in which India is regarded as a pioneer amongst devel-oping nations. Both countries welcomed the growing interest of Chilean and Indian educational institutions inestablishing stronger ties. They welcomed the Memorandum of Understanding between the University of Madrásand the Universidad de Talca, to be signed on 20th March 2009.

They also noted that the proposal for signing a Cooperation Agreement on Gender Equality between bothcountries is at an advanced stage of consideration. Chile strongly condemned the terrorist attacks on Mumbai on26th November 2008. Pursuant to the attacks, the President of Chile had written to the Prime Minister of Indiacondemning the “heinous and cowardly terrorist attacks as they constitute crimes against humanity and a threatto human safety on a global scale”. Both Leaders called for enhanced international cooperation and exchange ofinformation through appropriate channels in order to enhance the ability of the governments to fight terrorism.In this regard, they reiterated that early conclusion of the Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 117: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

117Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

is imperative to consolidation of counter terrorism efforts within the UN.

India and Chile reiterated their continued commitment to multilateralism and the principles enshrined in theUnited Nations Charter. Chile and India reaffirmed their support for a comprehensive reform of the UnitedNations, including expansion of the Security Council to make this body more representative, legitimate andeffective. Both nations stressed and acknowledged the need for continued efforts by the Member States toensure meaningful and result-oriented intergovernmental negotiations. Chile reiterated its support for India'spermanent membership on an expanded UN Security Council. They also confirmed their reciprocal support foreach other’s candidature for non-permanent membership of the UN Security Council for 2011-12 for India and2014-15 for Chile. Both countries seek a development-oriented, ambitious and balanced outcome to the DohaDevelopment Round at the earliest.

India and Chile reaffirmed their commitment to continue negotiations within the framework of the Bali Plan ofAction in order to reach an agreed outcome for the effective implementation of the United Nations FrameworkConvention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). This outcome must respect the provisions and principles of theUNFCCC, in particular, the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities and respective capabilities.Chile and India agreed on the importance of the promotion of joint initiatives on R&D on advanced cleantechnologies with the objective of finding concrete and innovative solutions to the issue of climate change. Inthis regard, they urged developed countries to establish a global fund to promote renewable energy and cleantechnologies, both in terms of application of existing technologies as well as R&D into new and innovativetechnologies. The two Leaders held in-depth discussions about the ongoing financial and economic crisis andagreed that it was important that the regulatory failure in developed countries leading to the crisis should beurgently addressed.

Ans. 2 (a)

INS Arihant (S-73) is the lead ship of India's Arihant class of nuclear-powered submarines. It was launched byPrime Minister Manmohan Singh and his wife Gursharan Kaur on July 26, 2009 to mark the anniversary of VijayDiwas (Kargil War Victory Day). INS Arihant is expected to formally join the Indian Navy in 2012 after under-going extensive sea-trials.The 6,000-tonne vessel was built under the Advanced Technology Vessel (ATV) projectat the Ship Building Centre in Visakhapatnam at a cost of US$2.9 billion.With the launch of the submarine India will join the exclusive club of US, Russia, China, France and the UK withsimilar capabilities. Arihant's primary weapon is stealth as it can lurk in ocean depths of half a kilometre or moreand fire its missiles from under the sea. The 6000-tonne submarine is powered by an 85 megawatt capacitynuclear reactor and can acquire surface speeds of 22 to 28 kmph (12-15 knots) and submerged speed upto 44kmph (24 knots). It will be carrying a crew of 95 men and will be armed with torpedoes and missiles including 12ballistic missiles. The Rs 30,000-crore secret nuclear submarine project was started in the 1980s though it wasconceived by then Prime Minister Indira Gandhi in the 1970s.

Ans 2 (b)

At the invitation Dr. Manmohan Singh, Prime Minister of India, Mr. Hamid Karzai, President of Afghanistanvisited India in January 2009. The visit was symbolic specially to express Afghanistan’s solidarity with theGovernment and people of India in the wake of the Mumbai terrorist attack. The deplorable incident shows thatterrorism is a threat to the entire humanity. During the visit, a joint statement was issued on January 12, 2009.The leaders called for the full compliance with bilateral, multilateral and international obligations of States toprevent terrorism in any manner originating from territories under their control since terrorism emanates from

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 118: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

118Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

the sanctuaries and training camps and the sustenance and support received by the terrorist groups. Whilereviewing their robust, strategic partnership, the two leaders expressed satisfaction at the progress in bilateraldevelopment and reconstruction projects in all parts of Afghanistan.

India conveyed to President Karzai that, following the completion of the road from Zaranj to Delaram in South-western Afghanistan, a second major infrastructure project, the Pul-e-Khumri to Kabul transmission line and thesub-station at Chimtala in Northern Afghanistan, will be handed over shortly to the Government of Afghanistan.The both leaders expressed their satisfaction that the construction of the Afghan Parliament, a symbol of thecommon commitment of both countries to pluralism and democracy, also began. India conveyed that it will giftAfghanistan 250000 metric tonnes of wheat. The shipment will be effected immediately, as soon as the Govern-ment of Afghanistan has worked out its transportation arrangements. President Karzai invited Prime MinisterDr. Singh for a State Visit to Afghanistan. The invitation was accepted with pleasure. Both countries reaffirmedthe special relationship between India and Afghanistan, to build a strong, united, and prosperous Afghanistanand to work towards peace, stability and development of the entire region.

Ans 2. (c)

India has permanent interest and commitment to the domestic political stability and peace in Sri Lanka as thedevelopments in Sri Lanka affect the peace and order situation in some of Indian States, particularly Tamilnadu.On the economic front, for India, Sri Lanka is a small market and accounts for about 2 per cent of Indian exportsand less than 1 per cent of Indian imports. India exports to Sri Lanka varieties of goods and services includingtransport equipment, cotton yarn, fabrics, readymade garments, iron and steel, machinery and instruments, sugarand wheat, drugs and pharmaceuticals, chemicals, glass and glassware, ceramics, cement and paper and woodproducts; and imports non-ferrous metals such as copper, spices, electronic goods, electrical machinery, scrapmetal paper pulp and chemicals. The two countries have created a large legal framework to advance theircooperation: a free trade agreement; a double taxation avoidance agreement; and a series of bilateral agreementsand understandings for cooperation in the areas of small-scale industries, agriculture, tourism, space and infor-mation technology and air travel facilities.

The Free Trade Agreement between India and Sri Lanka came into full existence from March 1, 2000. A freetrade arrangement between India and Sri Lanka has promoted mutually beneficial bilateral trade and strength-ened intra-regional economic cooperation. Under the agreement zero duty on around 1000 items has beenprovided by India except for those in the negative list. Domestic value-addition requirements have been kept at35 per cent With the introduction of FTA trade has grown rapidly between the two states. The FTA prompted a257 per cent increase in bilateral trade between 2001 and 2004. Bilateral trade exceeded US $ 1.7 billion in 2004and rose to US $ 2.025 billion in 2005. India is the 3rd largest destination for Sri Lankan exports. With FDIapprovals of US $ 450 million, India is the 4th largest investor in Sri Lanka.

Ans. 2 (d)

Nursultan Nazarbayev, the President of the Republic of Kazakhstan, paid a State Visit to India from 23rd to 26thJanuary 2009.He participated as the Guest of Honour at the Republic Day Parade. During the State Visit,President Nursultan Nazarbayev strongly condemned the terrorist attacks in Mumbai and reiterated the need forintensifying global cooperation in combating international terrorism. He also conveyed assurance that Kazakhstanstood firmly with India in dealing with the scourge of global terrorism. India and Kazakhstan called for earlyconclusion of the Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism within the UN framework. Both Sidesnoted that this opened immense possibilities of cooperation in nuclear civil energy sector including in the mining

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 119: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

119Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

of uranium. The two Governments welcomed the signing of Memorandum of Understanding between NuclearPower Corporation of India and National Atomic Company Kazatomprom JSC and recommended early conclu-sion of an Inter Governmental Agreement for Cooperation in Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Energy. The Indian Sideconveyed that Kazakhstan ranks high in securing India's energy security and hoped that the conclusion of theAgreement is the beginning of a long term mutually beneficial cooperation in the hydrocarbon sector.

Ans. 2 (e)

India and Nepal share close and friendly political, economic, cultural and social ties, which are unique and havestood the test of time. During the visit of Foreign Secretary to Nepal on June 20-21, 2009, India reiterated itssupport to the new government of Nepal led by Madhav Kumar Nepal. Both sides also agreed to take thebilateral relations forward. Recently, there have been some media reports in Nepal regarding alleged encroach-ment of Nepalese territory by India. India investigated and found to the allegation false. There are bilateralinstitutional mechanisms for effective border management, including at district level, to address such concerns.In addition to these, it has also been agreed to establish local level mechanisms during the recent visit of ForeignSecretary to Nepal.

Ans. 3 (a)

The concept of mini PBD is based on requests received over the years from various quarters to organise itoutside India to let the Indian Diaspora in the region benefit from the deliberations. This is particularly helpful tothose large numbers of Indians in several regions who are not able to make it to the annual PBDs held in India.The first mini Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention was held in New York in September 2007 while the next onewas organized at Singapore in October 2008. The next mini Pravasi Bharatiya Divas Convention titled ‘PBDEurope’ will be organised at the historic World Forum in The Hague on 19th September, 2009.

This Convention is expected to bring together members of the Indian Diaspora in Europe at the common plat-form to discuss the role of the Indian Diaspora in enhancing Indo-European cooperation, opportunities andchallenges faced by them in the fields of culture, heritage & tradition, as also Trade and Investment opportunitiesavailable for them in the land of their ancestors.

Ans. 3 (b)

The Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has launched a new initiative to develop a Diaspora Knowledge Net-work called – Global Indian Network of Knowledge (Global INK). This will serve as Knowledge Bank. TheGlobal INK, an electronic platform will connect people of Indian Origin from a variety of disciplines recognizedas leaders in their respective fields, not just in their country of residence but globally as well, with knowledgeusers at the national and sub national levels in India. The network will serve as a strategic ‘virtual think tank’.The Outcome targeted will be the germination of ideas on development, identification of the key elements inaddressing the challenges to development and articulation and mapping out solutions through innovations andtechnological interventions.

Ans. 3 (c)

Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs has set up an Overseas Indian Facilitation Center (OIFC) as a not-for-profit-trust, in partnership with Confederation of Indian Industry (CII). The Center is a ‘one stop shop’ for serving theinterests of the Overseas Indian community and has the mandate to cover two broad areas (a) Investment

Page 120: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

120Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Facilitation and (b) Knowledge Networking.

The objectives of the Centers are:» Promote Overseas Indian investment into India and facilitate business partnership, by giving authentic and realtime information

» Function as clearinghouse for all investment related information. This would be done by processing informa-tion on a real time basis through Information and Communication Technology (ICT) platform

» Establish and maintain a Diaspora Knowledge Network (DKN) by creating a database of Overseas Indians,who would act as knowledge Diaspora and whose knowledge resources could be using ICT platform

» Assist States in India to project investment opportunities to overseas Indians in the infrastructure and socialsectors. The objectives of the OIFC will be to bring the Indian States, Indian Business and potential Overseas

» Investors on the same platform and to facilitate the investors to identify the investment opportunitiesProvide a host of advisory services to PIO and NRIs. These could include matters such as consular questions,stay in India, investment and financial issues etc.

An Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC) has been set up as a helpline for assistance and protec-tion of Indians working abroad and prospective emigrants with following objectives:

1. Information dissemination on matters relating to emigration2. Registering, responding to and monitoring complaints received from emigrant workers3. Grievance redressal and follow up with stakeholders

Ans. 3 (d)

Ministry of Overseas Indian Affairs had established an Overseas Workers Resource Centre (OWRC) on 8thJanuary, 2008 during the Pravasi Bharatiya Divas. The Centre provides need based information and assistance toemigrants.

Now an International toll free No. 800 091 202 53 has been added by the OWRC for the benefit of Indianemigrant workers and other information seekers in the three countries in the Gulf namely UAE, Saudi Arabiaand Kuwait. This international toll free number can be reached 24/7 from these three countries.

Ans. 3 (e)

The Government of India has set up the Indian Council of Overseas Employment (ICOE) to serve as a ‘thinktank’ for the promotion of overseas employment, better protection and welfare of overseas Indian workers andfor the study of emerging overseas employment opportunities. One of the objectives of the ICOE is to study andanalyse the trends in International labour markets. The ICOE is undertaking a study through the InternationalOrganization for Migration (IOM) on labour market assessment in six EU countries -France, Denmark, CzechRepublic, Sweden, Romania and Poland. In addition, it has finalized a cooperation agreement with the EuropeanUniversity Institute, Florence for collaborative research and studies relating to mobility of people between Indiaand the European Union (EU).

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 121: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

121Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Ans. 3 (f)

25 per cent of skilled migrants in Australia are Indians. From cooks, welders, plumbers, hairdressers, electri-cians, to engineers and accountants, the State of Western Australia is facing a shortage of skilled labour andprofessionals, and is keen on getting more skilled migrants from India. Some 43000 jobs would be created in thenext ten years.

Ans. 4 (a)

In July 2009, the IMF’s Executive Board approved the package of measures that will sharply increase the loanresources available to low-income countries. The resources—including from the planned sale of IMF gold—areexpected to boost the Fund’s concessional lending to up to $17 billion through 2014, including up to $8 billionover the next two years. The IMF announced zero interest payments up to the end of 2011 for all concessionalloans to low-income members and lower interest rates on a permanent basis thereafter. A new set of lendinginstruments will underpin this increased support. The crisis originated in the advanced economies and has had itsmost visible impact on the emerging market countries. But a third wave of the crisis has threatened the remark-able economic achievements many low-income countries have made over the past decade.

Package: As part of the response, the IMF has already more than doubled its financial assistance to low-incomecountries. New IMF concessional lending commitments to low-income countries through mid-July 2009 reached$2.9 billion compared with $1.5 billion for the whole of 2008. The new measures represent a significant addi-tional effort in the coming years. The IMF support package includes:

» Mobilization of additional resources, including from sales of an agreed amount of IMF gold, to boost theFund’s concessional lending capacity to up to $17 billion through 2014, including up to $8 billion in the first twoyears. This exceeds the call by the Group of Twenty for $6 billion in new lending over two to three years.

» Interest relief, with zero payments on outstanding IMF concessional loans through end-2011 to help low-income countries cope with the crisis.

» Permanently higher concessionality of Fund financial support—with annual interest rates regularly reviewedso as to preserve a higher level of concessionality than previously.

» Doubling of average loan access limits for low-income countries

» A new set of financial instruments tailored to the diverse needs of low-income countries and better suited tomeet the crisis challenges:

1. An Extended Credit Facility (ECF) to provide flexible medium-term support;2. A Standby Credit Facility to address short-term and precautionary needs; and3. a Rapid Credit Facility, offering emergency support with limited conditionality

In addition, the IMF’s Executive Board recently backed the Managing Director's proposal for a new generalallocation of $250 billion of Special Drawing Rights into the global economy, of which more than $18 billion willhelp bolster the foreign exchange reserves and relax the financing constraints of low-income countries. If ap-proved by the IMF's Board of Governors, the proposed SDR allocation would take place at the end of August.The new lending windows are expected to become effective later this year, when donor countries have given

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 122: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

122Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

their final consent. At that time, existing concessional arrangements will automatically be converted into ECFarrangements. Existing arrangements under the Exogenous Shocks Facility, however, will remain in effect, andnew ones that have already been prepared could still be approved during a three-month window.

Need of Support: An IMF report on the implications of the global financial crisis for low-income countries hadwarned in March that the global financial crisis has hit poor countries especially hard, posing serious threats totheir hard-won gains in boosting economic growth and creating a need for additional foreign financing to miti-gate the impact of the crisis. Also in March, Tanzania President Jakaya Kikwete, Strauss-Kahn, and former UNSecretary-General Kofi Annan convened a conference in Dar es Salaam of government, business, civil society,and opinion leaders to address these issues. The IMF committed at the meeting to increase its support for Africawith more financing, greater flexibility, enhanced policy dialogue, and a further strengthening of Africa’s voice inthe Fund.

Fund: Some of the money to boost IMF lending to low-income countries will come from the envisaged sales ofIMF gold. The IMF Executive Board will consider a plan for the Fund to sell about 400 metric tons of gold inorder to create a new income model for the institution. In order to meet the financing needs of the low-incomecountries during the global crisis, some of the proceeds of those sales will be used to help provide new subsidyresources for the concessional lending to those countries. Resources linked to the gold sales will be used to helpfund concessional lending to low-income countries in the following ways. First, windfall profits when the goldsales take place can be used for the subsidy resources. Windfall profits would derive from gold sales at anaverage price in excess of $850 per ounce—that is the price assumed in the new income model as necessary tofund the model. Second, to the extent that the realized windfall profits fall short of the required contribution, theremaining amount will be generated through investment income from the endowment funded by the gold sales.

Ans. 4 (b)

Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) equity inflows in the country have increased from US $ 5.5 billion in 2005-06to US $ 27.31 billion in the year 2008-09. The FDI inflows in 2007-08 were US $ 24.58 billion and increased toUS $ 27.31 billion in 2008-09, despite the economic slowdown, showing a percentage growth of 11% over theprevious financial year.

Government has put in place a liberal and investor-friendly policy on FDI under which FDI up to 100% ispermitted on the automatic route in most sectors/ activities, including infrastructure and Research and Develop-ment (R&D). The UNCTAD World Investment Reports (WIR) 2007 & 2008, in their analysis of the globaltrends and sustained growth of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) inflows, have reported India as the second mostattractive location for FDI for 2007- 2009. India has retained the second place in A. T. Kearney’s 2007 ForeignDirect Investment Confidence Index, a position it has held since 2005. Government has also announced a slewof measures to accelerate the demand in the economy which would enable India to continue as an attractiveinvestment destination. Under the liberalized economic environment, investment decisions of investors are basedon the macro-economic policy framework, investment climate in the state, investment policies of the transnationalcorporations and other commercial considerations.

The Government of India continues to make efforts to increase economic cooperation with the developing aswell as developed countries through different fora such as Joint Commissions/Joint Committees, other bilateralchannels like interaction with the delegations visiting the country and organizing visits abroad for discussions onissues of mutual interest and business/ investment meets between Indian and foreign entrepreneurs to stimulateforeign investment into India. The Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion also participates in discus-

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 123: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

123Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

sions covering industrial cooperation organized by other Ministries and Departments of Government of Indiaand the Joint Business Council meetings.

The Government of India also undertakes investment promotion activities through organisation of DestinationIndia and Invest India events in various countries with FDI potential to create awareness about the investmentclimate and opportunities in India, as well as to provide support to potential investors.

The Government of India, in partnership with various State Government and Business Associations, is makingconcerted efforts to make regulations conducive for business. In addition, the Government has initiated toimplement e-Biz Project, a Mission Mode Project under the National e-Governance Project, to provide onlineregistration, filing payment services to investors and business houses.

In FDI equity investments mauritius tops the list of first ten investing countries followed by US, UK, Singapore,Netherlands, Japan, Germany, france, Cyprus and Switzerland. Between April 2000 and July 2008 FDI inflowsfrom Mauritius stood at $ 30.18 billion followed by $5.80 billion from Singapore; $ 5.47 billion from the US; $4.83 billion from the UK; $ 3.12 billion from the Netherlands; $ 2.26 billion from Japan; $1.83 billion fromGermany; $ 1.41 billion from Cyprus; and $1.02 billion from France.

Ans. 5 (a)

A Challenge fund for Export Promotion Activities by Indian Missions abroad, has been set- up with a corpus ofRs. 5 crore, under the Market Access Initiative (MAI) scheme. The MAI scheme of the Department of Com-merce is an export promotion scheme envisaged to act as a catalyst to promote India's export on a sustainablebasis. Since, Indian Missions abroad are also eligible for assistance under the scheme, a "Challenge Fund" hasbeen created under the same.

The MAI focus on the markets which in turn will focus upon product export promotion activities includinginnovative market promotion projects to showcase the Indian export capabilities. Projects relating to only mar-ket promotion activities shall be considered; export promotion of new items in India's export baskets by way ofmarket development and market penetration and export promotion initiatives for Micro, Small and Mediumenterprises (MSME) with a stress on regions and countries where India has a small bilateral trade profile (Africaand Latin America), shall be given priority; duplication of projects already implemented under the MAI/ MDAscheme of the Commerce Ministry is prohibited. The fund is used to finance specific export promotion schemesand projects which envisage introduction of new items of export towards diversification of the Indian exportbasket in the host country. These projects shall be proposed by Indian Missions abroad. Each individual projecthas been assigned a budget of Rs. 10 lakh. Priority shall be given to focused, specific projects with tangibleresults. The project proposals received shall be subjected to compete for funding on their merits.

Ans. 5 (b)

The subprime crisis that surfaced around August 2007 had affected financial institutions in the United States andEurope including the shadow banking system comprising inter alia investment banks, hedge funds, private equityand structured investment vehicles. With the collapse of Lehman Brothers and other Wall Street icons, there wasgrowing recession which affected the US, the European Union (EU) and Japan. This was the result of large scaledefaults in the US housing market as the banks went on providing risky loans without adequate security and therepaying capacity of the borrower. The principal source of transmission of the crisis has been the real sector,generally referred to as the ‘Main Street’. This crisis engulfed the United States in the form of creeping recession

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 124: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

124Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

and this worsened the situation. As a consequence, US demand for imports from other countries indicated adecline.

Cause of Crisis: The basic cause of the crisis was largely an unregulated environment, mortgage lending tosubprime borrowers. Since the borrowers did not have adequate repaying capacity and also because subprimeborrowing had to pay two-to-three percentage points higher rate of interest and they have a history of default,the situation became worse. But once the housing market collapsed, the lender institutions saw their balance-sheets go into red.

Impact on India: The effect on the Indian economy was not significant in the beginning. The initial effect of thesubprime crisis was, in fact, positive, as the country received accelerated Foreign Institutional Investment (FII)flows during September 2007 to January 2008. This contributed to the debate on “decoupling,” where it wasbelieved that the emerging economies could remain largely insulated from the crisis and provide an alternativeengine of growth to the world economy. The argument soon proved unfounded as the global crisis intensifiedand spread to the emerging economies through capital and current account of the balance of payments (BoP).The net portfolio flows to India soon turned negative as Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) rushed to sellequity stakes in a bid to replenish overseas cash balances. This had a knock-on effect on the stock market and theexchange rates through creating the supplydemand imbalance in the foreign exchange market. The current ac-count was affected mainly after September 2008 through slowdown in exports. Despite setbacks, however, theBoP situation of the country continues to remain resilient. It was found that the Foreign Direct Investment (FDI)started drying up and this affected investment in the Indian economy. It was, therefore, felt that the Indianeconomy will grow at about seven per cent in 2008-09 and at six per cent in 2009-10. The lesson of thisexperience is that India must exercise caution while liberalising its financial sector.

A redeeming feature of the current crisis is that its magnitude is much lesser than that of the Great Depression ofthe 1930s when unemploy-ment rate in the United States exceeded 25 per cent. Currently, it stands at 6.5 percent and is predicted to remain around eight per cent in 2009. The industries most affected by weakeningdemand were airlines, hotels, real estate. Besides this, Indian exports suffered a setback and there was a setbackin the production of export-oriented sectors. The government advised the sectors of weakening demand toreduce prices. It provided some relief by cutting down excise duties, but such simplistic solutions were doomedto failure. Weakening demand led to producers cutting production. To reduce the impact of the crisis, firmsreduced their workforce, to reduce costs. This led to increase in unemployment but the total impact on theeconomy was not very large. Industrial production and manufacturing output declined to five per cent in the lastquarter of 2008-09. Consequently, a vicious cycle of weak demand and falling output developed in the Indianeconomy.

A weakening of demand in the US affected India’s IT and Business Process Outsourcing (BPO) sector and theloss of opportunities for young persons seeking employment at lucrative salaries abroad. India’s famous ITsector, which earned about $ 50 billion as annual revenue, is expected to fall by 50 per cent of its total revenues.This would reduce the cushion to set off the deficit in balance of trade and thus enlarge our balance of paymentsdeficit. It has now been estimated that sluggish demand for exports would result in a loss of 10 million jobs in theexport sector alone.

Government’s Efforts: To haul up the economy dented by recession the Government announced a package ofRs 35,000 crores in the first instance on December 7, 2008. The main areas to benefit were the following:

(a) Housing - A refinance facility of Rs 4000 crores was provided to the National Housing Bank. Following this,public sector banks announced to provide small home loans seekers loans at reduced rates to step up demand in

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 125: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

125Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

retail housing sector.

The housing package is the core of the government’s new fiscal policy. It will give a fillip to other sectors suchas steel, cement, brick kilns etc. Besides, the small and medium industries (SMEs) too get a boost by manufac-turing all kinds of fittings and furnishings.

(b) Textiles - Due to declining orders from the world’s largest market the United States, the textile sector hasbeen seriously affected. An allocation of Rs 1400 crores has been made to clear the entire backlog in the Tech-nology Upgradation Fund (TUF) scheme.

(c) Infrastructure - The government has been proclaiming that infrastructure is the engine of growth. To boostthe infrastructure, the India Infrastructure Finance Company Ltd. (IIFCL) has been authorised to raise Rs 14,000crores through tax-free bonds. These funds will be used to finance infrastructure, more especially highways andports. It may be mentioned that ‘refinance’ refers to the replacement of an existing debt obligation with a debtobligation bearing better terms, meaning thereby at lower rates or a changed repayment schedule. The IIFCLwill be permitted to raise further resources by the issue of such bonds so that a public-private partnership (PPP)programme of Rs 1,00,000 crores in the highway sector is promoted.

(d) Exports - Exports which accounted for 22 per cent of the GDP are expected to fall by 12 per cent. Thegovernment’s fiscal package provides an interest rate subsidy of two per cent on exports for the labour–intensivesectors such as textiles, handicrafts, leather, gems and jewellery.

(e) Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) - The government announced a guarantee cover of 50 per cent forloans between Rs 50 lakhs to Rs 1 crore for SMEs. The lock-in period for loans covered under the existingschemes will be reduced from 24 months to 18 months to encourage banks to cover more loans under thescheme. Besides, the government will instruct state-owned companies to ensure prompt payment of bills ofSMEs so that they do not suffer on account of delay in the payment of their bills.

In short, the fiscal package is aimed at boosting growth in exports, real estate, auto, textiles and small andmedium enterprises. The aim is to encourage growth and boost employment which have been threatened by therecession in the world economy, more especially in the United States. Just within a month, the governmentannounced another package to bail out the Indian economy. The purpose of the new package announced onJanuary 1, 2009 was to minimise the pain.

On February 24, 2009, the government announced a slashing down of excise duty from 10 per cent to eight percent - a reduction by two per cent. The entire stimulus package of Rs 30,000 crores to boost demand in theeconomy and thus reduce the impact of recession. Commerce and Industry Minister Kamal Nath announced asmall relief package of Rs 325 crores for leather, textiles, gems and jewellery on February 26, 2009.

Ans. 5 (c)

India- MERCOSUR PTA has come into effect from 1st June, 2009. India with a total trade of US $ 4773.39million with MERCOSUR during 2007-08, had exports of about US $ 2904.8 million during 2007-08 whileimports stood at about US $ 1868.39 million during the same period. As a follow up to the said FrameworkAgreement, a Preferential Trade Agreement (PTA) between India and MERCOSUR was signed in New Delhi onJanuary 25, 2004 and five annexes to this Agreement were signed incorporated on March 19, 2005. By this PTA,India and MERCOSUR have agreed to give tariff concessions, ranging from 10% to 100% to the other side on450 and 452 tariff lines respectively.

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 126: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

126Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

The major product groups covered in the offer are food preparations, organic chemicals, pharmaceuticals, es-sential oils, plastics & articles thereof, rubber and rubber products, tools and implements, machinery items,electrical machinery and equipments. The break-up of the number of tariff lines for different MOPs is: - 393 tarifflines – 10%, 45 tariff lines – 20% and 14 tariff lines – 100%. The major sectors covered in offer list of India aremeat and meat products, inorganic chemicals, organic chemicals, dyes & pigments, raw hides and skins, leatherarticles, wool, cotton yarn, glass and glassware, articles of iron and steel, machinery items, electrical machinery& equipments, optical, photographic & cinematographic apparatus. The break-up of the number of tariff linesfor different margin of preferences (MOP) is:- 93 tariff lines – 10%, 336 tariff lines – 20% and 21 tariff lines –100%.

MERCOSUR is a trading bloc in South America region comprising of Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay.It was formed in 1991 with the objective of free movement of goods, services, capital and people and became acustoms union in January 1995. MERCOSUR’s role model is European Union.A Framework Agreement hadbeen signed between India and MERCOSUR on 17th June 2003 at Asuncion, Paraguay. The aim of this Frame-work Agreement was to create conditions and mechanisms for negotiations in the first stage, by granting recip-rocal tariff preferences and in the second stage, to negotiate a free trade area between the two parties.

Ans. 6 (a)

A financial facility of the Fund established in 1986 to provide concessional loans to low-income Fund membercountries. It recycled resources lent under the IMF's Trust Fund. It was superseded by the Enhanced StructuralAdjustment Facility (ESAF) which was established in 1987 to promote stronger adjustment and reform mea-sures than those under the SAF. The ESAF was replaced by the Poverty Reduction and Growth Facility in 1999.

Ans. 6 (b)

Rights Accumulation Program (RAP) is an economic program agreed between the IMF and an eligible memberin protracted arrears to the IMF that provides a framework for the member to establish a satisfactory trackrecord of policy and payments performance, and permits the member to accumulate rights to future drawings ofIMF resources following clearance of arrears to the IMF, up to the level of arrears outstanding at the beginningof the program.

Ans. 6 (c)

Domestic support for agriculture that is allowed without limits because it does not distort trade, or at mostcauses minimal distortion.

Ans. 6 (d)

The Government examines the tariff and non-tariff measures (NTMs) imposed by developed countries especiallyon products of export interest for developing countries including steel. An Inter-Ministerial Committee has beenconstituted to co-ordinate the plan to tackle NTMs imposed by India’s trading partners by taking an effectiveremedial action. An institutional mechanism in the form of a database of NTMs imposed by other countries onIndia’s exports has also been created.

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 127: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

127Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Ans. 6 (e)

ICSID is an autonomous international institution established under the Convention on the Settlement of Invest-ment Disputes between States and Nationals of Other States with over one hundred and forty member States.The Convention sets forth ICSID's mandate, organization and core functions. The primary purpose of ICSID isto provide facilities for conciliation and arbitration of international investment disputes.

Ans. 7. (a)

The 1st BRIC- Brazil, Russia, India, China-summit took place in Yekaterinburg, Russia on June 16, 2009. Thefour heads of government from the BRIC countries attended. Joint Statement on Global Food Security wasissued there.It was agreed by the national authorities in advance of the BRIC Summit.

The fluctuations of global food prices coupled with the global financial crisis is threatening global food security.As a result, the number of people suffering from hunger and malnutrition grows and the progress towards theachievement of the Millennium Development Goals may be reversed. This challenge should be addressed with-out delay in a comprehensive manner through resolute action by all Governments and the relevant internationalagencies.

The developed and developing countries should address the food security issue according to the principle ofcommon but differentiated responsibility. The developed countries should provide financial and technology sup-port for developing countries in the field of food production capacity. The BRIC countries welcome variousinitiatives in this field by the UN and its special agencies. The BRIC countries renew their commitment tocontribute to the efforts to overcome the global food crisis. Countering effectively the global food crisis isimpossible without a clear and full understanding of its causes. Attempts to explain food price hikes by anincrease in consumption in developing countries obscure the true causes which have a complex and multifacetednature. Global Climate Change and natural disasters have direct implications on food security through changesin agro-ecological conditions. Current global economic and financial crisis also has negative impact on foodsecurity through shrinking financial resources available to agriculture sector. Restricted market access and trade-distorting subsidies in developed countries have also hampered the development of food production capacity indeveloping countries over the last thirty years. Further, global market conditions have not created adequateincentives for the expansion of agricultural production in developing and least developed countries that havebecome main importers of food products.

It is also important to assess the challenges and opportunities posed by the biofuels production and use in viewnot only of the world's food security, but also of the energy security and sustainable development needs. Aninternational cooperation mechanism needs to be established to review and reevaluate the long-term implica-tions of the development of biomass energy, and develop relevant policy guidance accordingly. The BRIC coun-tries welcome, therefore, the exchange of experiences on biofuels technologies, norms and regulations, in orderto ensure that production and use of biofuels is sustainable, in accordance with the three pillars of sustainabledevelopment – social, economic and environmental – and that it takes into account the need to achieve andmaintain global food security. Sustainable biofuels can constitute a driving force for social inclusion and incomedistribution mainly in the impoverished rural areas of developing and least developed countries, where most ofthe world's famine problems are located.

Tackling effectively the food crisis requires a fully coordinated international response and should include bothshort-term and long-term measures. The international community needs to work out and consistently implement

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 128: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

128Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

a comprehensive strategy to resolve this global problem. In this respect, the BRIC countries welcome the out-comes of relevant international fora, including the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) High-Level Con-ference on World Food Security in Rome.

The BRIC countries also welcome the results of the World Grain Forum which was held in Saint Petersburg andcall on all interested states and international organizations to take necessary steps to implement the measuresagreed upon at the Forum.

Ensuring food security requires a well-functioning world market and trade system for food and agriculture basedon the principles of fairness and non-discrimination. In this regard, it is of paramount importance to acceleratethe Doha round of talks at the World Trade Organization (WTO) in order to find compromise solutions forradical reductions of multibillion subsidies in the agricultural sector, which distort terms of trade and preventdeveloping countries from increasing their agricultural production. We are committed to opposing protection-ism, establishing a just and reasonable international trade regime for agricultural products, and giving farmersfrom developing countries incentives to engage in agricultural production.

The BRIC countries support the adoption of a wide range of mid- to long-term measures in order toprovide for a solution to the issue of food security. Such measures may include:a) rendering additional resources and assistance to the agricultural sector through the channels of respectivenational budgets and international development institutions, mainly to household agriculture, which is the mainsource for food production;

b) joint technological innovations and international cooperation to introduce advanced technologies in the agri-cultural sector of developing countries to significantly increase agricultural productivity. Intellectual propertyrights in the agricultural domain should strike a balance between the common good of humankind and incentivesto innovation;

c) upgrading agricultural infrastructure, including irrigation, transportation, supply, storage and distributionsystems and promoting technical assistance, access to credit and crop insurance policies. In this context public-private partnerships could play a significant role;

d) improving the exchange of knowledge and commercialisation of sustainable biofuels;

e) ensuring wider access to food at the national and international level through appropriate policies and wellfunctioning distribution systems especially for the poor and most vulnerable people in developing countries;

f) sharing of best practices of operating successful public distribution programmes; and

g) equipping developing countries with financial and technological means to fully implement adaptation mea-sures to minimize the adverse impacts of climate change on food security.

Ans. 7 (b)

The recent ethnic violence between Uighur Muslims and Han Chinese erupted in China’s Xinjiang province onJuly 5. It captured the attention of the global media and China watchers. The violence deeply shattered thesocial-political life of the province, generating deep frustration among the local inhabitants; the orgy of violencewas so powerful that a disturbed Hu Jintao, the President of China, had to leave the G-8 summit in Italy and

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 129: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

129Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

rushed back to Beijing.

According to China, the violence of July 5 was an “international conspiracy” and hatched by six countries, suchas Pakistan, Afghanistan, Kazakhstan, Turkey and the United States. China also blamed the World Uighur Con-gress’ leader, Rebiya Kadeer, a businesswoman and a former political prisoner, for leading the “separatist move-ment” from exile.

The Uighurs are the very bottom of the heap economically in China. There is a very deep sense of frustration,especially among the unemployed young men.Many Uighurs complain that they have become second classcitizens in their own homeland. Beijing has battled a low-level insurgency in Xinjiang for decades, but unrest hasgrown since 2007 as many Uighurs feel increasingly left behind by rapid economic growth that is mainly benefit-ing Han Chinese who have moved to the region. In fact, China’s policy of ‘go west’, failed to win the hearts andminds of the non-Han Chinese in Xinjiang. Han Chinese believe that the concession to the “one-child policy”, jobreservation and relaxation in college entrance exams etc. have enormously benefited the non-Han Chinese; yet,the latter are ungrateful to the Chinese Government. Despite the development of Xinjiang, the separatist tenden-cies have been troubling the Chinese rulers in the region since the 1950s; and with the attack of 9/11, the demandfor East Turkistan grew rapidly.

In fact, the violence of July 5 is also a reflection of the “growing gap between the well-off Han Chinese andimpoverished Uighurs”. Second, the non-Han Chinese in the region also feel culturally alienated. The rulers ofpost-Communist China must resolve the riddle of Han-versus-non-Han in Xinjiang so that peace and tranquillitythrives and the project of modernisation and development of Xinjiang continues without further obstacles andhindrances.

Xinjiang’s Position: Historically, locally known as East Turkistan, Xinjiang was independent till 1933; in 1945,a group of rebels established an “independent republic” close to the Soviet Union. However, in 1949 the ChineseCommunists with the help of the former Soviet Union established Xinjiang (New Territory). Demographically, in1949, the Han Chinese in Xinjiang were only six per cent and increased to 40 per cent in 2009. On the otherhand, between 1949 and 2009, the Uighurs in Xinjiang were reduced from 80 to 45 per cent. Xinjiang is aprovince of 20 million, out of which eight million Uighur Muslims refuse to follow the rule of the CPC. Xinjiangis the largest state of China (one-sixth) with the biggest resources of coal, oil and natural gas. In 2004 alone, theTarin basin produced around five million tonnes of oil. Uighurs apart, Kazakhs and Tajiks also constitute minor-ity groups of the region. While the Han Chinese follow Confucianism in routine life, and the local party cadres ofthe CPC preach atheism, the non-Han Chinese practise “Sufi mysticism”. As the religious institutions have beeneffectively banned in Xinjiang and the “Mandrain” has become a compulsory tool for higher education, the non-Han Chinese feel pain and agony at the very core of their heart. It is confirmed that demographic dominationapart, a sort of cultural conflict is vividly visible in the social milieu of Xinjiang.

From the point of view of geopolitics, Xinjiang shares its borders with eight countries, Kazakhstan, Kyrghyzstan,Tajikistan, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Russia, India and Mongolia; and in the economic sense, Xinjiang may beidentified as a “gateway to Central Asia”. China’s oil experts frequently visit the oilfields of Central Asia, whichalso perturb the rulers of Central Asia, outfits of the Al-Qaeda and the military establishment of Pakistan. Onemust mention that constitutionally Xinjiang is an autonomous region of China; however, culturally and linguis-tically it is close to Central Asia. More importantly, while in the nineteenth century, Britain and Russia competedfor the natural resources of Central Asia, in the post-Cold War era, China, Russia and the US are battling tocapture the oil and gas of Central Asia. Culture apart, Xinjiang’s periodic violence is also a reflection of CentralAsia’s “oil rivalry”. In this sense, China’s accusation against the West for troubling her in Xinjiang is not ground-

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 130: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

130Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

less. Knowing fully well the enormous importance of Central Asia and Xinjiang to “the development of China”,Mao was as eager to “build” Xinjiang as Deng. Factually, in 1949, Xinjiang was without a railway station;however, by the end of 1962, its capital Urumqi was connected with the Gansu province of China, and in 1984,Xinjiang’s western part was expanded connecting the cities of Turpan and Korla; by 2006, Xinjiang’s railwaynetwork expanded further adding 1,43,000 km. In 2009, Xinjiang is a province of 20 land ports with severalmetropolises. The Chinese rulers also have a plan to connect Xinjiang with Pakistan to help promote tradebetween China and Pakistan. China’s nuclear programme is also installed in Xinjiang.

Ans. 8. (a)

The meeting of the G-8 plus the G-5 and Egypt was held at in L’Aquila, Italy on 8th July, 2009. The President ofBrazil spoke about the idea of a G-14 at the meeting. Brazil, China, India, Mexico and South Africa are themember of Group of Five. Italian Prime Minister Berlusconi said between the G-8 and the G-5 together - the G-14 represents about 80 per cent of the world economy. He said that we might consider whether or not we shouldconsider this a stable format for the future. One of the strongest supporters of idea of the G-14 which deals withlarger governance issues was President Sarkozy actually in this meeting. The G-5 and G-8 had drawn up for thefirst time. He mentioned that this was a step forward where for the first time now in this Summit both the G-8and G-5 were sitting and meeting for a considerable length of time. It was not just two hours of special session;it was all series of meetings. In fact, all of today they have been together and will be together tomorrow as wellwhen the African countries join them. Then he gave the floor to the various G-5 and Egypt members who hadjust come to the meeting.There was considerable discussion on the need to reform international, not just finan-cial institution, but also the institutions of international governance. Brazil's President Lula suggested to con-sider using own currencies within the G5 to settle own trading accounts with each other.

Ans 8. (b)

During the visit of Prime Minister of India to Japan in october 2008, both countries discussed the issues onbilateral, regional and multilateral relationship. On the WTO Doha Round negotiations, two countries shared theview that the early conclusion of the negotiations in vital for the maintenance and development of the interna-tional trade system, and agreed to continue their cooperation in advancing the negotiations towards the estab-lishment of modalities early.India and Japan welcomed the substantive progress achieved for the establishment of a Project DevelopmentFune (PDF) which is important to promote the Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) Project. The twoMinisters directed the officials to accelerate the establishment of the PDF. Both welcomed the active participa-tion by the Japanese companies in the Five Bird Projects.

Ans 8. (c)

The second World Conference Against Racism (WCAR), held at the U.N.’s European headquarters in Geneva inApril 2009. It was, like the first one in Durban in 2001. Its objective was to evaluate the progress made towardsthe goals set eight years ago in South Africa. So it was called Durban Second. At the 2001 conference, theoverwhelming majority of nations had condemned the legacy of colonialism, the slave trade, and racism in thecontemporary era. Most of the delegates present in Durban had equated Zionism with racism.

Israel, the United States and Canada boycotted the Durban Review Conference, or Durban II, in Geneva on theflimsy grounds that the Jewish state was being targeted for unnecessary criticism. Israel and Canada, which hasa right-wing government, decided last year itself to boycott the conference. There was considerable pressure

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 131: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

131Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

from liberal groups in the U.S. on the Barack Obama administration to participate in the conference. The U.S.State Department had in fact thanked the organisers for taking American sensibilities into consideration whilepreparing for the conference. Another positive signal from the White House was the U.S. decision to join theUnited Nations Human Rights Council.

Ans 8. (d)

The pro-West March 14 coalition emerges victorious in the closely contested parliamentary elections of June 7in Lebanon. The victory of the pro-United States March 14 alliance, a coalition of anti-Syrian political parties ledby Saad Hariri, in the closely contested Lebanese parliamentary elections of June 7 came as a relief to the pro-Western states in the West Asian region. U.S. President Barack Obama was among the first heads of state tocongratulate the people of Lebanon on the choice they made.

Last-ditch efforts by the U.S., Saudi Arabia, Egypt and France seemed to have tilted the scales in favour of theMarch 14 alliance. The coalition derives its name from the day on which a massive demonstration was held inBeirut in 2005 against Syrian influence in Lebanon, a month after the assassination of former Prime MinisterRafiq al-Hariri. The West had portrayed the elections as a proxy fight with Iran for influence over Lebanon. TheU.S. had unilaterally designated Hizbollah, which represents the downtrodden Shia populace, as a “terrorist”organisation. The Lebanese people were fully aware that soon after Hamas won the elections in Palestine,Washington reacted by cutting off financial aid, and gave the green signal to Israel to launch an attack.

Under Lebanon’s complicated electoral laws, which are dictated by its sectarian political system, the parliamen-tary seats are equally divided between Muslims and Christians. They are further divided between the 18 officiallyrecognised religious sects, which include Sunnis, Shias, Alawites, Maronite Christians, Greek Orthodox, Arme-nian Christians and the Druze, which is an off-shoot of Islam. Until the 1940s, the Muslim and Christian popu-lations were almost evenly divided. Today, the Christian population is fast declining and constitute less than 30per cent, according to many experts. Most of the Lebanese diaspora consists of Christians. Because of sectariansensitivities, no official census has been conducted since 1932. The French colonialists, while creating the stateof Lebanon, had envisaged it as a Christian state. Until the 1960s, right-wing Christian parties had monopolisedpower in the country.

Ans 8 (e)

India’s increasing political visibility in East Asia, in the company of the United States and Japan, has alreadygiven grist to the thought mills. At the height of the latest poll campaign, the U.S. and India held a high-profilenaval exercise with Japan along the waters close to China. Despite the official line that the U.S.-India-Japanexercise was not a move against China, Manmohan Singh’s mandate is seen as opening new geopolitical optionstoo. Crystal-gazing in this domain is still confined largely to the parlours of non-official experts in strategicaffairs. However, East Asian governments are expected to monitor closely Manmohan Singh’s foreign policy inthe new innings. As East Asian political leaders scan the scene, India should now try to integrate itself into theregional networks of inter-state relations. India is a founding member of the East Asia Summit (EAS), a forumcomprising 16 countries. However, it is an empirical reality that India lags behind China and Japan in almost allspheres of pan-East Asian cooperationAs of now, the U.S. remains outside the EAS, although the Barack Obama administration recently indicated itsreadiness to enter this forum. A critical pre-requisite is to accede to the ASEAN Treaty of Amity and Coopera-tion (TAC). After several years of a general aversion to it, Washington is now willing to begin its domesticprocess of acceding to the TAC. China and Japan as also South Korea tend to play lead roles within the EAS.

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 132: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

132Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Doubtless, India is an equal member of the EAS, alongside these three countries besides the 10 ASEAN mem-bers, Australia and New Zealand. East Asian diplomats think that New Delhi has yet to take a major initiativetowards the regional security dialogue. In some contrast, it is noted that Australian Prime Minister Kevin Ruddhas proposed a new Asia Pacific Community. The idea of a pan-Asia economic group, outlined by ManmohanSingh a few years ago, is seen in East Asia as just that: an idea and not a political initiative.

Ans. 9 (a)

The United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific (ESCAP) is the regional devel-opment arm of the United Nations for the Asia-Pacific region. Established in 1947 with its headquarters inBangkok, Thailand, ESCAP seeks to overcome some of the region’s greatest challenges. It carries out work inMacroeconomic Policy and Development, Statistics, Subregional activities for development, Trade and Invest-ment, Transport, Environment and sustainable development, Information and Communications Technology andDisaster Risk Reduction,Social Development.

Ans. 9 (b)

Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) is a forum for 21 Pacific Rim countries (styled 'member econo-mies') to cooperate on regional trade and investment liberalisation and facilitation. APEC's objective is to en-hance economic growth and prosperity in the region and to strengthen the Asia-Pacific community. Membersaccount for approximately 40% of the world's population, approximately 54% of world GDP and about 44% ofworld trade.

Ans. 9 (c)

The Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) is an international organisation of states considering themselves not for-mally aligned with or against any major power bloc. The movement is largely the brainchild of India's first PrimeMinister Jawaharlal Nehru, former president of Egypt Gamal Abdul Nasser and Yugoslav president Josip BrozTito. It was founded in April 1955; as of 2007, it has 118 members. The purpose of the organisation as stated inthe Havana Declaration of 1979 is to ensure "the national independence, sovereignty, territorial integrity andsecurity of non-aligned countries" in their "struggle against imperialism, colonialism, neo-colonialism, racism,and all forms of foreign aggression, occupation, domination, interference or hegemony as well as against greatpower and bloc politics."

The 15th Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) Summit held in Sharm el-Sheikh, a Red Sea resort city in Egypt onJuly 16, 2009. Member countries reached consensus on promoting solidarity and ratified documents on jointlyaddressing international and regional issues. At the two-day summit held in this Egyptian Red Sea coastal city,leaders from over 100 NAM countries or their representatives focused their debate on the summit's theme ofInternational Solidarity for Peace and Development. They extensively discussed international and regional prob-lems, such as the ongoing global financial crisis, climate change, the Middle East peace process, food security,energy and nuclear issues. The Summit admitted Argentina as NAM observer country and the World PeaceCouncil as its observer organization. Egyptian President Hosny Mubarak was elected as NAM Chairperson forthe following 3 years

Ans. 9 (d)

On 6 June 1997, a new sub-regional grouping was formed in Bangkok and given the name BIST-EC (Bangladesh,India, Sri Lanka, and Thailand Economic Cooperation). Myanmar attended the inaugural June Meeting as an

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 133: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

133Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

observer and joined the organization as a full member at a Special Ministerial Meeting held in Bangkok on 22December 1997, upon which the name of the grouping was changed to BIMST-EC. Nepal was granted observerstatus by the second Ministerial Meeting in Dhaka in December 1998. Subsequently, full membership has beengranted to Nepal and Bhutan in 2003. In the first Summit on 31 July 2004, leaders of the group agreed that thename of the grouping should be known as BIMSTEC or the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Techni-cal and Economic Cooperation.

According to the Bangkok Declaration on the Establishment of BIST-EC, the aims and purposes of BIST-EC/BIMST-EC are to create an enabling environment for rapid economic development, accelerate social progress inthe sub-region, promote active collaboration and mutual assistance on matters of common interest, provideassistance to each other in the form of training and research facilities, cooperate more effectively in joint effortsthat are supportive of, and complementary to national development plans of member states. The 2nd BIMSTECSummit was held on 13 November 2008 in New Delhi, India. The 2nd BIMSTEC Summit has given a strongpolitical impetus to the strengthening of BIMSTEC cooperation in the identified 13 priority sectors.

Ans. 9 (e)

It is the world’s largest international police organization, with 187 member countries. Created in 1923, it facili-tates cross-border police co-operation, and supports and assists all organizations, authorities and services whosemission is to prevent or combat international crime. INTERPOL aims to facilitate international police co-opera-tion even where diplomatic relations do not exist between particular countries. Action is taken within the limitsof existing laws in different countries and in the spirit of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. INTERPOL’sconstitution prohibits ‘any intervention or activities of a political, military, religious or racial character.’ ThePresident of INTERPOL and the Secretary General work closely together in providing strong leadership anddirection to the Organization.

Ans. 10 (a)

Indian Space programme witnessed several major successes and reached great heights the year 2008 by success-fully orbiting an un-manned spacecraft Chandrayaan-1 around the Moon, launching of ten satellites in a singlelaunch, conducting acceptance test of indigenously developed cryogenic engine successfully and the launchingof a commercial satellite for an international customer. India, in its space endeavours achieved a rare feat at20:31 hrs on November 14, 2008 by placing the Indian tri colour when the Moon Impact Probe (MIP), one ofthe payloads on Chandrayaan-1 spacecraft hit the lunar surface and joined select band of countries who haveplaced an object on the Moon.

PSLV-C11/Chandrayaan-1 Mission: Chandrayaan-1 spacecraft, India`s first un-manned mission to the Moonwas launched successfully from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota on October 22, 2008. Thespacecraft was put into a transfer orbit with a perigee (nearest point to Earth) of 255 km and an apogee (farthestpoint to Earth) of 22,860 km, inclined at an angle of 17.9 deg to the equator. The orbit of the spacecraft wasgradually raised by firing the Liquid Engine onboard Chandrayaan-1 spacecraft through carefully plannedmanoeuvres and was successfully inserted into the lunar orbit on November 8, 2008. Subsequently, the orbit ofChandrayaan-1 was lowered to 100 km through several manoeuvres.

Chandrayaan-1 is India’s first spacecraft mission beyond Earth’s orbit. It aims to expand our knowledge aboutEarth’s only natural satellite – the moon by performing remote sensing of the moon using the instruments builtin India and five other countries. Chandrayaan-1 mission aims to expand scientific knowledge about the moon

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 134: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

134Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

and to provide challenging opportunities for planetary research to the younger generation of Indian scientists.These aims are planned to be achieved through high-resolution remote sensing of moon in the visible, nearinfrared, microwave and X-ray regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. With this, preparation of a 3-dimen-sional atlas of the lunar surface and chemical and mineralogical mapping of entire lunar surface is intended.

PSLV-C9/CARTOSAT-2A/IMS-1 MISSION: Indian Space Research Organisation created a record on April28, 2008 by successfully launching Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle - PSLV-C9 placing ten satellites, viz.,CARTOSAT-2A, Indian Mini Satellite (IMS-1) and eight nanosatellites from abroad into the orbit. Polar Satel-lite Launch Vehicle with thirteen consecutively successful flights so far, has repeatedly proved itself as a reliableand versatile workhorse launch vehicle. It has demonstrated multiple satellite launch capability having launcheda total of sixteen satellites for international customers besides fourteen Indian payloads including Chandryaan-1and satellites for remote sensing, amateur radio communications and Space capsule Recovery Experiment (SRE-1). PSLV was used to launch ISRO’s exclusive meteorological satellite, KALPANA-1, into a GeosynchronousTransfer Orbit (GTO) in September 2002 and thus proved its versatility.

CARTOSAT-2A carries a panchromatic camera (PAN) capable of taking black-and-white pictures in the visibleregion of electromagnetic spectrum. The highly agile CARTOSAT-2A is steerable along as well as across thedirection of its movement to facilitate imaging of any area more frequently. High-resolution data from CARTOSAT-2A will be invaluable in urban and rural development applications calling for large scale mapping. The PANcamera onboard CARTOSAT-2A has started beaming high quality imagery of India and other parts of the globe.Indian Mini Satellite (IMS-1), flown as an auxiliary payload on board PSLV-C9, is developed by ISRO forremote sensing applications. Weighing 83 kg at lift-off, IMS-1 incorporates many new technologies and hasminiaturised subsystems. IMS-1 carries two remote sensing payloads – A Multi-spectral camera (Mx Payload)and a Hyper-spectral camera (HySI Payload), operating in the visible and near infrared regions of the electro-magnetic spectrum. The data from this mission will be made available to interested space agencies and studentcommunity from developing countries to provide necessary impetus to capacity building in using satellite data.The cameras onboard the versatile IMS-1 has been providing high quality imagery.

Indiaonal Satellite (Insat) System: Having established the need for a domestic communication satellite throughSatellite Instructional Television Experiment (SITE) using ATS-6 satellite of USA during 1975-76, SatelliteTelecommunication Experimental Project (STEP) using Franco-German Satellite Symphonie in 1978-79 and bybuilding and utilising experimental communication satellite APPLE, the Indian National Satellite-1 (INSAT)system was operationalised in 1983. INSAT-1 satellites procured from abroad were multipurpose satellitesproviding telecommunication, TV broadcasting and meteorological services. INSAT-2, 3, 4 and GSAT satellitesdesigned indigenously with higher power, more weight and capability to provide various services have been builtand operationalised. India now has one of the largest domestic communications satellite systems in the AsiaPacific region with 11 operational satellites in orbit with more than 210 transponders providing vital services tothe country.

The meteorological data from INSAT system is used for quick dissemination of warnings against impendingdisaster from approaching cyclones, specially designed receivers have been installed at vulnerable coastal areasin the country for direct transmission of warnings to the officials and public using INSAT broadcast capability.EDUSAT, a satellite dedicated for providing educational services, was launched in September 2004. EDUSATis providing a wide range of educational delivery modes like one-way TV broadcast, interactive TV, videoconferencing, computer conferencing, web-based instructions, etc. About 34,000 class rooms that utilise EDUSATcovering 23 states have been setup across the country. These networks connect have been setup at differentschools, colleges, training institutes and other departments. Telemedicine is another important initiative to use

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 135: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

135Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

space technology for societal benefits. It has enabled the population, even in the remotest parts, access to superspecialty medical care.

Indian Remote Sensing (Irs) Satellite System: Using remote sensing satellites for earth observation was initiatedwith the design and development of experimental remote sensing satellites Bhaskara-1 and Bhaskara-2 duringmid 70s. With seven satellites in operation - IRS-1D, OCEANSAT-1, Technology Experiment Satellite (TES),RESOURCESAT-1, CARTOSAT-1, CARTOSAT-2, CARTOSAT-2A - Indian Remote Sensing Satellite Systemis the largest civilian remote sensing satellite constellation in the world and provides imageries in a variety ofspatial resolutions from better than one meter (CARTOSAT-2 & 2A) to 188 meter (IRS-1D). Forthcomingsatellites include OCEANSAT-2, RESOURCESAT-2 and a new Radar Imaging Satellite, RISAT that can over-come the present limitation of imaging under cloudy conditions. Using the data from IRS satellites, a variety ofapplication programmes such as Groundwater Prospects Mapping, Crop Acreage and Production Estimation,Potential Fishing Zone Forecast, Biodiversity Characterisation at landscape level, covering four main biodiversityrich regions of the country - NE Region, Western Himalayas, Western Ghats and Andaman and Nicobar Islands- have been operationalised.

Satellite Launch Vehicles: From launching of modest sounding rockets of the 1960s, India has now acquiredcapability to launch remote sensing satellites using Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV) and geosynchronouscommunication satellites using GSLV. PSLV is capable of launching more than 1.5 tonne satellite into polar sun-synchronous orbit. Geosynchronous Satellite Launch Vehicle (GSLV) can launch a 2 to 2.5 tonne satellite intoGeo-stationary Transfer Orbit (GTO). GSLV has four successful flights out of five missions with the last onebeing GSLV-F04/INSAT-4CR mission on September 2, 2007. Development of an indigenous cryogenic stage toreplace the presently used Russian cryogenic stage has been successfully realised. Flight acceptance test of thecryogenic engine was conducted successfully on December 18, 2008. GSLV-Mk III, which is under develop-ment, will be capable of launching satellites weighing four tonne into GTO. Several developments includingrecoverable and reusable space transportation systems are in progress with the objective of reducing the cost ofaccess to space.

Commercial Successes: Antrix, the commercial arm of the Department of Space, is a single window agency formarketing Indian space capabilities. It is playing a key role in the worldwide availability of IRS data throughGeoeye, USA. Antrix also provides IRS data processing equipment. Antrix offers launch services using India’sPSLV. So far sixteen satellites have already been successfully launched by PSLV for various international cus-tomers. Through Antrix, Telemetry, Tracking and Command support from the Indian ground stations are offeredto various satellite operators. Similarly, lease of transponders from INSAT system has been made possible. Inthis regard, 11 transponders have already been leased to INTELSAT. Customers for the spacecraft componentsoffered by Antrix include world’s leading spacecraft manufacturers. During the year, W2M satellite built byISRO/Antrix under an agreement entered into with EADS Astrium, Paris was launched successfully on Decem-ber 20, 2008. Besides, Antrix has won contracts from Europe and Asia for launch services in the highly competi-tive international launch services market. After the successful development of a low cost, compact, modular andrugged Automatic Weather Station (AWS) in co-ordination with industry, the technology has been licensed toindustry for regular production.

Ans. 10 (b)

Nanotechnology is useful in Medicine, Energy, Information and communication, Heavy Industry, Consumergoods, Optics, Textiles, Agriculture etc. The biological and medical research communities have exploited theunique properties of nanomaterials for various applications. Terms such as biomedical nanotechnology,

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 136: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

136Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

bionanotechnology, and nanomedicine are used to describe this hybrid field. Nanotechnology-on-a-chip is onemore dimension of lab-on-a-chip technology. Biological tests measuring the presence or activity of selectedsubstances become quicker, more sensitive and more flexible when certain nanoscale particles are put to work astags or labels.

The overall drug consumption and side-effects can be lowered significantly by depositing the active agent in themorbid region only and in no higher dose than needed. This highly selective approach reduces costs and humansuffering. Nanotechnology can help to reproduce or to repair damaged tissue. “Tissue engineering” makes use ofartificially stimulated cell proliferation by using suitable nanomaterial-based scaffolds and growth factors. Tissueengineering might replace today’s conventional treatments like organ transplants or artificial implants. Advancednanotechnology based tissue engineering might lead to some life extension, but not significant amounts--thatwould require intracellular manipulation of the seven mechanisms of aging, which tissue engineering cannot do.For patients with end-state organ failure, there may not be enough healthy cells for expansion and transplanta-tion into the ECM (extracellular matrix). In this case, pluripotent stem cells are needed.

Chemical catalysis and filtration techniques are two prominent examples where nanotechnology already plays arole. The synthesis provides novel materials with tailored features and chemical properties: for example,nanoparticles with a distinct chemical surrounding (ligands), or specific optical properties. The most advancednanotechnology projects related to energy are: storage, conversion, manufacturing improvements by reducingmaterials and process rates, energy saving (by better thermal insulation for example), and enhanced renewableenergy sources.

A reduction of energy consumption can be reached by better insulation systems, by the use of more efficientlighting or combustion systems, and by use of lighter and stronger materials in the transportation sector. Cur-rently used light bulbs only convert approximately 5% of the electrical energy into light. [edit] Increasing theefficiency of energy production.Nanotechnology is already impacting the field of consumer goods, providingproducts with novel functions ranging from easy-to-clean to scratch-resistant. Modern textiles are wrinkle-resistant and stain-repellent; in the mid-term clothes will become “smart”, through embedded “wearable elec-tronics”. Nanotechnology can be applied in the production, processing, safety and packaging of food. Ananocomposite coating process could improve food packaging by placing anti-microbial agents directly on thesurface of the coated film. Nanocomposites could increase or decrease gas permeability of different fillers as isneeded for different products. They can also improve the mechanical and heat-resistance properties and lowerthe oxygen transmission rate. Research is being performed to apply nanotechnology to the detection of chemicaland biological substances for sensing biochemical changes in foods. Applications of nanotechnology have thepotential to change the entire agriculture sector and food industry chain from production to conservation, pro-cessing, packaging, transportation, and even waste treatment. Strategic applications of Nano Science can dowonders in the agriculture scenario. NanoScience concepts and Nanotechnology applications have the potentialto redesign the production cycle, restructure the processing and conservation processes and redefine the foodhabits of the people.

Nanotechnology in India: Several Indian institutes and firms are already working on nanotechnology productsfor drug delivery, water filters, arsenic removal, reducing water and air pollution, antimicrobial coatings andriver cleaning projects, Sen said, and the country must develop guidelines on nanoparticle toxicity and biosafety.Scientists from the Energy Resources Institute in Delhi launched a study to investigate the opportunities andrisks associated with the technology. India launched a programme to promote nanoscience and nanotechnologywith a budget of 10 trillion Indian rupees (US$255 million). But although several public and private researchinstitutes are working on DNA chips, carbon nanotubes, nanoparticles such as iron oxide and silver oxide, and

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 137: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

137Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

products such as paints and polymers, experts noted a general lack of enthusiasm from Indian industry.There hasbeen no effort to link the technology's potential with development in agriculture and addressing the needs ofpeople in rural areas, who form the backbone of India's economy. For example, nanomaterials could help im-prove solar cells and biogas reactors.

Government’s Initiatives: Nanotechnology is one of the main new developing areas recognized by Indian gov-ernment in past 5 years and thus there has been a topic of growing interest for companies both domestic andforeign for the various Indian Government policies and incentives to start nanotechnology companies in India.One of the major roadblock to international as well as domestic companies to venture in the nanotechnologyfield has been a lack of understanding of the government policies in nanotechnology and thus the main objectiveof this report is to provide the reader a concise and clear idea of the government policies, vital information towiden their scope as well as facilitate their decisions in research or commercial endeavors. It provides an over-view of all the government published documents ranging from the Ministry of Commerce and Union budget tothe policies of all major government funded institutions. A report mentioned all foreign collaborations initiatedby Indian government amongst Indian and Foreign research organizations as well as industry to accelerate thenanotechnology development in India. The report also included the financial incentives as well as intellectualproperty protection guidelines for any foreign collaboration. The report principally lends assistance to potentialinvestors and to those who are enthusiastic in gaining insight of nanotechnology development and the directionof nanotechnology research in India for the purpose of possible collaborative research efforts or commercialventures. Indian scientists have called for the development of regulations on the safe use of nanotechnology inhealthcare and the environment. The absence of regulations for nanotechnology in India and worldwide is aserious problem.

Ans. 11 (a)

Raising prospects for building a practical quantum computer, physicists at the National Institute of Standardsand Technology (NIST) have demonstrated sustained, reliable information processing operations on electricallycharged atoms (ions). In the new demonstration, NIST researchers repeatedly performed a combined sequenceof five quantum logic operations and ten transport operations while reliably maintaining the 0s and 1s of thebinary data stored in the ions, which serve as quantum bits (qubits) for a hypothetical quantum computer, andretaining the ability to subsequently manipulate this information. Previously, scientists at NIST and elsewherehave been unable to coax any qubit technology into performing a complete set of quantum logic operations whiletransporting information, without disturbances degrading the later processes.

The NIST group performed some of the earliest experiments on quantum information processing and has previ-ously demonstrated many basic components needed for computing with trapped ions. The new research com-bines previous advances with two crucial solutions to previously chronic vulnerabilities: cooling of ions aftertransport so their fragile quantum properties can be used for subsequent logic operations, and storing datavalues in special states of ions that are resistant to unwanted alterations by stray magnetic fields.

Researchers have demonstrated on a small scale all the generally recognized requirements for a large-scale ion-based quantum processor. Previously they could perform all of the following processes a few at a time, but nowthey can perform all of them together and repeatedly: (1) "initialize" qubits to the desired starting state (0 or 1),(2) store qubit data in ions, (3) perform logic operations on one or two qubits, (4) transfer information betweendifferent locations in the processor, and (5) read out qubit results individually (0 or 1).

Through its use of ions, the NIST experiment showcases one promising architecture for a quantum computer, apotentially powerful machine that theoretically could solve some problems that are currently intractable, such as

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 138: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

138Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

breaking today's most widely used encryption codes. Relying on the unusual rules of the submicroscopic quan-tum world, qubits can act as 0s and 1s simultaneously, unlike ordinary digital bits, which hold only one value atany given time. Quantum computers also derive their power from the fact that qubits can be "entangled," so theirproperties are linked, even at a distance. Ions are one of a number of different types of quantum systems underinvestigation around the world for use as qubits in a quantum computer. There is no general agreement on whichsystem will turn out to be the best.

The NIST experiments described in Science Express stored the qubits in two beryllium ions held in a trap withsix distinct zones. Electric fields are used to move the ions from one zone to another in the trap, and ultravioletlaser pulses of specific frequencies and duration are used to manipulate the ions' energy states. The scientistsdemonstrated repeated rounds of a sequence of logic operations (four single-qubit operations and a two-qubitoperation) on the ions and found that operational error rates did not increase as they progressed through theseries, despite transporting qubits across macroscopic distances (960 micrometers, or almost a millimeter) whilecarrying out the operations. The other significant innovation was the use of three different pairs of energy stateswithin the beryllium ions to hold information during different processing steps. This allowed information to beheld in ion states that were not altered by magnetic field fluctuations during ion storage and transport, eliminat-ing another source of processing errors. Information was transferred to different energy levels in the berylliumions for performing logic operations or reading out their data values.

Ans. 11 (b)

Photovoltaic and wind energy plants, hydroelectric power stations and biogas plants supply energy withoutpolluting the environment. However, they are complex to design and maintain. Virtual reality (VR) makes plan-ning and operation easier.The design engineer’s head is spinning. Analyzing data on the computer for hours, withno end in sight is possible. Designing a hydroelectric power station, she would like to know what the pressures,temperatures and fluid flows will be in the facility. She may simulate them with simulation software. However,this only delivers vast columns of numbers or a one-dimensional representation which she will have to analyze bitby bit – a laborious task.

This will get easier in the future. Researchers from the Fraunhofer Institute for Factory Operation and Automa-tion IFF in Magdeburg have developed a method that visualizes the processes inside energy conversion plants,e.g. such as photovoltaic, wind, biogas and hydroelectric power stations. To do so, they have coupled 3-D plantengineering and simulation results with a virtual reality (VR) program developed at the IFF. “A special softwaretool has enabled us to visualize all the motion sequences for the first time ever – at just the push of a button.Arrows that move through the VR model show engineers the direction in which and speed at which fluids andgases flow through a plant. Colored markings indicate potential weak points such as areas where critical tem-peratures, deposits or erosions could occur. Is there a potential for collisions when the plant components aremoving? The virtual insights facilitate engineering and should therefore ensure that plants become more efficientand have lower emissions.

Ans. 11 (c)

A Supercomputing facility called "Param Sheersh" was inaugurated at the ongoing Indian Science Congress atthe North Eastern Hill University,NEHU in Shillong. Prof. MGK Menon, the renowned scientist and the Chan-cellor of the NEHU, inaugurated the new facility that would benefit the students and teachers engaged in variousresearch activities on the campus.

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 139: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

139Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

The PARAM Sheersh Computer System is a Supercomputing facility created by C-DAC, funded by Departmentof Information technology, Ministry of Communications and Information Technology. This High PerformanceComputing facility aims at conducting research in strategic areas of Weather, Seismic, Bio-informatics, Physics,Computational Fluid Dynamics, Material Sciences, Life Sciences. The facility shall also serve as a core backboneplatform for the students, researchers and faculty members of the region to develop competency skills for solv-ing challenging problems requiring massive computational work especially in the areas of Physics, Chemistry,Mathematics, Bio-informatics, Botany, Zoology and Environmental Science. Open source HPC Applicationslike WRF, MM5, MOM4, ROMS, COSMOS under Climatology, Quantum Espresso, Abhinit under Physicsdomain, mpiBLAST, ClustalW under Bio-informatics shall be ported on the systems for conducting research.

Ans. 11 (d)

Ministry of Communication and Information Technology recently launched the tele-medicine application throughCommon Service Centres (CSC). The integration of CSC services with ‘e-Sanjeevani’, a tele-medicine softwarepackage for remote diagnostics and tele-counselling was showcased at New Delhi. The software is targeted tobe deployed as a cost effective tele-medicine tool for rural area at 100,000 CSCs being set up as part of thecountry’s National e-Governance Plan. e-Sanjeevani, a web based software, facilitates creation of ElectronicMedical Record (EMR) for variety of diagnostic reports e.g. ECG, pathological reports, radiological examina-tion (X-ray, CT Scan, MRI etc.). The patient record is secured through encryption. A highlight of the tool is thatit enables multipoint, multi referral consultation, as well as one-to-one consultation between patient to doctorand doctor to doctor. The programme enables anywhere, anytime access with zero installation cost for the user.The combination of CSCs across the country along with the potential offered by e-Sanjeevani is expected tosignificantly enhance the outreach of health care to the rural masses. With this initiative a large number ofvillagers will be able to have their health records in electronic form, accessible anytime from anywhere. VillageLevel Entrepreneurs(VLEs) with minimum training in handling ECG machines and other devices will be able tohandle the medical equipment co-located at CSCs. The e-Sanjeevani , a software package has been developed bythe C-DAC, Mohali. C-DAC, Mohali has established a tele-medicine network in Punjab and Haryana linkingremote Sanjeevani Health Centres to Referral Facilities.

Ans. 12 (a)

Stands for "Network Address Translation." NAT translates the IP addresses of computers in a local network toa single IP address. This address is often used by the router that connects the computers to the Internet. Therouter can be connected to a DSL modem, cable modem, T1 line, or even a dial-up modem. When other comput-ers on the Internet attempt to access computers within the local network, they only see the IP address of therouter. This adds an extra level of security, since the router can be configured as a firewall, only allowingauthorized systems to access the computers within the network.

Ans. 12 (b)

Robotic therapy can potentially help reduce impairment and facilitate neuro-development of youngsters withcerebral palsy. Krebs and others at MIT, including professor of mechanical engineering Neville Hogan, pio-neered the use of robotic therapy in the late 1980s, and since then the field has taken off. The MIT team isfocusing on improving cerebral palsy patients' ability to reach for and grasp objects.

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 140: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

140Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

Ans. 12 (c)

Scientists at the University of Missouri have developed the ability to take regular cells from a pig's connectivetissues, known as fibroblasts, and transform them into stem cells, eliminating several of these hurdles. Sincethese "induced pluripotent stem cells" were not derived from embryos and no cloning technique was used toobtain them, the approach eliminates some of the controversy that has accompanied stem cell research in thepast.

Ans. 12 (d)

A compression/decompression utility that lets Windows users make their files smaller for faster transfer over theInternet. This utility also decompresses files that were originally compressed using PKZIP or other formats.

Ans. 12 (e)

The 2009 flu pandemic is a global outbreak of a new strain of influenza virus, officially named the "new H1N1",first identified in April 2009, and commonly called "Swine flu." It is thought to be a mutation of four knownstrains of the influenza A virus, subtype H1N1: one endemic in (normally infecting) humans, one endemic inbirds, and two endemic in pigs (swine). The outbreak began in Mexico, with evidence that Mexico was alreadyin the midst of an epidemic for months before the outbreak was recognized. The virus has since spread to theSouthern Hemisphere which entered its winter flu season, and to many less developed countries with limitedhealthcare systems.

Section -6 (Model Test Paper)

Page 141: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

141Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

UPSC, IAS Online Classifiedshttp://upscportal.com/classifieds

see Latest Classifieds here:

http://upscportal.com/classifieds

ADVERTISEMENT

Advertise yourCoaching Center Online

Contact Us Online:http://upscportal.com/store/contact

orEmail at : [email protected]

Page 142: Aspirants Times Magazine Vol5 - August 2009

142Copyright © 2009 | WWW.UPSCPORTAL.COM

http://upscportal.com

Register Online to UPSCPORTAL.COM and get more free resources:

http://upscportal.com/civilservices/user/register